eae = CA * Be ota oe Oe ead a si ponent aga nee ne ee Ss aie a = = : ee Tee oe Soe ee 7 = : epee rs Po ewer ; reas eee pnt ao, Som po oe at , — pate” . ee Ee eee = = } = ~ nb eet O Revd Ones Sorento “ “We - s ey emer 4 s oar =~ : - cater al 7 pointe tt eh pata O-br rele ; eet - ae anc SV ee Peck Pennee eee totes eee pan eonartaeet oat , ees ape ee ia a ait tN Oe Sage “43 Man 9 PE ON ae ee ewe spina nes eee ame eet Sapa eA Soe es ; Seer on ee ran I - alll altel — ee: re Seng ear arerare O-5 i; ¢ oly iyo te) LE AAP, Rt | ta % ; po" ea uF Mi Dy iy Pan THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS ’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ) CONDUCTED BY PRIDEAUX JOHN SELBY, Ese., F.L.S., CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.B.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S. &c., j AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.LS. . VOL. XV.—THIRD SE ae AR A Vo \\n / &\V \ 242105 WAL X “a “onal M useum: yO LONDON: “= PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMAN, GREEN, LONGMAN, ROBERTS, AND GREEN ; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; PIPER AND CO.; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH: HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1865. ‘*Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zstimata; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”— LINNZUS. ‘‘ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent toutes ses opérations.”—BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. be) oiisuielteuany=) alte = te) DNB yNAanE powers Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. TaAYLor, Norwich, 1818. ( ALERE i FLAMMAM,. as, SD . CONTENTS OF VOL. XV. (THIRD SERIES.] NUMBER LXXXV. Page I. On the British Arctia. By Cuarves C. Basineton, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge............ 1 II. New Land-Shells from Travancore, Western and Northern India. Described by W. H. Benson, Esq., Retired List, Bengal rma SERVICE era reccec coed ecenccesctnneredderecdesdcentsseSeeveteaadeeresenecs 11 III. On the Circulation of the Blood in the Spiders of the Genus Lycosa. By EDOUARD CLAPAREDE ....ccescscscescecsececnccesescnccscses 16 IV. Diagnoses of new Forms of Mollusca from the Vancouver District. By Puinip P. CARPENTER, B.A., Ph.D. ......c...cssceseeees 28 V. Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Phytophaga. By NUSIS WEVA Neascccccce cascsavacecce won ps nabs ueeeluasccuigeaaecs vo cotacuaeceane mreseinas 33 VI. Observations on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants. By GROURGCHIGUEL EVR esa k soctae.c ste ce ecacdececcccanweshatnedeeseeentanes 38 VII. On the Affinities of some doubtful British Fishes. By DETR OM OWEEG LE mtrereane cocseeciececa tees oceecce cesses tecceeerddscaeemesceass oom 40 VIII. Description of a new Species of Leptocephalus. By Prof. BR RERSiasec ase cccne satackioca tte cecie cece ccs esas staie sau visld ee veis'clseWedesine Sesion 48 IX. On Plesiosaurus macropterus, a new Species from the Lias of Whitby. By Harry Srexey, F.G.8., Woodwardian Museum, WU ara cece ncooam senna teneaeia cess dadcaoteatacescucnsrass sac ansuicaeces teens 49 X. On the Systematic Position of the Strepsiptera. By Prof. SOUP ANU oo aaa ceesnce treue nese snc cee ar teens Seca ceca baen estate eicea cess eseeee 53 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ......csccecesessecscseseseeeeaes 59—74 On Salmo cambricus, by Dr. A. Giinther; On the Cetacea of the French Mediterranean Coasts, by M. Paul Gervais ; Descriptions 1Vv CONTENTS. Page - of some new Fishes, by Prof. Kner; Observations on the Struc- ture of the Nervous System in Clepsine, by E. Baudelot; On Ptychocherus plicifrons, by Dr. L. J. Fitzinger ..........++... 75—80 NUMBER LXXXVI. XI. Carcinological Gleanings. No. I. By C. Spence Bares, Brose. (late: T.) mececc.th of an inch in diameter. Oleacee.—The British plants of this order are devoid of raphides ; and only a few spheeraphides were found in the leaves of Olea latifolia. Orchidacee.—Leaves of Goodyera repens, G. discolor, Listera ovata, Neottia spiralis, Cypripedium calceolus, C. spectabile, C. venustum, C. insigne, C. sp., Zygopetalum Mackayt, Z. crinitum, Dendrobium nobile, Epipactis palustris, E. latifolia, Cymbidium sinense and C. aloifolium: in all these, raphides are more or less abundant, but scantier in the last three than in the before-named plants of the order; plentiful in the stem, ovary, and placenta, and scanty in the sepals and petals, of Cypripedium spectabile ; and the raphis-cells well seen through the leaf of Neovttia. In the leaves of C. insigne (if I have not mistaken the plant) were also numerous larger crystal prisms, like those of Fourcroya. These observations are all to the same effect as the former ones (‘ Annals,’ March 1864), Every species which I have yet examined of this order affords raphides, while I have failed to find them at all in the few species tried for the purpose in the two orders Hydrocharidaceee and Scitamineze, between which the order Orchidaceze stands in Professor Balfour’s ‘ Manual of Botany.’ Tridacee.—In Iris defleza the crystal prisms have commonly four equal sides, and the ends as if cut off obliquely from angle to angle or from face to face; while in Witsenia corymbosa the prisms are mostly truncate ; and in this last plant they are much more plentiful in the pale base than in the other part of the leaf. Trichonema columne and the garden Crocus: crystal prisms in the leaves. Sisyrinchium anceps, S. Bermudianum, and S. stria- dum: neither crystal prisms nor raphides in the leaves. And I have failed to find such crystals, after repeated trials during se- veral years and at various seasons, in a plant of S. anceps grow- ing side by side in my garden with species of Narcissus, Orni- 40 Mr, T. Gill on the Affinities of thogalum, Muscari, and Iris, although in these last four plants either raphides or the larger prisms always abound. Amaryllidacee.—Raphides plentiful in the leaves, scape, and ovary of Sternbergia lutea, and in the leaves of Brunsvigia Josephine ; but very scanty in a garden hybrid Amaryllis, and not seen at all in a leaf of 4. Belladonna. Leaf of Pancratium maritimum : raphides small, and not plentiful. Alstrameria, sp. : raphides in the scape, leaf, perianth, filaments, and anthers; abounding also in the bulb, bulb-scales, and leaves of Leucojum vernum. Leaf of Fourcroya gigantea: a few true raphides and an abundance of larger crystal prisms ; these last are four-sided, mostly with two faces broader than the other two, and the ends either wedge-shaped or obliquely pointed. [To be continued. } Edenbridge, Dec. 8, 1864. VII.—On the Affinities of some doubtful British Fishes. By Turopore GILL*. 1, OpHipruM IMBERBE, Montf. In 1811, in the ‘Memoirs of the Wernerian Society,’ Mon- tagut described and figured the fish identified by him with the Ophidium imberbe. It was “taken on the south coast of Devon,” and in “length was about 3 inches;” the body “ ensiform ;” “the dorsal fin commences immediately above the base of the pectoral, and is at first not so broad, and usually not so erect as the other part,” and the caudal is cuneiform and obtusely pointed. ‘The colour is purpiish brown, disposed in minute speckles ; and along the base of the anal fin are about ten small bluish-white spots, regularly placed, but scarcely discernible without a lens, possibly peculiar to younger fishes.” The rays were respectively—pectoral 11, dorsal about 74, anal 44, cau- dal 18 or 20. Such was the first detailed account of Ophidium imberbe, based on a British fish, and such the authority on which the subsequent British faunists have preserved the species in their catalogues. By Turtont, Fleming§, Jenyns||, Yarrell{, Gray**, &c., it has been retained in the genus Ophidium (§ Fieras- * Communicated by the author, having been read before the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. + Mem. Wern. Soc. i. (1811) p. 95, pl. 4. fig. 2. _ ft Brit. Faun. (1807) p. 83. § Brit. An. (1828) p. 201. || Man. (1835) p. 281. 41 Brit. Fishes, u. (1841) p. 412. ** List Brit. An. Brit. Mus., Fishes, (1851) p. 51. some doubtful British Fishes. Al fer), while more recently Kaup*, Richardson+, and Giinther { have transferred it to the genus Gymnelis, the first originally under the name of Cepolophis§. It remains to examine into the grounds for such approximations. It is not probable that a fish whose dorsal fin arrested the at- tention of Montagu on account of its being so “ erect ” could have been a Malacopterygian ; and this character, as well as the dis- tinctness of all the rays, the development of the caudal, whose rays are longer than those of the dorsal and anal, the relations of the various parts, and even the gill-membranes inflated be- neath, renders it evident that the fish in question could have been in nowise related to either Ophidium, Fierasfer, or Gymnelis, all of which are Malacopterygians with caudal rays shortest and not developed as a distinct fin. Its affinities are therefore to be sought for in another direction. The general form, the “erect ” dorsal fin, and the number of rays agree with Murenoides gun- nellus. The colour is in that species sometimes simply “ purplish brown,” the dorsal spots becoming obsolete; and in a single specimen from England, in the Smithsonian collection, several anal spots are barely discernible||. The failure to observe the ventrals was shared with Schonevelde, Schelhammer, Linnzus, &c.; and we are more prepared for their non-observance by Montagu when we remember his peculiar views concerning the ventral fins§. Objections may be urged against this identifica- tion—that Montagu would have recognized the Murenoides gunnellus, that the proportions represented in his figure are not precisely equivalent to those of that species, and that the critical Cuvier and ail succeeding naturalists have failed to notice the * Cat. Ap. Fishes, (1856) p. 156. + Yarrell, Brit. Fishes, (Richardson’s ed.) i. p. 79 (fide Giinther). { Cat. Fishes, iv. (1862) p. 325. § Arch. fiir Nat. (1856) 1. p. 97. || These light dots are accidental, none being developed in other speci- mens from England, Denmark, and the German Ocean. 4 The reference, by Dr. Shaw, of Vandellius lusitanicus (= Lepidopus caudatus) to the thoracie order “caused the obscurity of Vandellius lusi- tanicus, as no one,could have expected to have found an Apodal fish placed in that division. How that naturalist could have fallen mto such an error I cannot conceive, unless he considered the pair of ventral scales as rudi- ments of those fins, or what is commonly attached to the base of the ventral fins of some fishes, as may be observed in many Spari.” “ I am aware that it has been contended that these abdominal scales are lamellated ventral fins. If so, we have yet to learn the definition of a fin m the modern re- volution of science. ‘Those who contend for the continuance of Vandellius of Shaw or for the Lepidope of Risso beg continued in the Thoracic order must also constitute a new order for many fishes that have such lamellated appendages, independent of two ventral fins. But I cannot admit of a simple corneous scale, destitute of motion, being a ventral fin.” —Montagu, in Mem. Wern. Soc. ii. (1818) pp. 432, 433, 42 Mr. T. Gill on the Affinities of identity. I shall only recall the admission that Linnus himself, after autopsy, referred one specimen of the same species to Blennius (gunnellus), and another to Ophidion (imberbe), that Montagu wrote in the year 1812, and in the infancy of ichthyo- logy, when the importance of attention to minutiz was less generally appreciated than now, and that the identification of his fish with Murenoides gunnellus was probably stayed by the improbability of his failure to recognize that common species. As Dr. Gunther, in the synonymy of “ Gymnelis imberbis”’*, has represented the ideas of the English naturalists, and as his work is the last authority referring to it, an analysis and reduc- tion of that synonymy to its proper elements will form a fitting conclusion to these remarks. 1. Murenoides+ gunnellus, ex I. Ophidium imberbe, L.; Montag. ; Turton, 88; Fleming, 201; Jenyns, 481; Yarrell, ed. 1. 1., ed. 2. 1. 412. Cepolophis Montagui, Kaup. Gymnelis imberbis, Kaup, Ap.; Rich. in Yarrell, ed. 3 (fide Gthr.). 2. Carapust acus, Raf. ex Briin. Ophidium imberbe, Lac. pt. (Radial formula and caudal fin of Murenoides gunnellus.) * Dr. Giinther remarks that Gymnelis stigma and G. imberbis “ probably do not belong to this genus.” Gymnelis stigma (Ophidium stigma, Lay and Benn., sic) is probably congeneric with, and perhaps even closely related to, G. viridis, and it at least greatly resembles some varieties of that variable species. The poor figure and the assignment of “very small” scales to it led me, on a former oceasion, to think otherwise, like Dr. Giinther; but we must remember that the notes and illustrations of Ophidium stigma were made by an in- experienced naturalist, and that he may have been deceived as to the pre- sence of scales. However, we may also recall that there is a great variation in squamation in a genus representing a closely related subfamily, Lycodes. + The question will naturally arise, among those who contend that we should date our nomenclature from the tenth edition of the ‘Systema Nature ’ (that being the first in which the binomial system is introduced), whether we should not replace the name Murenoides, Centronotus, or Gunnellus by Ophidion. Perhaps this will eventually be done, since the genus was well defined and its diagnosis only applicable to the O. imberbe. Others may contend that the name must be retained for the first species (O. barbatum), in spite of its total disagreement. The decision of this question may be suspended till the publication of the new rules of the British Association. + The name Carapus was first connected with the Gymnotus ucus by Rafinesque (Ind., i819, pp. 37, 57), who only referred to that species, although he doubtless intended his genus to correspond with Lacepéde’s anonymous second subgenus of Gymnotus, which included G. carapus, L., G. acus, L.(=Fierasfer acus, Kaup)and G. rostratus, L. (= Rhamphichthys rostratus, M.,T.). A strict adherence to the laws will, however, necessitate the retention of the name for the only species mentioned, C. acus. some doubtful British Fishes. 43 8. Murena* Anguilla, L. (or allied sp.). “ Beardless Ophidium,” Pennant, Brit. Zool. ii. 398; App. tab. 33. 2. “TRICHIURUS LEPTURUS.” The question which we shall next consider relates to the specimens identified by Mr. James Hoy+ with the Trichiurus lepturus of Linneeus. In the ‘Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ Mr. Hoy has published an account of two fishes stranded, at considerable in- tervals of time, “upon the shore of the Moray Frith, near the fishing village of Port Gordon.” The first specimen was found “on the 2nd of November, 1810, after a high wind from the north ;” “its head was much broken ;” “the extremity of the upper jaw, or upper part of the mouth, was entire; upon either side of which was an operculum ;” “the body, from the gills to the point of the tail, was 3 feet 2 inches long; its greatest breadth 6} inches, and its greatest thickness only an inch ;” “both sides of the fish were wholly white, without a spot upon them ;” ‘‘the dorsal fin was the only part of a different colour, being a blackish green ; this ran all the way back from the gills to the tail ;” “the tail ended in a point, consisting of three or four soft spines or bristles of different lengths, not exceeding 2 inches. The body was nearly of the same breadth for one half of its length, and then its breadth diminished gradually till within 3 inches of the tail, when the diminution became more quick. The lateral line was straight, and strongly marked along the middle of the two sides.” The second specimen was obtained on the 12th of November 1812; “its head had been broken off, and was quite gone; a small bit of the gills only remained, about the upper part of the throat, from whence to the extremity of the tail its length was 12 feet 9 inches; its breadth, 114 inches, was nearly equal for the first six feet in length from the gills, diminishing gradually * Bleeker is doubtless correct in retaining the name Murena for the M. Anguilla. The name was restricted by Bloch, who first subdivided the genus, to the type represented by that species; and the M. Anguilla was evidently the one on which Artedi and Linnzus based their diagnoses. Repugnant as must be such perversions of names, consideration for the uniformity of nomenclature, which may best be attained by strict adherence to the laws, seems to require assent to them. The genus Anguilla is ge- nerally attributed to Thunberg; but a search instituted among his various memoirs has failed to reveal any mention of it, and it is to be remarked that no naturalist has referred to any precise work. Professor Agassiz, indeed, refers to “ Anguilla, Thunb., Nuov. Mem. Stockh. 179—,” but no such generic name is to be found in the series referred to under that title. ¢ Trans. Linn. Soe. xi. p. 210. 44, Mr. T. Gill on the Affinities of from thence to the tail, which ended in a blunt point, without any of those kind of bristles which projected from the tail of the one found formerly ; its greatest thickness was 24 inches, the distance from the gills to the anus 46 inches. The dorsal fin extended from the head to the tail,’ &c. ‘There were no ventral nor anal fins; but the thin edge of the belly was closely muricated with small hard points, which, although scarcely visible through the skin, were very plainly felt all along it. Both sides of the fish were white, with four longitudinal bars of a darker colour; the one immediately below the dorsal fin was about 2 inches broad, each of the other three about 3 inch. The side line straight along the middle.” On the authority of these specimens, the Trichiurus lepturus was admitted by the British faunists into the catalogues of their fishes. Dr. Fleming* considered that the two specimens belonged to different species. ‘‘ The differences in the position of the vent, the structure of the tail, and the condition of the edge of the belly, seem too great to justify the inference of their being only varieties. The latter fish appears identical with the Lepturus of Artedi, and consequently of Linnzus.” Subsequently Dr. Fleming + considered that “the position assigned to the vent, the absence of ventral fins, and the white colour of the sides (of Hoy’s first specimen), all accord with the Dealfish (Trachypterus). The colour of the dorsal fin, however, which was of a blackish green, seems to oppose this view, though the dead state of the fish may probably serve to explain this difference, if duly considered.” Mr. Jenyns { was inclined to adopt Dr. Fleming’s opimion— “that the first specimen of Hoy was a distinct species, if not belonging to a different genus. There can be no doubt that the one described above (Hoy’s second specimen) was a true Trichi- urus, and probably 7. Lepturus of Linnzeus and other authors ; but as the description is rather imperfect, and the species of this genus ill determined, it is impossible to speak with certainty on this last point.” Yarrell§ especially alluded to the median lateral lme and lateral bands, and remarked that ‘it is evident that more infor- mation on the subject is required; the result of it may be the establishment of Mr. Hoy’s second fish as a new species of Trichiurus, and of his first fish (which is evidently distinct from the second) as the type of a new genus, if, as Dr. Fleming has * Brit. An. (1828) p. 204. + Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. iv. (1831) p. 219. ~ Manual, (1835) p. 872. § Brit. Fishes, i. (1841) p. 204 (207). some doubtful British Fishes. 45 suggested, it was not a mutilated example of the Dealfish of the Orcadians, Gymnetrus arcticus.” With enlarged opportunities for arriving at a possible decision concerning at least the second specimen, I proceed to institute mquiries into the nature of these materials. The form and ap- proximately the proportions noticed by Hoy, the “ operculum on each side” of the mouth, simulated by the supramaxillars, the soft dorsal rays, the bristles at the end of the tail, and the strongly marked straight lateral line appear to indicate, as Fleming has suggested, that Hoy had before him in his first specimen a much injured example of Trachypterus with most of its fins destroyed ; and it is probable that a hole, caused by the caducous ventral fins, might have been mistaken for the anus*. This may seem very remarkable ; but it is evident that Mr. Hoy has not the slightest claim to scientific consideration, and the hole so created in Trachypterus would correspond in space to the “anus” discovered by that gentleman. A thoracic anus is incompatible with the structure of the Trachypteroids or any related forms. The “blackish-green” colour of the portion of the dorsal remaining might have been due to discoloration ; and we need not be much astonished that the lateral dorsal spots were overlooked in such a specimen. The second of Hoy’s specimens evidently belonged to an entirely different type. The form and “ closely muricated ”’ belly indicate that it was related to the family of Lepturoids or Trichiuroids ; but the “blunt pomt” in which the tail terminates, as well as the median lateral line, forbid us, on morphological grounds alone, referring it to Trichiurus lepturus. It might be sup- posed to have been a specimen of Lepidopus caudatus, were it not for the colour; but that, sustained by the superior height, forbids us to refer it to that species. What, then, can it have been ? In the summer of 1863, I received from the learned Cuban naturalist, Prof. Poey, of the University of Havanna, a fish, con- cerning whose systematic position he was unable to satisfy him- self. This fish was found to resemble Lepidopus caudatus in all essential characters except the remarkable form of the head, which was exceedingly compressed, trenchant and obliquely decurved above, with the forehead elevated above the eyes, and * This same mistake, indeed, was made in the communication by Dr. Duguid to Dr. Fleming concerning the same tish (see Loudon’s Mag. iv. (1831) pp. 215, 216); and Dr. Fleming himself, so far from correcting the error, alluded to the similarity of the so-called vent as evidence of the pertinence of Hoy’s fish to the same species (op. cit. iv. 219). By a some- what singular comeidence, the same error in identification of Trachypterus with Trichiurus lepturus was made by Olafsen (Voyage to Iceland, p. 592). 46 Mr. T. Gill on the Affinities of the chin obtuse. Notwithstanding such characters, its affinity to Lepidotus was evidently so great, the form, structure of the fins, especially the anomalous form of the pectorals, and the development of the opercular bones coinciding, that I felt com- pelled to retain it in the same subfamily, in contradistinction to one containing Trichiurus (= Lepturus, Art.) and Eupleuro- grammus*, The colour arrested my attention, there being six or seven narrow bands, the lateral line running through the fourth ; the interval between the two dorsal bands was more indistinct, and the two might readily be confounded ; the width of the two would equal about a sixth of the height, while the width of the single ones was contained about fifteen or sixteen times in the height. The two lower bands were more indistinct. I was therefore at once reminded of the Trichiurus lepturus of Hoy; and the similar development of the bars, as well as the approximation in proportions, compel me to believe that Hoy’s second specimen is in reality a species of the genus EHvoay- metopon, if not indeed identical with the Cuban fish itself (H. te- niutus, Poey). The greatest height of the latter, at the scapular region, is contained scarcely more than twelve times (127) in the extreme length, while a short distance behind, and for a considerable distance, it is contained from thirteen and a half to fourteen times. The head is contained eight times and a half, and the caudal, at its longest rays, twenty-nine times and a half in the same. The anus is midway between the snout and the root of the caudal. In this last respect it disagrees with the specimen signalized by Hoy, according to whom the anus was very con- siderably within the limits of the first third of the length (46 :153+y). Such a position is extremely improbable in a representative of the subfamily of Lepidopodinz, to which the specimen doubtless belongs. The true anus, on account of its small size, was probably overlooked, and a rupture of the skin mistaken for it. May we not hope that some British naturalist will soon release us from our doubts, and verify the systematic position of Hoy’s fish ? 3. Potyprosorus, Couch. Having provisionally adopted the generic name Polyprosopus, proposed by Couch in the ‘ Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali,’? remarking at the same time that the genus was “ not yet well established,” it seems advisable now to express my con- * Gill, “Synopsis of the Family of Lepturoids, and Description of a Remarkable New Generic Type,” in ‘ Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philadelphia,’ 1863, p. 224, &e. In this article I have suggested the relation of Hoy’s fish and Evorymetopon teniatus. some doubtful British Fishes. 47 viction that it belongs to the genus Cetorhinus or Selache, and that the differences observed are probably due to distortion or defective observation. I have already stated that “the absence of caudal carine or spiracles is quite improbable;” and certainly no ichthyologist could believe in the absence of the anal fin in such a type. I may finally be permitted to add, im anticipation of a more ex- tended memoir, some remarks on the Lemniscates of Richardson, and more especially the Leptocephalus Morris, Gm. The recent exposition of the character of such fishes by Professor V.Carus* will excuse this anticipation. I am happy to be able to express my unqualified belief in the conclusion as to their being simply larval forms, which that learned naturalist has enunciated. As long as the known hyaline fishes conformed to a single type, naturalists might be excused for regarding them as fully deve- loped forms ; but the doubt this group was first subjected to by the failure of Kolhker + to find organs of generation, was in- increased by the addition (by Kaup) of the genus Hsunculus t{, and subsequently of Stomiasunculus$. Carus was therefore, I think, fully justified in his “conclusion that all these fishes are nothing but larval forms of others.” But he was not so happy in looking for the adults “among the Ophidians or other compressed forms” (Cepola, and so on||). Iam almost certain that the typical Leptocephali, at least, are the young of Congers, and that Lepto- cephalus Morrisii is the young of Conger vulgaris. I am aware, indeed, that Yarrell§ has discovered that small Congers, “ about the size (length ?) of a man’s finger, are found among the rocks, close to land, during the summer.” But he immediately after- wards adds that “the small eels which ascend the Severn in such numbers in the spring, and were considered by Willughby and Pennant as the young of the Conger, are in reality the young of freshwater eels.” May we not go a step further, and ask that it may be demonstrated that those “ found among rocks close to land” are Congers, and not eels which have not yet commenced ascending the rivers ? The Hyoproprus Messinensis** appears likewise to be merely the * On the Leptocephalide, in Rep. Brit. Ass. 1861, p. 125. + Zeitschrift fiir Wiss. Zool. iv. p. 360. { Apodal Fishes, (1856) p. 143, fig. 3. § Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. vi. (1860) p. 270. || See the remarks of Dr. Peters on this question in the following article —Ep. ANNALS. { Brit. Fishes, ii. (1841) p. 404. ** Kolliker, Verh. d. Phys. Med. Gesellsch. in Wiirzburg, iv. p. 101. 48 Prof. Peters on a new Species of Leptocephalus. larval form of the Congroid Nettastoma melanura*. The resem- blance between those two forms will be readily appreciated by reference to Dr. Kaup’s figures of the two. Perhaps the affinities of those Leptocephali with an expanded caudal are to be sought for elsewhere. As to Esunculus Costai, it resembles the young of a Clupeoid ; but the high insertion of the pectoral fins, if existent in nature, forbids for the present its positive identification with such. Stomiasunculus resembles, in general features, a less ad- vanced larval Clupeoid, about three days old+, in which the ventral fins have not yet appeared. Suspicion, however, may be entertained that it may perhaps be the young of some other type (possibly Stomiadoids), on account of the backward position of the dorsal fin. I have myself, in company with a friend, seen the young of Clupeoids, which would have either been referred to Hsunculus or considered as the type of a closely allied new genus, on account of the inferior insertion of the pectoral fins ; and so transparent were they, that their eyes alone indicated their position in the water. Although entertaining no doubts concerning the larval nature of Esunculus and Stomiasunculus, I only venture to suggest the possible relations with much reserve. As to Porobronchus, Kaupf{, it is, perhaps, related to Merasfer ; but the character of the first elongated dorsal ray requires to be known before a decision can be arrived at. VIII.—Description of a new Species of Leptocephalus. By Professor Prters§. Leptocephalus (Diaphanichthys) brevicaudus, Peters. Body very much compressed ; profile of the ventral margin convex, of the back nearly straight. Snout very acute, convex before the eye, a little shorter than the diameter of the eye ; mouth cleft as far as beneath the middle of the eye, armed on each side, both above and below, with eight straight acute teeth, behind which, in the upper jaw, are some smaller acute teeth. The posterior nasal apertures are situated on the muzzle, rather nearer to the eyes than to the apex. The eyes are placed in the middle of the head. Branchial clefts very narrow. No pectoral, dorsal, or anal fins, the extremity of the body only being sur- rounded by the caudal fin, which extends above and below for * Raf. Caratteri, &c. (1810) p. 66, tav. 16. f. 1. + See Sundeval, “Om Fiskyngels Utveckling,” m Kongl. Vet. Akad. Hand. i. (1855) tab. 4. fig. 6. t{ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vi. (1860) p. 272. § Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Monatsber. Berl. Akad. der Wiss.’ June 1864, p. 399. Mr. H. Secley on Plesiosaurus macropterus. 49 about 14 millim. In the middle of the body, its lower half is fully one-third deeper than the upper half. The colourless body exhibits along the dorsal ridge, as also on each side near the intestine, a series of black pomts, and beneath the chorda five oblique lines of the same colour, corresponding to the com- mencement of the ventral portions of the muscles. Total length, 0-088 metre; head, 0:0035 ; from the tip of the muzzle to the posterior margin of the eye, 0002 ; from the anus to the extremity of the tail (without the fin), 0:0033; depth of the middle of the body, 0-013. Younger specimens, 0:060 metre in length and 0-007 [in depth] present precisely the same structure and proportions, which would furnish a sufficient proof, if such were wanted, that the Leptocephali are not mere larval forms of Cepola or other Ribbon-fishes. We have had the opportunity of seeing quite young specimens of Cepola and other Ribbon-fishes, and have always been able to recognize their genus, notwithstanding the well-known peculiarities of the young state. Dr. F. Jagor, to whom we are indebted for this beautiful species, took eight specimens of it, of various sizes, in the open sea between Maybate and Luzon. 1X.—On Plesiosaurus macropterus, a new Species from the Lias of Whitby. By Harry Srerey, F.G.S., Woodwardian Mu- seum, Cambridge. Ont of the ornaments of the Woodwardian Museum is a grand Plesiosaur, beautifully displaying the general relations of the bones. It was obtained in 1842 by the energy of the venerable Professor of Anatomy, who, being on the spot when it was found, secured it for the University, when it was purchased by subscrip- tion, and confided to the care of the Woodwardian Professor, The reptile rests nearly flat on the ventral side, in a natural extended posture, the tail only being two or three times bent. But the same hard concretionary limestone which preserves the _relations of the bones so well, invests much of the vertebral bodies, so that their relative proportions in form and size are partly obscured. Hitherto there have been but six species of Plesiosaurus de- scribed from entire specimens; and with those chiefly our new one will be compared in this brief notice. The chief characters of the several species, as stated by Pro- fessors Owen and Huxley, Mr. Baily and Dr. Carte, are the following :— . Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 4. 50 Mr. H. Seeley on Plesiosaurus macropierus, 1. P. Cramptoni, Baily & Carte. Head one-sixth of skeleton and five-eighths of neck. Vertebre : 27 cervical, 30 dorsal, caudal 34+. Length 22 feet 5 inches. 2. P. macrocephalus, Ow. Neck equal to two heads. Vertebre: 29 cervical, 20 dorsal, 2 sacral, 3. P. brachycephalus, Ow. Head one-eighth of skeleton. Vertebree 75 : 28 cervical. Length 103 feet. 4. P. Hawkinsi, Ow. Head one-tenth of skeleton. Neck equal to four heads. Tail equal to two and a half heads. Vertebree 90 to 100: 31 cer- vical, 23 dorsal, 2 sacral, 35 caudal. Length 7} feet. 5. P. Etheridgii, Huxley. Head one-twelfth of skeleton. Four lengths of skull equal to anterior 28 cervical vertebra. Vertebre 90: 30 cervical, 23 dorsal. Length 74 feet. 6. P. dolichodeirus, Conbr. Head one-thirteenth. Neck equal to four lengths of head. Ver- tebree: 85 cervical, 27 dorsal, 2 sacral, 26 caudal. Length 10 feet. But if our species is compared with these, it ranges itself at the opposite end of the series to P. Cramptoni, having relatively the longest neck and smallest head, as may be here shown. 7. P. macropterus. Head one-twentieth of skeleton, and one-eighth of the neck. Vertebree : cervical 89, dorsal 24, caudal 28. Length 15 feet 2 inches. I have also satisfied myself that our species is quite distinct from those which have been made from a few bones. The orbits, nares, &c. are not to be distinguished; for the skull has been compressed: it is oblong, tapering in a parabola to the front. The teeth are slender, finely striated, curved, and an inch long: they appear to be most numerous in the anterior part of the jaw. The total length of the skull is 9 inches, From the parietal crest to the tip of the premaxillaries is 6 inches. The width of the skull is 43 inches. The rami of the lower jaw are massive, 94 inches long, and 14 inch deep, and are united by symphysis at their anterior a new Species from the Lias of Whitby. 51 ends. The breadth of the lower jaw across the condyles of the quadrate bone is 34 inches. The length of the cervical part of the vertebral column is 5 feet 10 inches. Its anterior portion is much obscured by the investing matter and a layer of black varnish, which horribly disfigures the whole specimen. Hence the number of cervical vertebree is not quite clear, though they are not fewer than 39. Near the dorsals they are 2 inches long, wide, with the flattened sides converging above, and only slightly compressed along the whole length till near the articular surfaces, which have sharp margins. The length of the dorsal and lumbar part of the vertebral column is 4 feet 5 inches, and it contains twenty-four vertebre. They have large, high, flattened neural spines, which almost touch each other, and large rounded parapophyses separated by inter- spaces never wider than their own diameter, and often only half of it. The large rounded ribs in the middle of the back appear to be about 13 or 14 inches long; they are moderately curved, and embrace a width of 17 inches. There is one vertebra certainly sacral (there may be two). Its whole side seems modified for an articulation. It is 2 inches long. The tail is 4 feet long, and contains 28 vertebre, remarkable for very long parapophyses. Thus the total number of vertebree is 39 + 2441428 =92, and the total length is 9 in. +5 ft. 10 in. +4 ft. 5 in. +2 in. 44 ft. = 15 ft. 2 in. The pectoral bones are crushed and hidden. The pubes and ischia are obscured in the dislocation of the pelvic region; but the iliac bones are well seen: they are 64 inches long, expanded and compressed spatulously behind; thick, rounded, and mas- sive at the femoral end, which has a diameter of 24 inches. The limbs are very large, and the hinder ones slightly the longer—their total length bemg, fore limb 3 feet 65 inches, hind limb 3 feet 104 inches. The humerus is flattened, with the distal three-fourths of the anterior border convex, and the proximal three-fourths of the posterior border deeply cupped, the remaining distal part being truncated. It measures, in length, 12 inches; in breadth, at the radial end 9 inches, at the proximal end 4 inches; while the least breadth of the shaft is 24 inches. The radius and ulna are both flattened bones ; the ulna is slightly reniform, while the radius is constricted below the 4c* 52 Mr. H. Seeley on Plesiosaurus macropterus. middle. The length of the radius is 6 inches; its breadth at both the proximal and distal ends is 44 inches, the least dia- meter being 3 inches. The ulna is 6 inches long and 4 inches wide. The greatest interspace between it and the radius is 14 inch, while both above and below they touch. The length of the carpals is 44 inches: there are three in each row. The length of the metacarpals and phalanges is 20 inches. There are five rows, and nine bones in each row. The femur is a smaller bone than the humerus, though larger at the proximal end, which has a great trochanter. Its anterior border is nearly straight, and the posterior border is much less cupped than in the other limb. It is at least 11 inches long, 74 inches broad at the tibial end, while the proximal end mea- sures in breadth 34 inches. The tibia is 5 inches long, and the fibula rather less. At the proximal end the tibia is 4 inches broad; but the fibula is 44 inches broad: like the ulna, it is reniform. The length of the tarsals is 4 inches; the length of the meta- tarsals and phalanges 25 inches; there are nine or ten in each row. Thus this species, in the small size of the head, and the small proportion it bears to the length of the limbs, of the neck, and of the skeleton, is as well distinguished as by the number of vertebre in the different regions of the body. It has four more cervicals than P. dolichodeirus, but three fewer vertebre in the back. There are eight more cervicals than in P. Hawkinsi, and one more dorsal ; one sacral, instead of two; and but twenty- eight caudal vertebree, instead of thirty-five*. All Plesiosaur vertebree have epiphyses which are relatively * In the Museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society is a Plesiosaur with the MS. name P. homalospondylus. Its parapophyses begin to get long, and support enormous ribs, at the 40th vertebra, but do not appear to be entirely supported on the neurapophyses till the 44th. The lower cervicals have two articulations for ribs, and are very elongated, some measuring more than 3 inches in length. The lower jaw, which has lost the articular part, measures 93 inches long. The total length of the spe- cimen is 17 feet 6 inches. Therefore its formula appears to be— P. homalospondylus. Head about one-twentieth of skeleton, and one-ninth of the neck. Ver- tebrz : cervicals 44 ?, dorsals 16 ?, caudals 28. Though nearly resembling our species, and belonging, no doubt, to the same genus, it is readily distinguished. The vertebre have their margins rounded, and not sharp. The humerus, which measures 12 inches long and 8 inches broad, has the anterior side singularly straight. The femur, which is 123 inches long and 7% broad, has the whole anterior border concave. Prof. Schaum on the Systematic Position of the Strepsiptera. 53 thick, though generally thickest in the middle and thinning away to the periphery—sometimes dying away before they reach it, and sometimes extending beyond it. They are generally united to the body of the vertebre. Nothing in osteology is more curious than the condition of epiphyses in the long bones of Plesiosaurs; for here they are so enormously large as to form nearly the whole of the bone, the shaft being reduced to a mere girdle encircling the ends of the epiphyses. Young specimens of humerus or femur, with the shaft 2 or 3 inches long, have generally lost their epiphyses; and in one beautiful specimen from the Kimmeridge Clay of Cottenham, presented to the University by the Rev. S. Banks, a shaft nearly three inches in diameter has lost both epiphyses. It is quite tubular, smooth in the central part, which is perforated for the enormous arteries, and only shows signs of attachment at its thin ends, where the inner surface is rugged. Often, in the Greensand specimens, the epiphysis of the proximal end comes out. The shaft varies much in proportion, with the species. X.—On the Systematic Position of the Strepsiptera. By Professor Scuaum*. THE family of the Strepsiptera or Stylopide, so remarkable in their mode of development, was first regarded as a group of Coleoptera by Burmeister (Handb. der Naturgesch., 1837), and placed by him in the immediate vicinity of the Rhipiphoridous genus Symbius, Sundev. (Isis, 1831, tab. 8) = Rhipidius, Thunb., which is parasitic upon Blatte. This notion has since been adopted by Newman, Schiddte, and other entomologists, and most recently by Lacordaire, who, in the fifth volume of his ‘Genera des Coléoptéres,’ treats the Stylopide as a family of Beetles standing in immediate contact with the Rhipiphoride, and in connexion therewith cites some of the reasons adduced by me in favour of this view, and in opposition to the objections raised against it. Leconte also, in his recently published work, the ‘ Classifica- tion of the Coleoptera of North America,’ has placed the Sty/o- pide next the Rhipiphoride, in consideration of their organiza- tion and development. In the ‘Report on the Progress of Entomology in the year 1861” (Wiegmann’s Archiv, xxviii. p. 328), Dr. Gerstacker makes the following remarks in con- . Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1864, p. 145. 54 Prof. Schaum on the Systematic Position nexion with this:—‘“ What characters has a Strepsipteron in common with a Beetle? Not one. What are the agreements in their mode of life? The Strepsiptera live parasitically upon Hymenoptera ; the larve of the Meloide feed upon honey: the two consequently have nothing in common in their development. In elementary books least of all should absurdities be passed off as good coin.” In his Report Dr. Gersticker places the Strep- siptera with the Neuroptera with perfect metamorphosis; and in an elementary book, a recently published ‘ Handbuch der Zoo- logie’ (p. 78), he himself refers them to the Neuroptera as the third tribe. Without taking any further notice of the tone which the reporter thinks proper to adopt with regard to an opinion entertained by distinguished entomologists (such as Burmeister ‘and Lacordaire), I hope, by a simple enunciation of the facts upon which the decision of the question depends, to enable every zoologist who may take an interest in the matter to form an independent judgment upon the systematic position of the Strepsiptera. The Strepsiptera undergo a complete metamorphosis ; and the males possess buccal organs (mandibles, palpi) which are cer- tainly rudimentary, because the imagines live only for a few hours, but which are to be referred to the mandibulate type. In both these particulars the Strepsiptera agree equally well with the Coleoptera and with the Neuroptera. In the above-mentioned ‘ Handbook of Zoology’ the charac- ters of the Neuroptera and Coleoptera are stated in the following words :— Neuroptera (p. 68): “with complete metamorphosis, biting oral organs, free prothorax, and membranous fore and hind wings.” Coleoptera (p. 80) : ‘ with complete metamorphosis, biting oral organs, free, strongly developed prothorax, and hard horny fore wings (wing-cases).” The sole distinction between the two orders is therefore, ac- cording to this Handbook, that the Neuroptera have mem- branous and the Coleoptera hard horny anterior wings; for the “ free, strongly developed prothorax” of the Coleoptera can- not be regarded as the opposite of the merely free prothorax of the Neuroptera, among which such genera as Corydalis and Mantispa possess a much more strongly developed prothorax than many Coleopterous genera. A further physiological distinction between the two orders, which is indeed connected with the membranous or horny nature of the fore wings, but at the same time presupposes a totally different musculature of the thorax, consists in the fact that the of the Strepsiptera. 55 Neuroptera fly with both pairs of wings, the Coleoptera only with the hinder ones. The placing of the Strepsiptera with either the Coleoptera or the Neuroptera therefore depends, in the first place, upon the questions whether their anterior wings are membranous or horny, and whether both pairs of wings, or only the posterior pair, are used in flight. Of the prothorax, which is very rudi- mentary in the Strepsiptera, we may for a time take no notice, as, according to the above diagnoses, it is free in both the Neuroptera and Coleoptera. According to page 78 of the Handbook, the fore wings of the Strepsiptera are “in the form of small stumps, rolled up at the apex.” Are these membranous fore wings? Are these organs that take part in flight? Any comparison of these stumps with the membranous veined anterior wings of the Neuroptera is quite untenable, because in the or ders with two pairs of mem- branous wings, both assisting in flight (Neuroptera, Hymeno- ptera, Lepidoptera), the anterior wings are never aborted alone, and, from the preponderant importance of those organs for the purpose of flight, cannot be aborted. In these orders both pairs of wings are sometimes aborted (as in Boreus among the Neuro- ptera), but the function of flight is never transferred entirely to the posterior wings. But the anterior wings of the Strepsiptera, during the life of these animals, are by no means twisted stumps ; “and this is expressly insisted on by Smith, who has had the opportunity of observing them alive*: from ‘the delicacy of the insect, they change their form very quickly after death ; and their condition in dried specimens consequently enables us to form no opinion of their nature during life. The passage in Smith’s paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 116) is as follows :— “The texture of all parts of the body of a male Sty/ops is of so delicate a nature that within two hours after death the entire appearance of the insect is changed, bearing no more resem- blance to the living creature than a shrivelled mummy does to the once graceful Egyptian; the remarkable lateral appendages of the thorax” (elsewhere denominated pseudelytra), “which in life were rounded on one side and flattened on the other, become entirely changed in form.” In Smith’s figure, drawn from the life, the anterior wing of Stylops shows the most unmistakeable analogy with the stunted, widely separated, and gaping elytra of the Coleopterous genera Symbius and Atractocerus (to which even Westwood called at- * The extraordinary rarity of the Strepsiptera, and the shortness of their life, which extends only to a few hours, have allowed them to be observed in the living state by only a few entomologists. 56 Prof. Schaum on the Systematic Position tention [Introd. vol. ii. p. 293], although he had only examined dried specimens) ; it is coriaceous and destitute of veins, like an elytron. Such a structure of the anterior wings stands in the most complete opposition to the most essential character of the Neuroptera. With this structure of the fore wings, the hinder pair of course constitute the sole organs of flight in the Strepsiptera. In the above-mentioned ‘ Handbook’ (p. 79), the agreement in the radiate venation of the posterior wings is indeed adduced as an argument in favour of the position of the Strepsiptera among the Neuroptera, “only that in the Strepsiptera this occurs still more decidedly and clearly.” Neither in their development nor in their venation, however, have the posterior wings any analogue among the Neuroptera; but they find one in the Coleopterous genus Atractocerus, as indeed has already been correctly indi- cated by Westwood in his classical work, the ‘ Introduction to the modern Classification of Insects’ (which is still the only good introduction to the study of special entomology). The radiate arrangement of the venation is indeed characteristic of the posterior wings of the Coleoptera in a far higher degree than of those of the Neuroptera. Before we pass to the development of the Strepsiptera, we have still to glance at the arguments that have been adduced in favour of their position with the Neuroptera, and the objections which have been raised against their union with the Coleoptera. In the above-mentioned ‘ Handbook of Zoology’ (p. 79) we find ‘the family (Strepsiptera) by its essential characters ” (perhaps the nature of the anterior wings) “ naturally approaches the Neuroptera, and among these especially the Phryganide. With the latter it agrees in the structure of the prothorax, which never occurs among the Coleoptera, in the elongated, free anterior and middle coxee, the rudimentary buccal organs, of which the maxille are amalgamated with the labium, as also in the radiate venation of the posterior wings, only that the latter is more de- cidedly and clearly marked ; ‘this relationship is further proved by the branchiiform respiratory organs discovered by Newport on the abdominal segments of the larvee of Strepsiptera.” The Strepsiptera are therefore appended to the Neuroptera, not because they agree with that order in their chief character, the nature of the fore wings (which is rather in complete opposi- tion to the above-cited diagnosis of the Neuroptera), but because they are supposed to agree in some secondary characters with a family (Phryganide) which is referred to the Neuroptera. Of these secondary characters, the radiate arrangement of the vena- tion of the posterior wings has already been indicated as cha- racteristic of the Coleoptera. Branchiiform respiratory organs of the Strepsiptera. 57 have been observed on the larve of the Strepsiptera neither by Klug nor by Von Siebold (see Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1843, p. 154); and even Newport has not demonstrated them, but rather expresses himself very cautiously on the subject. He says (Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. p. 345), “In the larve there ap- peared to be eight pairs of bag-shaped dark bodies at the sides of the abdominal segments, situated in the place of the respira- tory organs of other insects. From their darkened appearance and from their resemblance to branchial sacs, they may perhaps be regarded as imperfect respiratory organs of the nature of branchie.” And such a conjectural statement as this, which is not even remotely put forward as a fact, and appears to apply not to the definitive larva, but to its first stage, is to be taken as “demonstrative ” of the affinity of the Strepsiptera to the Neu- roptera. No stress can be laid upon the free elongated anterior and middle coxe in a case in which, as here, we have to deal with the orders of insects. Thus the only remaining arguments for the affinity of the Strepsiptera to the Phryganide, and their consequent position among the Neuroptera, are that the buccal organs are rudimentary, and the prothorax is formed as in the Phryganide. A rudimentary condition of the buccal organs, with which an amalgamation of the different parts is always associ- ated, does not of itself form any relationship. The buccal organs are aborted in certain genera of all orders of insects, and indeed in such as take no nourishment in the imago state, as in Ephemera among the Orthoptera, in the Henopii among the Diptera, and in many Bombycidee among the Lepidoptera. The rudimentary state of the buccal organs is therefore no argu- ment against the position of the Strepsiptera among the Coleo- ptera; they are Beetles with rudimentary buccal organs, just as the Phryganide are Neuroptera with rudimentary buccal organs, if, indeed, from the nature of the anterior wings the Strepsiptera are Beetles, and the Phryganide Neuroptera. “ The Strepsiptera agree with the Phryganide in the structure of the prothorax, which never occurs in the Coleoptera.” Ac- cording to the diagnoses of the Phryganide (p. 75) and the Strepsiptera (p. 78), this structure consists in the prothorax being short and annular. A prothorax is annular when it con- sists of a single ring, and is not divided into a notum and a sternum. But a prothorax of this kind, forming only a simple ring, occurs among Beetles throughout the division Rhyncho- phora. On the other hand, it is by no means settled, and indeed cannot be settled from dried specimens, that the very slightly developed prothorax of the Strepsiptera does not consist of a notum and a sternum. The only thing that remains, therefore, is that the prothorax is short im the Phryganide and 58 Prof. Schaum on the Systematic Position of the Strepsiptera. Strepsiptera, and free and strongly developed in the Coleoptera. If, then, the Phryganidze and Strepsiptera, although they possess a short prothorax, are referred to the Neuroptera, among the ordinal characters of which a free prothorax is one (p. 68), this proves, on the one hand, that the above-cited diagnosis does not apply to the numerically larger part of the Neuroptera (the Phryganide), and, on the other, that the development of the prothorax does not furnish a character for the order Neuroptera. Even in the order Hymenoptera the development of the pro- thorax has not the decided signification which is ordinarily ascribed to it: in most cases indeed it, or at least its notum, is much reduced; but in the family Pompilide (for example, in Salius) it is well developed. That in the orders of Hemimeta- bolous Insects (Orthoptera, Hemiptera) the prothorax is some- times free, sometimes more or less reduced in correspondence with the structure of the anterior wings, has already been fully elucidated by Erichson (Germar’s ‘ Zeitschrift,’ 1. p. 156). The shortness of the prothorax, therefore, proves nothing in favour of the position of the Strepsiptera among the Neuroptera (which, for the most part, possess a free prothorax), and can only be used as an argument against their being placed with the Coleoptera if we refuse to admit that the prothorax may be reduced in this order exceptionally, and indeed in the strictest connexion with the reduction of the anterior wings, just as among the Hyme- noptera it is exceptionally strongly developed in Salis. In this case we have to regard the Strepsiptera as forming a small independent order, agreeing with the Coleoptera in the perfect metamorphosis, in the possession of (rudimentary) biting oral organs, and in the structure of the wings; and with certain Coleoptera in a very peculiar process of development, but differ- ing in the rudimentary condition of the prothorax*. But in other cases we arrange certain forms in an order, although one or other of the characters of this order do not attain full deve- lopment in them; for example, we unite the genus Braula with the Diptera with reference to certain conditions of organization, and to its development, which takes place as in the section Pupipara of the order Diptera, although it does not possess the essential characters of that order, namely the halteres and the typical structure of the mouth; and if we do so, we may also with perfect justice refer the Strepsiptera to the Coleoptera. That the mode of life of the Strepsiptera agrees with that of the Meloide, so far as the nourishment of the larva is concerned, has never been asserted. It has, however, been affirmed, and correctly, that in this and other respects it agrees with that of * With regard to the asserted distinction in that the anterior wings are moved when the animals fly, see Lacordaire’s ‘Gen. Col.’ y. 11. p. 693. Zoological Society. 59 the Co.eopterous genus Rhipidius (= Symbius), which is parasitic in Cockroaches, as the Strepsiptera in Bees and Wasps, and the vermiform female of which does not quit the body of the animal in which it has been developed, any more than the worm-like female of the Strepsiptera. But the Strepsiptera agree with the Meloide (Meloé and Sitaris, and probably also with Rhipidius, the metamorphosis of which is not completely known) in the very remarkable process of development named hypermetamor- phosis by Fabre, which has hitherto been observed in this form only in the Meloide and Strepsiptera—a process which consists in the production from the egg of a provisory larva, destined to transfer the animal into those conditions under which it is further developed, and in the production from this provisory larva, at the first moult, of a second definitive larva of totally different form. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. April 12, 1864.—E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., in the Chair. NoTeEs ON THE Urorricuus. By J. K. Lorp, F.Z.S. Urorricuus Gisssit, Baird. Hab. Western side of Cascade Mountains, Sumass Prairie, near Fraser River. This singular little animal, which appears to be an intermediate link between the Shrew and the Mole, is at present only known as an inhabitant of two parts of the world, widely removed from each other —the one spot being the western slope of the Cascade Mountains in North-west America, the other Japan. There are, as far as I know, but two specimens extant from the Cascade Mountains,—one in the Smithsonian Museum at Washington; the other, a very fine speci- men, that I have recently brought home, and which is now in the British Museum. I have carefully compared the Japanese Urotri- chus with his brother from the western wilds, and can find no differ- ence whatever, either generically or specifically ; in shape, size, and colour they are exactly alike. The Urotrichus is of a bluish black when fresh, but in the dried specimens sooty brown. The hair is lustrous and where it reflects the light has a hoary appearance, and, like that of the Mole, can be smoothed in either direction. This is a wise and admirable arrange- ment, as it enables him to back through his underground roads, as well as to go through them head first. His nose or snout is very cu- rious, and much like that of a pig, only that it is lengthened out into a cylindrical tube covered with short thick hairs, and terminating in a naked fleshy kind of bulb or gland; this gland is pierced by two minute holes, which are the nostrils. Each nostril has a little fold 60 Zoological Society :— of membrane hanging down over it like a shutter, effectually pre- venting sand and small particles of dust from getting into his nose whilst digging. This curious nasal appendage is to him not only an organ of smell, but also serves the purpose of hands and eyes. His fore feet, as I shall by-and-by show you, are wholly digging- implements, and, from their peculiar horny character, not in any way adapted to convey the sense of touch. Eyes he has none, and but a very rudimentary form of ear; so that his highly sensitive, moveable nose serves him admirably in the dark tunnels in which his time is passed to feel his way and scent out the lower forms of insect-life on which he principally feeds. Had he eyes, he could not see, for the sunlight never peeps in to cheer his subterranean home ; and sound reaches not down to him; but his nose in every way compensates for all apparent deficiencies. His fore feet are, like the Mole’s, converted into diggers; the strong scoop-shaped nail, like a small garden-trowel, at the end of each toe enables him to dig with wonderful ease and celerity. The hind feet are shaped into a kind of scraper, by the toe being curiously bent. The length of the hind foot is about two-thirds more than that of the fore or digging hand. When I come to speak of his habits as differing from the Mole, I shall be able to demonstrate the use of this strange scraper-like form of hind foot. So far, 1 have endeavoured to give an outline of his general personal appearance, differing from the Shrew in the peculiar arrangement of his feet, and from the Mole in having a long hairy tail. His nearest relative is the Condylura (Star-nosed Mole), whose nose has a fringe of star-shaped processes round its outer edge, about twenty-two in number. The first and only place I ever met with this strange little fellow was on the Chilukweyuk Prairies. These large grassy openings or prairies are situated near the Fraser River, on the western side of the Cascade Mountains. In the sandy banks on the edge of the Chilukweyuk River and the various little streams winding through the prairie-grass, lives the Urotrichus ; his subterranean home is a large space or hole excavated like a small cave, and lined with bits of dry grass and leaves. From the central residence roads are tun- nelled away, radiating from it like the spokes of a wheel. His tun- nels are not like those of the Mole; he never throws up heaps or mounds of earth in order to get rid of the surplus material ; he digs as the Mole, but makes open cuttings at short intervals, about four or five inches long. And now we shall see the use of those curiously formed scraper- like hind feet. As he digs out the tunnel with his trowel hands, he throws back the earth towards his hind feet. These, from their pe- culiar shape, enable him to back the dirt out of the hole, using them like two scrapers, only that he pushes the dirt instead of pulling it towards him. Having backed the dirt clear of the mouth of the hole, he throws it over the edge of the open cutting. After having dug-in some distance, and finding, I dare say, the labour of backing out rather irksome, he digs up through the ground to the surface, makes another open cutting, and then begins a new hole Dr. J. E. Gray on Myriosteon Higginsii. 61 or tunnel, and disappears into the earth again. When he has gone as far from his dormitory as he deems wise, he again digs up through and clears away the rubbish. This road is now complete ; so he goes back again to his central mansion, to begin others at his leisure. It is very difficult to watch the movements and discover the feeding-time and food of an animal that lives almost wholly under- ground in the daytime; but I am pretty sure these tunnels are made for and used as roadways, or underground trails, for the pur- pose of hunting. He is a night feeder, and exposed to terrible perils from the various small Carnivora that prowl about like bandits in the dark—Stoats, Weasels, Martins, and Skunks. So, to avoid and escape these enemies, he comes quietly along the subterranean roadways, and cautiously emerging at the open cutting, feels about with his wonderful nose, and, I doubt not, guided by an acute sense of smell, pounces upon larvee, slugs, beetles, or any nocturnal creep- ing things he can catch, and so, traversing his different hunting-trails during the night, manages in this way to fare sumptuously, safe from danger. It is scarcely possible to imagine a more skilfully contrived hunt- ing-system, to avoid danger and to facilitate escape, than are these tunnel trails with open cuttings ; for the sly little hunter has, on the slightest alarm, two modes of flight at his disposal, one before and the other behind; and the fur, as I have already mentioned, lying as smoothly when stroked from tail to head as it does when turned in the natural direction, enables him to retreat tail first into his hole as easily as he could go adopting his usual mode of progression. Notice or A Portion or A New Form or Anima (Myrt- OSTEON HIGGINSII), PROBABLY INDICATING A NEw Grove oF EcuHiNopERMATA. By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., FES! Ete: Four or five years ago the Rev. H. H. Higgins, of Liverpool, pur- chased in London a specimen which was shown at the time to seve- ral naturalists, and was pronounced by some to be the tail of a Ray (perhaps of Urogymnus africanus) ; and this determination seems to have been so far satisfactory that up to this period it has not been further described. During a recent visit to the Free Museum at Liverpool the spe- cimen attracted my attention, and Mr. Moore, the intelligent Curator of that institution, placed it in my hands for examination and deter- mination ; and the trustees of that imstitution have most kindly pre- sented it to the British Museum. I was soon satisfied that it could not be the tail of a Ray, nor, indeed, a part of any vertebrated animal. The outer surface (and, indeed, the whole substance) is made up of a number of calcareous concretions, united together by anastomosing processes placed on the outside of an internal rather thick coat formed of longitudinal fibres, which is rather hard and firm when dry. The interior of the tapering tube is quite empty, without any septa or other divisions. 62 Zoological Society :— It is very unlike the skin of a cartilaginous fish, which is always a good firm skin, more or less studded with hard, imbedded, bony seales or processes, or the case of an Ostracion, which is formed of cartilaginous or horny tesseree. The rounded surface, which has been regarded as the upper surface of the ‘tail, is pierced with two series of small, rather unequal-sized, oblong ioless which look very like irregular ambulacra for the passage of the feet or tentacles of the animal which formed the body, as in the case of the Star-fishes ; and yet, at the same time, these holes are very different from the ambulacral pores of those animals, which are always in pairs and surrounded by some special ossicles. Besides the holes on the rounded or upper edge, there are a few similar perforations, but smaller in size, on the sides of the thicker part of the tube. The entire surface of the external skeleton is cribellated with small pores between the ossicles, as is the case with many Asteriade and Echinide. This porousness of the surface induced one of the na- turalists to whom it was shown to suggest that it might be the shell of a gigantic Foraminifer, or the coral of one of the Polyzoa; but this opinion cannot be entertained, as the pores are very unlike the pores of those animals, and the large continuous internal cavity, which has been evidently occupied by some part of a larger animal, is totally opposed to such a theory. I therefore propose to give it a name, in hopes that it may lead to a more perfect knowledge of the animal, and to characterize it thus: — MyRIOSTEON, gen. nov. Body, entire form unknown. The part alone known (fig. 1) is elongate, tapering, straight, rather compressed, rounded above, and flattened beneath; the sides and upper surface formed of convex tetragonal ossicles, united by short radiating branches; with four or five round pores round each ossicle; ossicles of nearly equal size in all parts of the surface. 3 Fig. 1. The entire specimen, greatly reduced. 2. Cross section of the specimen, natural size. 3. Side view, showing the flat under surface. 4. Figure of the surface, natural size. The lower surface flat (figs. 2, 3, & 5), formed of smooth flat-topped tesseree, which are very close together, forming a nearly continuous | Dr. J. E. Gray on Myriosteon Higginsii. 63 surface, with circles of six triangular radiating pores near the margin of each ossicle—the ossicles near the thickest part of the body being the largest, and very gradually diminishing in size towards the top. The ossicles are all placed on a rather solid, thick, hard internal layer, which is formed of closely intertwined short longitudinal fibres, or opaque bone-like spicula, which seem to give considerable rigidity to the body. The convex upper edge has two longitudinal series of oblong pores, rather unequal in size, and sometimes placed so close together as to run nearly into one another, and at others separated from each other by a considerable interval. The larger pores are surrounded by a slightly raised edge, showing that some tentacle or other body is emitted through them. There are also a few smaller circular pores scattered on the sides of the tube. Myriosteon Hieernstt, sp. nov. (Figs. 1-5.) Hab. The fragment of this animal, which alone is known, is 264 inches long and 3 inches in circumference at the base, tapering to a rather blunt end, which is pervious ; but it is evidently imperfect, and may be closed in the perfect state. The flattened part of the base is rather more than half an inch wide at its widest part. I have named the specimen after the Rev. H. H. Higgins, one of the trustees of the Derby Museum at Liverpool, well known for his attachment to science. I was soon convinced that the specimen was not the tail of a Ray, nor indeed any part of a vertebrated, annulose, or molluscous animal ; so that it must belong to the radiated group; and the question is to which part of the group it is most nearly allied. The formation of the external skeleton and the general form of the parts which alone have as yet been examined lead me to believe that it is part of an Echinoderm, being probably the single ray of a radiated body. The structure of the external skeleton resembles more closely that of one of the more tessellated forms of the cylindrical- rayed Starfish than that of any other animal that has occurred to me ; but it differs from the arms of these animals in not being provided with regular ambulacra, which is the essential character of the Starfish. I am therefore induced to believe that the specimen may indicate a new group of radiated animals, nearly allied to Asterias. It appears to be much more rigid than the Starfish are in general ; and it will at any rate form a new family, for which the name of Myrio- steide may be given. I do not recollect to have seen any fossil that has any resemblance to the specimen, or to the separate parts of it. The ossicles differ also from those of Asterias in not being covered with granules, and from the Asteriade and Echinide in not being provided with spines on moveable joints. The lateral edges of the flat portion of the specimen are more or less distinctly marked, and in some places, especially near the small end, are raised up into an irregular margin, formed by irregularities 64 Zoological Society :— on the surface of the ossicles, which at these places are more or less confused together. The centre of the upper part of the smaller end of the specimen is marked with scattered concavities, which appear as if formed by its having been attached to some shell or other more or less convex surface. These concavities are produced by the flattening of the surface of the ossicles of the part. They may have been produced by parasites which have affixed themselves to the surface of the speci- men, or by the specimen itself having been attached by the end of this part of the body to some fixed body. The pores on the back are more symmetrical and equal near the end of the arm, and those y ae as Magnified figure of the under surface, showing the large pores placed in hexagons. in each series are generally opposite to each other; but there are many exceptions to this arrangement and symmetry. The Myriosteon can have no affinity to the Polyzoa, for there are no cells for the reception of the animal. The celebrated French zoologist who suggested that it might possibly belong to that order compared it with Hschara, the cells of which are obliterated by age ; but then the cells are always well developed in the younger part of the coral. The specimen under examination is clearly not a coral gradually increasing in size by the development of new cells, but a definitely- shaped part of some regularly formed body ; so that the idea of its being a Polyzoon is scarcely worthy of as much consideration as I have given to it. April 26, 1864.—John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair, Note ON THE BONNET OF THE RIGHT WHALE. By Dri. be Grav, ERS hla. Mr. Holdsworth has presented to the British Museum a specimen which had been received from an Americau whaler, as ‘the Bonnet of Balena mysticetus, obtained at the Sandwich Islands.” I have shown the specimen to Professor Owen. He states that a similar specimen is in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, and that he considers it as ‘a diseased action or tumour of the outer layers of integument.” The specimen is oblong, 11 inches long, and 8 inches wide, very irregular in the outline, with a very rough pitted surface, four of the Dr. J. E. Gray on the Bonnet of the Whale. 65 pits being much larger than the rest, and dividing the surface into six prominences. The whole substance seems to be formed of irregular horny layers placed one under the other, the lowest layer being the one last formed ; and each of these layers is more or less crumpled and plicated on the surface, giving the irregular appearance to the mass. The lower layer is attached to the skin of the whale, a part of the skin being attached to the inner surface of the mass, or bonnet, as it is called. On showing the specimen to a foreign zoologist, he stated that it was an excrescence on the skin of a whale, formed by the adhesion of the barnacles called Coronula, and that the irregularities on the surface of the bonnet were caused by the attachment and wearing- action of these animals. This is quite a mistake, the Coronule sink themselves into the epi- dermis of the whale, as is also the case with the genus Tudicinella. I have seen numerous specimens of both these animals zz situ, and the skin round the cirripedes is scarcely altered in structure, and offers no resemblance to the horny excrescence called the bonnet. Any one who examines the bonnet will find that the plate of horn of which it is formed is plicated and folded when deposited ; and this explains the irregularity of the general form of the body. The zoologist referred to has since said that he believes it is caused by the irritation of the whale-louse, and that the irregularities on the surface are caused by them. This may perhaps have arisen from the surface of the specimen being covered with whale-lice when it was first procured from the whaler; but this may be only because the hollow on the surface forms a good hiding-place for them ; and I think the supposition that they are the origin of the wart or horn requires further observation. Mr. Holdsworth has since sent to the Museum a much smaller specimen, also obtained at the Sandwich Islands, which is oblong, elongate, and more symmetrical; but the upper surface is not so evenly channelled. It is 6 inches long and 23 wide. It is spoken of by the whalers as a wart on the tip of the nose, and is commonly called the “‘ Whale’s bonnet.” I do not recollect observing any notice of this “ bonnet,” or giant corn, or rudimentary frontal horn, as it may be regarded, in any ac- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 66 Zoological Society :— count of the “ Right Whale,”’ nor in that of the ‘‘ Spermaceti Whale.” I have specially searched for it again in the works by persons who have seen these Whales alive, but without success. It has been suggested by Mr. Holdsworth that the bonnet may be a natural development, and possibly characteristic of the species ; he thinks that the ‘ pale prominence”’ on the nose of Balena ant- arctica, as figured in ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ pls. 28 & 29, may be intended to represent it. In the description this part is only described as “une forte proéminence teinte de blanc.” In the excellent drawing of the male Whale from the coast of New Zealand, which I figured under the name of Balena antipo- darum, in Dieffenbach’s ‘New Zealand,’ vol. ii. t. 1, there is a rough roundish prominence on the front of the lower jaw, as well as on the front of the upper one. I believe that a prominence of the kind is to be observed in all the species of the genus Balena, although I have never seen them de- scribed as hard and horny ; but that is no reason why this may not be the case. DESCRIPTION OF THREE NEw SpEciEs or AUSTRALIAN SNAKES. By Gerarp KReEFrt. SIMOTES AUSTRALIS, Sp. nov. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 160 to 163. Anal bifid. Sub- caudals 18/18. Total length 112!; tail 11”. Body cylindrical, rounded; head short, conical, not distinct from neck ; tail short, ending in a blunt point. Rostral shield much pro- duced, flat in front, pointed behind, reaching backwards to between the anterior frontals, slightly grooved at its base. Two nasals, nostrils between, one anterior, two posterior oculars ; two temporals (in one specimen a third smaller one behind). Eye small; pupil subelliptical, erect; no loreal, replaced by the posterior nasal and anterior ocular; six upper labials, the third and fourth coming into the orbit ; occipitals short, not much rounded behind, and but slightly forked. The general colour is red, very bright on the posterior part of the body and tail; all the scales are slightly margined, some, much darker than others, have a whitish (in spirits) spot in the middle, and form into a series of half rings, of which there are about fifty- six upon the body and tail. The head is covered by a black band across the occiput, leaving the snout free, commencing from below Mr. G. Krefit on new Australian Snakes. 67 the eye, and marking the fourth and fifth upper labials, the vertical, and nearly the whole of the occipitals; this black band is divided from a second band covering the neck by a whitish space. , I believe the present species is the first Simotes discovered in Australia; and I am much indebted to Dr. James C. Cox, who found it in the neighbourhood of Port Curtis. A second specimen, taken on the banks of the Clarence River, was given to me a few days ago by Judge Francis. Hopiocepsaus Ramsayl, sp. nov. Seales in 15 rows. Anal bifid. Ventrals 164. Subcaudals 51. Total length 103”; tail 2". Body rather elongate and rounded ; head scarcely distinct from neck, rather high and elongate, with obtuse muzzle; rostral just reaching to the surface of crown ; anterior frontals moderate, rounded in front ; posterior ones larger, bent down on the sides; one ante- rior, two posterior oculars, the lower forming about one-fourth of the orbit; vertical narrow, six-sided, much longer than broad ; superciliaries nearly the same size as the vertical ; occipitals mode- rate, not forked behind; six upper labials, the third and fourth forming the lower part of the orbit ; no loreal, replaced by the elon- gate nasal, second and third upper labial, anterior ocular, and bent down anterior frontal. One nasal, pierced by the nostril; scales moderate, rhomboid, in fifteen rows; tail rather short, scarcely di- stinct from trunk, tapering; eye moderate, pupil rounded; grooved fang in front, some smaller smooth teeth behind. Dark olive-green above, each. scale tipped with reddish, in parti- cular those on the sides; crown and a narrow vertebral line, one scale wide, somewhat darker than the other parts; this line extends to the root of the tail ; upper labials and chin-shields whitish, marked with olive-brown in the upper corners. Beneath yellow, each ventral seale with a blackish margin; subcaudals nearly black. Mr. E. P. Ramsay discovered this new Snake in the neighbour- hood of Braidwood, N. 8S. Wales ; it is apparently a young specimen, its total length not exceeding 103 inches. HopLocepPHALus NIGRO-STRIATUS, Sp. Nov. Scales in 15 rows. Anal entire. Ventrals 180. Subcaudals 62. Total length 11"; tail 23". 5x 68 Zoological Society :— Body and tail as in H. nigrescens ; belly flat; tail moderate, not distinct from trunk; head not distinct from neck, depressed, rounded ; rostral moderate ; anterior frontals broad, hinder edges just touching the nostril; posterior frontals much larger, rounded behind ; vertical moderate, six-sided, very broad; occipitals rather narrow, elongate, much forked and pointed behind ; one anterior, two posterior ocu- lars ; superciliaries and eyes small; pupil elliptical, erect ; six upper labials, third and fourth touching the eye. Upper part of posterior half of tail covered with large hexagonal scales ; sides and beneath yellowish white; crown and a vertebral line running from the neck to the tip of the tail black. ; Hab. North-east Australia, neighbourhood of Rockhampton. Notes on AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER FiIsHEs, AND DESCRIP- TIONS OF Four New Species. By Gerarp KRerrt. The scanty knowledge which we possess of the fishes inhabiting our freshwater streams has induced me to pay some attention to this subject; and I now furnish a list of species of the several rivers from which I have received specimens. To begin with our imme- diate neighbourhood, I find that up to the present time not more than four species have been captured in the streams emptying into Port Jackson and Botany Bay :—namely, Eleotris australis, sp. nov. ; Mugil dobula, Gthr.; Anguilla australis, Rich.; and Galaxias scriba. These four species we find in almost every stream, swamp, and lagoon, Ga/laxias scriba even in old wells or other water-holes on the top of hills, which have no connexion with any of the running streams. Anguilla australis is also frequently found in detached pools of water ; whilst Hleotris australis frequents the clearer stream- lets. I have never had an opportunity of examining the creeks which are situated upon the north shore of Port Jackson, nor have I ever received specimens captured there; but I have reason to believe that, besides the four kinds of fish mentioned, there exists a larger fresh- water species, commonly called ‘ Perch,” probably a Therapon, which is not found in the salt water of the harbour. With regard to the fishes of the Nepean or Hawkesbury, its tri- butaries, and the swamps and lagoons with which this river is occa- sionally connected during high floods, I am enabled to give a better account. I have drawn the seine in the Hawkesbury between Windsor and Richmond, about fifty miles from its mouth, where the water is as fresh as that of any mountain-stream ; and the result was, at a haul, about 200 so-called ‘* Mullets ”’ (two species, Mugil dobula, Gthr., and Mugil compressus, Gthr.), two ‘Eels’? (Anguilla aus- tralis, Rich.), a ‘ Perch”? (Lates colonorum, Gthr., Ann. N. H. 1863, xi. p. 114), and a ‘*Rock Cod”’ (Dertropogon robustus, Gthr.). How this last fish managed to go so far up a freshwater river I could not understand. It has all the appearance of a true sea-fish; and yet I took it subsequently much further up the river, between the mountains, whilst I have also received two specimens captured with Mr. G. Krefft on new Australian Fishes. 69 hook and line in Mr. Pitt’s lagoon near Bronte—a lagoon which, Mr. Pitt informs me, has not been flooded during the last four years. here is another fish, called a ‘‘ Bream”? by the settlers, which we did not succeed in capturing (this is probably Beryzx affinis), and a second species of Perch, which may prove to be new. At a second haul a true Flat-head (Platycephalus tasmanius, Rich.) was secured, besides the usual amount of “ Mullet’? and “ Perch.’’ The smaller fry, as Galawias scriba, Rich., and the so-called Sprat (Megalops setipinnis, Rich.), were taken with hook and line. The Jast-mentioned species affords a good deal of sport, as it will rise to a fly. I mention this fact, as some authors have denied that fly-fishing existed in Australia. The genus Hleotris I found well represented in this river; and I give a short description of four new species. ELeorris Cox, sp. nov. D.€.=. A. 1/9. L. lat. 36 to 38. Twelve series of scales between the origin of the posterior dorsal and the anal. Head scaly ; snout obtuse, with the lower jaw promi- nent. The height of the body is contained five times and a quarter in the total length; the length of the head more than four times; the horizontal diameter of the eye is one-fourth of the length of the head, and equal to the width of the interorbital space. Coloration bright yellow ; upper part and sides finely punctured with black, forming a broad, sometimes indistinct streak upon the sides. Dorsals and pectorals bright yellow at the base, the first punctured with black ; belly whitish. Teeth villiform, in broad bands. Anal papilla large, somewhat longer than broad. Total length 51 inches. j Hab. Lagoon near Bronte, Upper Hawkesbury River. ELEOTRIS AUSTRALIS, sp. Nov. D.75. A.% L. lat. 32. Eight series of scales between the origin of the posterior dorsal fin and the anal. Head scaly, as far as the snout, obtuse; lower jaw prominent; teeth in villiform bands. The height of the body is contained four times and a half in the total length, and the head four times and a quarter; the horizontal diameter of the eye is one- half the width of the interorbital space. General coloration yel- lowish brown, covered with minute black spots, which form five or six longitudinal lines upon the sides; base of pectorals with a nar- row bright yellow band; all the rays of the caudal spotted with black ; second dorsal with three or four narrow, sometimes indistinct bands. Anal papilla as long as the horizontal diameter of the eye, and nearly as broad. Total length 5 inches. Hab. Creeks near Sydney, Hawkesbury River and its tributaries, Hunter River, and Clarence River. 70 Zoological Society :-— ELEOTRIS GRANDICEPS, sp. nov. D.71/9. A. j. L. lat. 38 to 40. Twelve series of scales between the origin of the posterior dorsal fin and the anal. Head very large, broad, depressed, without any apparent scales ; lower jaw prominent ; teeth villiform. The height of the body is contained five times in the total length, and that of the head three times and a half. The diameter of the eye is one- fifth of the length of the head, and nearly one-half of the interorbital space ; the pectorals reach to the origin of the anal fin. General coloration yellowish, punctured with black in particular on the upper part and sides ; snout blackish ; lower jaw sometimes punctured with black also ; beneath whitish. Anal papilla very small. Total length 34 inches. Hab. Upper Hawkesbury River ; freshwater lagoons near Bronte and Richmond, Eastern Creek, and other tributaries of the Hawkes- bury. There are just twelve species of fishes from the Nepean and Hawkesbury ; but I am assured by Mr. George M. Pitt, jun., to whom I am chiefly indebted for my specimens, that the river con- tains more than twenty different kinds of fish: the remaining spe- cies I hope to capture during the course of this summer, and I shall furnish an account of them in due time. Of our northern rivers the Hastings, the Richmond, and the Clarence I know but little ; that they team with fish there is no doubt, and that many new genera and species will be found amongst them is certain. Many of the settlers upon the banks of these streams have pro- mised their cooperation; and Mr. James F. Wilcox, who resides on the Clarence River, has supplied me already with many inter- esting specimens. I received from him Oligorus macquariensis, Cuv. & Val., Therapon unicolor (2), Galaxias scriba, Rich., Eleo- tris mogunda, Rich., and E. compressus, sp. nov., which may be described as follows :-— ELEeoTRIS COMPRESSUS, Sp. nov. D.C. 5to10. A.s. L. lat. 28/30. Eight series of scales between the origin of the posterior dorsal fin and the anal. Body cyprinoid, compressed ; the height of the body is contained three times and three-quarters in the total length, and the head four times ; the horizontal diameter of the eye is one-fourth of the length of the head, and is contained once and a half in the interorbital space; the snout is short, lower jaw longest; mouth rather small ; head scaly. Coloration reddish brown, with five or six indistinct cross bands, formed of the close-dotted black spots with which the scales are covered. ‘The second dorsal and the anal are rather long, and more or less marked with black at the base and top; besides this, the hinder Mr. R. Swinhoe on a new Rat from Formosa. 71 part of the second dorsal is speckled with white. Anal papilla of moderate size and forked. Total length 33 inches. Hab. Clarence River, and creeks near Port Denison. Discovered by Mr. James F. Wilcox. DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF THE GENUS MERGUS. By Joun Goutp, F.R.S., ETC. MerGus squamatus, Gould. Crown of the head, lengthened crest, and neck rusty brown ; upper surface brownish grey ; tuft of feathers at the insertion of the wing grey, passing into white near the tip, and broadly margined with black ; lesser wing-coverts grey; greater coverts grey at the base, passing into black about the middle of the feathers, beyond which they are creamy white; primaries very dark or blackish brown ; lower part of the throat and all the under surface pale buff; sides of the breast and the whole of the flanks down to the tail deep rich buff, with two narrow irregular crescentic bands of blackish brown on each feather, one within the other, the outer one near the edge, the inner one near the middle ; a similar style of marking pervades the space behind the legs, the lower part of the back, and the upper tail-coverts, but the markings in those parts are wider, of a greyer tint, and intermingled with each other; tail greyish brown, the central feathers freckled on their margins with greyish white. Total length 23 inches ; bill 22; wing 10; tail 4}; tarsi 2. Hab. China. Remark.—The above description was taken from an example which I consider to be either immature or in its winter livery. In size it is intermediate between Mergus castor and M. merganser. When- ever a specimen is procured in its nuptial dress, it will doubtless prove to be a bird of great beauty. This new species is at once distin- guished from the other members of its genus by the squamate form of the markings on the flanks, which has suggested the specific name assigned to it. May 10, 1864.—Dr. E. Hamilton in the Chair. On a New Rat From Formosa. By Rospert Swinuok, F.Z.S. Mus ConrnGa, n. sp. M. corpore supra rufo, setis nigris spinosis sparso, subtus abrupte albo : auribus rotundis, fuscis : cauda longa, squamosa, setosa : pedibus albis. Corp. long. 8 poll., caud. 9 poll. Upper parts reddish brown, sprinkled with stiff black bristles, more especially on the back, where the fur is also often a little dark ; ears and fore part of legs deep brown; tail composed of short rings of scales set with short stiff bristles, deep brown on its upper parts, whitish on the lower and for about 14 inch of tip ; a ring of black runs round the lids of the eye; whiskers on sides of muzzle and a 72 Zoological Society :— few hairs on sides of the forehead very long and glossy black; fore teeth rufous sienna, those on lower jaw long; chin, breast, under fore paws, belly, and under thighs pure white; paws white, the hinder ones large. In a young animal, measuring 64 inches in trunk, the tail mea- sured 6 inches; head to fore root of ear 14 inch; between ears *7 inch; length of ear ‘8 inch; greatest breadth of ear 3 inch; hind foot, from tibial joint to end of nails, 1:4 inch. As the animal attains its full size, the tail exceeds the trunk in length. I have examined about thirty-five specimens of different ages; the younger the animal, the fewer spinous bristles : of these the males carry most ; they are sharp and very stiff. Amongst these specimens there is, as usual, an amount of variation; but in proportions it is not very appreciable, except in so far as to be accounted for by age. In colour, on the contrary, varieties abound: the most strongly marked are the following :— 1. Sides strongly freckled with olive-yellow. 2. Brown, with more or less reddish ; fur softer, with few bristles. 3. Similar to 1, but with brown instead of white fur. 4. Similar to 1, with white-and-brown feet and white-patched tail. 5. Characters of nos. 2 and 1 united. These five varieties are so linked together by intermediate forms that there is no drawing a line between them. When I received the first soft-furred brown Rat, I thought I had got a distinct creature ; but I soon procured others combining the characters of both. The colour and softness of its fur led me to conjecture that it might be a race of which the ancestors had hybridized with Mus decumanus, be- cause I received a specimen of this last animal from the same locality. But the acquisition of further specimens showed me that, from the unsullied whiteness of its belly and the intermediate tinges of the upper parts of many others, the difference only consisted in a slight variation in the colour and appearance of the fur, the other charac- teristics of the species remaining unaltered. This Rat is not now found in the vicinity of towns, whence, like the indigenous Rats of most countries, it has fallen back before the usurpation of the stronger hordes of the commercial Rat (Mus decumanus) ; and it is now only found in the isolated hamlets of the interior, whither its enemy ap- pears gradually to be extending its sway. It is difficult to under- stand how so large and strong a Rat has been ousted out of its rights by a not much stronger usurper. This species must have occurred formerly in towns in pretty considerable numbers, as it still does in country places. The imported herdes of Mus decumanus could not have been in larger numbers, but I should fancy must have employed a superior cunning to deprive these of their territory—much the same sort of advantage, probably, that civilization gives the China- man in this country, and the whites in Australia, which enables them to drive into the mountains and bush the rightful but less expert possessors of the land of their fathers. This Rat is allied to the aboriginal Rat of Southern China (Mus flavescens, Gray), and doubt- Dr. P. L. Sclater on a new Cockatoo. 73 less of the same stock; but it attains a larger size, is robuster, has larger hind feet, larger ears, and is otherwise distinguished by its feet being white, and by the pure abrupt white of its under parts. The bristles of its upper parts are also more numerous and more spinous. It was, perhaps, originally brought over by Chinese junks, and drove before it some other species, of which some few may yet be found lin- gering about the huts of the savages of the interior. For, in former days, before the accession of western commerce, M. flavescens was doubtless the chief Rat of the towns of Southern China; and special circumstances may have caused it to vary; or its pedigree may perhaps be carried further back to the time when there must have been more territorial connexion between this island and the main, when Lepus sinensis, Cervulus Reevesii, and others managed to get across and remain to this day in either country identical and unchanged in form. These, however, are merely conjectures ; but the facts remain that Mus Coninga is allied to M. flavescens, and that both have been banished from their accustomed haunts by the cosmopolite usurper, M. decumanus. The Formosan Rat is distinguished by the Chinese colonists from M. decumanus, which they call Laou chee, by the name Pay-ba, or white belly. The country-people attribute medicinal properties to its flesh, and value its carcase at fourpence a piece. I propose to name the animal after the powerful pirate chief who seized the island from the Dutch, and whose nightly rest this indigenous species must have as greatly disturbed as do its commercial successors those of the present trading community. On a New Spectres or Warte CocKATOO LIVING IN THE Society’s GArpENS. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY. In April of the year before last the Society obtained from the ship ‘La Hogue’ (as recorded in the ‘ Proceedings’ for May 13, 1862) * a pair of a fine large species of White Cockatoo, new to the collection. Somewhat influenced, I must confess, by the information that they had been brought to Sydney from the Salomon Islands, I was induced to refer these birds to the Cacatua Ducorpsii, obtained by MM. Hombron and Jacquinot in that group of islands, and described by those naturalists in the Zoology of the ‘ Voyage au Péle Sud,’ although they did not quite agree with the characters and figure there given of that species. On its return voyage this year the same ship has brought over a pair of smaller White Cockatoos, received at Sydney from the island of Guadalcanar, of the Salomon group. As soon as I saw them, I was at once convinced that I had made a mistake in referring the former pair of birds to Cacatua Ducorpsii, and that the latter pair were rightfully entitled to that designation. It thus becomes neces- * See P. Z. S. 1862, p. 141, 74 Zooloyical Society. sary to give a new name to the Cockatoo which I have heretofore erroneously called Ducorpsii, and figured under that name in the ‘Proceedings’ for 1862. I propose, therefore, to call it Cacatua ophthalmica, as its most distinguishing characteristic when living is the blue naked skin which surrounds the eye, and renders it at first sight distinguishable from every other bird of the genus. Before giving the specific characters of this new species, I may remark that the White Cockatoos, of the genus Cacatua, may be divided into two very easily distinguished sections. The first em- braces those species which have a narrow medial head-crest, with the slender poimt recurved at the extremity, and appearing above the surface of the adjoining feathers when the crest is in a state of repose. The second contains those species which have the crest broadened and comprising the greater part of the head-feathers, rising when erect into a sphere more or less pyramidal in shape, but showing when in a state of repose no recurved point. The following diagnoses may assist in determining the species :— Sect. A. Crista angustata ad apicem recurva. 1. galerita, ex Australia. . triton, ex Nov. Guinea et Molucc. Minores candide, crista aurantiaca... 3. citrinocristata, ex Timor. . sulphurea, ex Timor, Flores, Lombock et Celebes. . equatorialis, ex Noy. Guin. et Moluce. Major, crista tricolore ......sss.seeeeeee 6. Leadbeateri, ex Australia. Majores candide, crista flava crista flava eeesccece Sect. B. Crista lata incumbente. Candida major; crista alba ....... we... 7. cristata, ex Ternate. CristajTUbra) ccsecesc . 8. moluccensis, ex Ceram, Batchian et Ternate. crista limonacea ... 9. ophthalmica, ex ins. Salomon. minor; crista alba, intus li- monaceo tincta... 10. genis rubro tinctis.. 11. Ducorpsii, ex ins. Salomon. sanguinea, ex Australia. crisso rubro ROSACED ei eacossetsescccesie Wada sus vetee eee ew eeenee The new species may be shortly . Philippinarum, ex ins. Philipp. . roseicapilla, ex Australia. characterized as follows :— CACATUA OPHTHALMICA, Sp. Nov. Cacatua Ducorpsii, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 141, pl. xrv. Alba: criste plumis elongatis, intus pallide limonaceis : subala- ribus et caude tectricibus inferioribus limonaceo tinctis : rostro et pedibus nigris: annulo oculari in ave viva ceruleo: cras- sitie vix minore quam in Cacatua cristata. Hab. In ins. Salomon. In conclusion I may remark that the Society’s living series of Cockatoos contains examples of nine out of the thirteen known species, the deficiencies being only four, namely, C. triton, C. sulphurea, C. sanguinea, and C. Philippinarum. : 75 MISCELLANEOUS. Salmo cambricus. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN,—I find that the name of Salmo cambricus, which I have given to the Charr of Llanberris Lake, has been previously used by Donovan for the Sewin of Wales. Therefore, to prevent confusion, I propose to change the name of the former species into Salmo Perisii. I remain, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant, A. GUNTHER. British Museum, Nov. 28, 1864. On the Cetacea of the French Mediterranean Coasts. By M. Pau Gervats. After some remarks on the necessity of studying the osteological characters in discriminating the species of Cetaceans, M. Gervais states that he has been able to ascertain the existence on the French coasts of the Mediterranean of nine species of those animals, belong- ing to nearly as many genera. Upon these species he makes the following observations :— 1. Toe Cacuator (Physeter macrocephalus).—This species is very rare, the occasional reported occurrence of individuals generally referring to large species of Delphinide. A true Cachalot was taken in 1856, by the fishermen of Saint Nazaire; and a considerable portion of its lower jaw is preserved in the collection of the Marist Fathers, at La Seyne, near Toulon. 2. Tue Ziputus (Ziphius cavirostris, Cuv.).—This species, long regarded as fossil, really exists in the Mediterranean ; the specimen of which the skull was described by Cuvier (Rech. Ossem. foss.) was found by the fishermen of the Gulf of Bouc. Others have since been obtained, and each of them has been described as a new species— Delphinus Desmarestii, Risso (taken at Nice), D. Philippi, Cocco (Straits of Messina), Hyperoodon Doumetii, Gray (Corsica), and H. Gervaisti, Duvernoy (Aresquiés). 3. THe Grampus (Orca gladiator).—This species has only twice been captured. One was taken about twenty-five years ago at Cette ; its dental formula was 14. Another came ashore at Elne (Pyrénées orientales) in 1857 ; but its lower jaw (the only fragment preserved) contains only ten teeth, so that M. Gervais does not feel sure of its being of the same species as the Cette specimen. It is also impos- sible to say whether it may be identical with the Delphinus Feres. 4. Tue Rounp-HEADED Porpotse (Globiceps).—The names Delphinus melas, D. deductor, and D. globiceps have been given to a large oceanic species, the type of the genus Globiceps of Gray. Similar species, if not mere varieties, have been brought from the south coast of the United States, from Guadaloupe, New Zealand, and the Japanese seas. 76 Miscellaneous. But it is doubtful whether this species exists in the Mediterranean. The genus Globiceps has been recognized by M. Gervais in some Delphinide of 14-17 feet long, of which a shoal of about fifteen ran on shore in the neighbourhood of Barcarés (Pyrénées orientales) in February 1864. Four of these specimens reached M. Gervais, and he compared the skeleton of one of them with different skeletons of G. melas in the Museum of Paris. The only differences that can be pointed out reside in the curvature of the incisive bones, and in the somewhat more obtuse appearance of the teeth ; but*equivalent diffe- rences also occur between the specimens of Globiceps from other seas when carefully compared, so as, to a certain extent, to justify the supposed species which have been admitted in this genus by authors. The Mediterranean Globiceps thus appears to constitute a new race, if not a new species. Like the Cetacea of this genus which live in the ocean, it has the head much inflated, and the muz- zle short ; and its colour is black, except beneath, where it presents a large median band commencing in the form of a heart near the throat, and extending to the anus. 5. Risso’s Porroise (Grampus Rissoanus).—G, Cuvier has described this species, which is very nearly allied to his Delphinus griseus ; but the former lives in the Mediterranean, the latter on the coasts of Brittany. The cranium of this species presents cha- racters which are easily recognized. The Museum of Paris possesses two skulls from specimens taken at Nice by Risso and Laurillard ; there is another in the Museum of Marseilles obtained from one of a shoal which came into Carry (Bouches-du-Rhéne) two years ago. 6. Tur Borrite-Nosep Doueuin (Tursiops Tursio).—This is not so rare as the preceding species, but far less common than the Delphinus Delphis. M. Gervais has specimens taken in the Gulf of Lyons, especially at Cette and La Nouvelle and at Gruissau. 7. Tut Common Doupuin (Delphinus Delphis).—This is the stationary Dolphin of the coasts. One of its chief distinctive marks consists in the widened double groove on the face of its palate. This double groove is visible after the removal of the membrane of the palate ; it does not exist in the D. Tethyos of Gervais. 8. Dotenin oF Tetuys (Delphinus Tethyos).—Of this the author knows only two individuals—one taken at the mouth of the Orb (Heérault) in 1852, the other in the vicinity of Port-Vendres (Pyrénées orientales), of which the skull is in the collection of Dr. Pinchinat. 9. Tur Roravuat (Rorqualus antiquorum).—This great Cetacean exhibits the same characters in the Mediterranean as in the ocean; it is the Mysticetos of Aristotle. It is seen from time to time on the French coasts, especially those of the Pyrénées orientales and the Var. In 1862 a female, with her young, remained for more than a month chiefly in the small bay of Paulilles, Port-Vendres, and Collioure. This was perhaps the Cetacean which, some months later, ran on shore at the rocks of Borro, on the Spanish coast, and was towed to Llanza, where M. Gervais saw it. Such Cetaceans rarely run aground on the sandy shores of Lan- Miscellaneous. Th guedoc and La Camargue; but the great whale with a channelled belly, mentioned by Daléchamp as having come ashore in his time near Montpellier, must be regarded as a Rorqual, and the jaws of this species preserved at Frontignan have probably a similar origin. M. Gervais records, as specimens which have grounded during more recent periods, one, 17 feet long, of which the skeleton is in the museum of Perpignan; a larger one, taken at Saint-Cyprien, described by Farines and Carcassonne as Balenoptera aragous; that of Saint-Tropez in 1833; those of the ile Sainte-Marguerite, one in 1797, described by Lacépéde and Cuvier, the other in 1864; and two or three others taken near Toulon, of which the skulls or entire skeletons have been preserved.—Comptes Rendus, Nov. 28, 1864, p. 876. Descriptions of some new Fishes. By Prof. Kner. The fishes described by Professor Kner were collected by Dr. E. Graffe on the private expeditions fitted out by MM. J. C. Godeffroy & Son, of Hamburg. Family Labroide. THYSANOCHEILUS, nov. gen. Char. gen. Ambo labia margine fimbriato, dentes acuti uniseriales supra et infra, in medio ossis intermaxillaris 4, inframaxillaris 2 dentes canini, 2 quoque supra ad oris angulum ; totum caput, labiis exceptis, squamis minutis tectum, nec non guttur penitus clausum ad isthmum usque ; trunci squamze magne; linea lateralis continua, simplex ; pinnee ventrales in filum prolongatze, caudalis rotundata. Thysanocheilus ornatus. T. color universalis nigrescens, ad abdominis latera albicans ; truncus et fere omnes pinnz lineis et punctis cyaneis obsite. D. 7/12. A, 3/10. Sq. long. 28, vertic. 15-16. From Upolu (Navigator’s or Samoa Islands). Catal. no. 791. Most nearly allied to Labrichthys cyanotenia, Bleek. (Atlas, i. tab. 22. fig. 1); but in this the lower lip only is fringed, and there is only one canine in the upper jaw, at the angle of the mouth; it also wants the complete union and scaling of the sides of the throat ; and the colour and form of the head differ. Family Squalide. LEIvs, nov. gen. Char. gen. Rostrum obtusum, modice productum ; dentes supra- maxillares parvi, acuti, pluriseriales et mobiles, inframaxillares nu- mero 26, uniseriales, lati, apice medio preelongo, in laminam immo- bilem coaliti, antrorsum spectantes ; foramina tempcralia semilunaria ; pinnze parvee et inermes, prima dorsalis anali opposita et secundze vicina, analis nulla; cutis leviuscula ; fissure branchiales 5, parvee. Leius ferox. L[. capitis longitudo ad primam usque fissuram branchialem 52 in 78 Miscellaneous. longitudine totali; anus intra pinnas ventrales situs ; lobus pinne caudalis superior late truncatus ; colore obscure brunneus. From Australia. Catal. no. 239. Certainly related to Seymnus and Lemargus, but is quite distinct from S. bispinosus, Q. & G. (Voy. Uranie, Atlas, Zool. pl. 44) and also from Somniosus brevi- pinna, Less. The following species are described as probably new :— Cottus gigas, perhaps identical with C. jaok, Cuv. & Val., or a va- riety of that species. From Decastre’s Bay, at the mouth of the Amur. Cat. no. 1395. é Osmerus oligodon, very near O. japonicus, Brevoort (Japan. Fishes, pl. 10), but readily distinguished by its lateral line being inter- rupted as in O. eperlanus. From the same locality as the pre- ceding species.—Sitzungsber. der Akad. der Wiss. zu Wien, Nov. 10, 1864, p. 185. Observations on the Structure of the Nervous System in Clepsine. By E. Baupetor. In its totality the nervous chain of Clepsine appears to be organized on the same type as in the other Hirudineee. Above the mouth there is a bilobed, cerebroid, inflated part, giving origin to two very short connectives which closely embrace the cesophagus and unite the cerebral with the subcesophageal centre ; the latter is voluminous, and is followed by a series of twenty-one very distinct ganglia united by double connectives, and the chain terminates in an elongated nervous mass, the extremity of which corresponds with the centre of the posterior sucker. When one of the ganglia of the median portion of the chain is examined by the microscope, two sorts of elements are easily distin- guished through its hyaline membrane—some fibrous, the others cellular. The fibrous portion appears as a median ribbon continuous with the connectives, and becomes gradually enlarged towards the middle of the ganglion, acquiring at this part a fusiform or lozenge- shaped appearance. At the level of the angles of this lozenge the lateral nerves originate. The cellular portion of the ganglion con- sists of six capsular inflations, of an ovoid form: two of these are situated on the median line beneath the fibrous median ribbon, through which they may be seen; the other four occupy each one of the compartments of the ganglion. These six capsules appear to contain only unipolar cells, the di- mensions of which vary between ;2,, and 745 mill. Each of these cells contains a large nucleus, of oval form, with one or more nucleoli in its interior. The cells of the four exterior capsules are continuous by their produced extremity with a nervous fibre; all the fibres which thus originate radiate towards the centre of the ganglion, where they interlace either with the fibres from the opposite capsules or with those which descend from the connectives and lateral nerves. The connectives appear to consist of a fibro-granular substance Miscellaneous. 79 without distinct nervous fibres. In the space between each pair of connectives is a very delicate nervous bundle, apparently of the same substance as the connectives: this represents the intermediate nerve described by E. Faivre in the common Leech. The subcesophageal inflation is of large size as compared with the other ganglia; it is somewhat triangular in form ; its truncated apex is continuous with the ganglionic chains ; its concave base embraces the lower surface of the cesophagus ; and its antero-lateral angles are continuous with the cerebral connectives. On the margins of this fibro-nervous mass is arranged a series of capsules or inflations, formed of unipolar cells perfectly similar to those of the ventral ganglia ; in the median line there is also a double series of eight or ten similar capsules. By counting these capsules, we find that, as each simple ganglion contains six of them, the sub- cesophageal ganglion is formed by the union of at least four ganglia, which are confounded together by the extreme shortness of their connectives. The caudal inflation presents a very similar arrange- ment of parts; by the same mode of calculation it appears to result from the fusion of at least seven ganglia. The cerebrum exhibits nothing to differentiate it from the other ganglia: it consists of a fibro-nervous loop continuous with the con- nectives and passing over the cesophagus, and bearing on its margin on each side six capsules containing unipolar cells. From their direction a certain number of fibres originating from these cells seem to bear towards the median line, and to pass from one side to the other. Thus the cerebrum may be regarded as consisting of two simple ganglia. The lateral nerves (two in number) originate from each side of their ganglion; at their origin they are united in a common sheath of fibro-elastic tissue, but they soon separate. After a short course (about | millim.) the anterior branch usually presents on one side a small ganglionic inflation, often exceeding ~1, millim. in size; this, which is sometimes fusiform, sometimes quadrangular, consists of a granular material, in which is a large oval nucleus, usually furnished with several nucleoli. It commonly gives off a short branch, which unites the anterior with the posterior root; when the inflation is quadrangular, each of its angles emits a nervous branch. Another very interesting peculiarity consists in the existence of nervous cells appended here and there, like grapes, to the most deli- cate extremities of the lateral nerves. These cells, which are usually unipolar, measure from ;?, to ~3, millim.; they contain a granular matter enclosing an oval nucleus with one or more nucleoli. As to the signification of these cells, the author says: ‘ Brandt indicated in the Leech a gastric system, which other skilful observers were subsequently unable to discover. In 1857, Faivre discovered in the stomachal membrane of the Leech a network formed of ner- vous tubes and cells—a network the existence of which is certain, but of which he could not ascertain the connexions. Now, from the facts that I have ascertained with regard to Clepsine, I am convinced that this nervous network is formed at the expense of the terminal 80 Miscellaneous. extremities of the lateral nerves, and that it is the analogue of the stomato-gastric of other Annelides, from which it differs only in its. origin. This, moreover, is not without precedent in science. M. de Quatrefages, in his investigations of the Annelides, has shown that in Eunice sanguinea, for example, the visceral nervous system furnishes the nerves both of animal and vegetative life.””—Comptes Rendus, Nov. 14, 1864, p. 825. On Ptychocheerus plicifrons (Centuriosus pleiceps, Gray). By Dr. L. J. Firzincer. The recorded species of the family Seéigera, according to Dr. Fitzinger, are nineteen in number, and form seven distinct genera, namely, Sus with nine, Potamocherus with two, Porcula with two, Ptychocherus with one, Phacocherus with two, and Dicotyles with two species. Dr. Fitzinger proposes the name of Ptychocherus plicifrons for the Pig described by Dr. Gray under the name of Centuriosus plet- ceps, and gives the following as the characters of the genus :— “* Fore and hind feet with four toes; skin wrinkled, divided on the body by deep regular folds into three belts, and very sparingly clothed with scattered bristles. Snout elongated into a short, move- able, very broad trunk, truncated in front, which projects beyond the lower lip. Ears very large and broad, rounded, flattened, and hanging down loosely at the sides of the head. Tail not very short, terminating ina tuft. Incisors, canines, and molars present in both jaws; molars simple. No lobes of skin or wart-like elevations on the cheeks. Upper canines not penetrating the snout. No secretory glands at the posterior part of the back. eats situated on the belly and groin. Stomach simple. «Dental formula as in the genus Sus : 4 . — eet This Pig has only been discovered about three years, and is only known in the domesticated state. It has been imperfectly noticed by Bartlett and Gray. Dr. Fitzinger describes it from living speci- mens in the Zoological Garden at Vienna. He also rejects the pre- vious supposititious statements of the native country of this remark- able form of Pig, which is said to be China or Japan, his reason for so doing being that no travellers in those countries have ever men- tioned its occurrence there, nor does its portrait appear among the numerous figures of animals that we possess drawn by Chinese and Japanese artists. Dr. Fitzinger thinks it probable that Abyssinia is the native country of the species ; and in support of his view he quotes a short notice by Dr. Theodor von Heuglin of a similar form, called “‘Hassama”’ by the Abyssinians, which occurs wild among the mountains of Simehn. Heuglin’s note is as follows :—‘‘ This spe- cies is somewhat smaller than our European Wild Swine, strongly covered with bristles, dark blackish brown, spotted with greyish yellow ; the head is short and obtuse; the ears are very long and pendent, and the litter always small.—Sitzungsb. der Akad. der Wiss. zu Wien, Nov. 10, 1864, p. 181. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES.] No. 86. FEBRUARY 1865. XI.—Carcinological Gleanings.—No. I. By C. Srence Barz, F.R.S. &c. [Plate I.] A sysTEMATIC series of dredgings of the coasts of the Shetland Islands having been determined on by the British Association, the carrying out of the labour was entrusted to a committee. The object with which the dredgings were undertaken was to ascertain the relative distribution in the sea of the Mollusca. It was therefore with the zeal of true naturalists that, while col- lecting the shells, the committee provided for the preservation of other animals. It is by this means, chiefly through the kindness of Mr. Jef- freys, that a tolerably fair collection of Crustacea from this lo- cality has found its way into my possession. Among them are a few Diastylide that have not hitherto, as I believe, been de- scribed. They consist of two species of the genus Diastylis (to which I have added a third from a still more northern locality) and one of a genus that is new to science. This last is certainly a very remarkable Crustacean. Unfortunately, it is not perfect, being deficient of the four last segments of the pleon. The preserved parts indicate an intermediate position between the true Diasty- lide and the Myside. Diastylis echinatus. Plate I. fig. 1. Carapace about one-third the entire length of the animal, and as deep as half its length. The extremities of the antero-lateral projections meet above anteriorly, and are elevated slightly up- wards into a short rostrum, serrated dorsally and anteriorly and tipped with a stout spine. A serrated ridge traverses the antero-lateral margin sub- Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol, xv. 6 82 Mr. C. Spence Bate on Diastylis echinatus. parallel with the edge of the carapace. A second serrated cor- rugation is situated a little behind the first, one-half of which is subparallel with the dorsal surface ; the other half hes at a right angle to it, and is subparallel with the anterior margin of the carapace, and corresponds somewhat with the direction of the first ridge, but extends to less than half its length. The angle formed by the two lines is surmounted by a strong spine; a similar spine marks the centre of each divergent line. Situated still posteriorly is a third serrated ridge. It origi- nates near the centre of the median dorsal line, and appears to repeat the second line, that is, it traverses first a line diagonally produced anteriorly, and then suddenly bends at an angle that is rather less than a right angle; proceeding downwards and backwards, it terminates in a semicircular bend. Lower down (that is, nearer to the lateral margin) this semicircular serrated ridge is twice repeated, the anterior of which, from its position, appears to correspond with the line of the second ridge, of which it may be an imperfect continuation. The third ridge, like the second, has the angle that is made by its change of direction tipped with a strong spine: a similar spine stands near the middle of the upper half; but the lower half is not so marked. A strong spine occupies the centre of the dorsal line at the point where the third ridge meets the one upon the opposite side. Two other somewhat stronger spines occupy the median line posteriorly to the one mentioned, and a third, much smaller, stands upon the extreme limit of the posterior margin of the carapace. Two spines on each side, subequally distant from each other and the central, also stand upon the posterior mar- gin; and the carapace is armed all over with subequidistantly placed, short, stout spines. The eye is situated in a deep notch in the median line corre- sponding with the anterior point of the second serrated ridge. Behind, near the median line, but on each side of it, are two closely placed small spines, and still further back in the median line are two strong spines, subequally distant from each other and from the organ of vision. The pereion has four somites exposed behind the carapace, the first of which is narrow, and narrows laterally until it is lost beneath the carapace; it is serrated along the anterior margin, and armed on the dorsal median line with a short strong spine. The second somite is broader than the first, and increases in width towards the lateral extremities. The dorsal median line is crowned by a central spine that is longer than that on the first, and a small lateral spine or tooth that is planted close but slightly anterior to it; the anterior margin, for about half the extent of the somite, is slightly serrated. Mr. C. Spence Bate on Diastylis echinatus. 83 The third somite is slightly broader than the second, and, like it, increases a little in width towards the lateral edge, but curves backwards instead of forwards. The anterior margin is smooth, and the dorsal median line is furnished with a central spine and a small lateral one placed a little anteriorly to it. The posterior somite is broader still than the preceding, and increases in extent laterally to nearly two-thirds of its depth, where it is produced both anteriorly and posteriorly into a pro- minent tooth, after which it suddenly decreases to the margin ; dorsally it is armed in the median line with a strong tooth, and _ laterally with one that is longer and less robust. The pleon is as long as the pereion and cephalon together, and therefore half the length of the animal. The first somite is rather deeper than long, and armed upon the dorsal surface with a central upright tooth. The second somite is proportioned like the first, but is furnished with two, parallel, submedian, vertical teeth. The third and fourth are similar to the second ; but the teeth gradually decrease posteriorly. The fifth somite is much longer on the ventral than on the dorsal surface; the dorsal spines are attached to the posterior ridge, and anteriorly directed. The sixth is a little longer than broad, and unarmed. The telson is nearly three times as long as the sixth somite of the pleon, and posteriorly serrated along the dorsal surface. The superior antenne are not visible in the perfect animal ; the inferior project a little beyond the extremity of the rostrum. The first pair of pereiopoda are long and. powerful, projecting to some distance beyond the extremity of the inferior antenne. The second are shorter, and terminate in a few hairs. The three last are uniform, and about the same length as the second ; they are curved anteriorly, and have the cox short and as broad as the somites of the pereion to which they respectively belong. The bases are long; the ischia are short; the mera and carpi are moderately long and subequal. The propodi are very small and short, and the dactyli are long and pointed. The first five somites of the pereion are not furnished with appendages in our specimen. We have therefore little doubt that it is a female. ‘The sixth somite is furnished at the postero-inferior’ angles with a pair of pleopoda, of which the peduncle is nearly three times as long as the somite to which it is an appendage ; the rami are rather more than half the length of the peduncle, and terminate in styliform points. The telson is as long as the peduncle of the caudal pleopoda, and narrows ventrally after it has passed the terminal outlet of the alimentary canal. . The length of the animal is about half an inch. It was taken 6* 84 Mr. C. Spence Bate on Diastylis bicornis. by the dredge, in the summer before last, at the Shetlands ; but Mr. Jeffreys, from whom I received it, has not recorded the exact position or depth at which it was taken. Diastylis bicornis. Pl. I. fig. 2. The carapace is less than a third of the length of the animal, and pointed in front to a blunt rostrum. It is furnished laterally upon each side, in a line with the dorsal eye, with a small an- teriorly projecting tooth, behind and a little outside of which is a second much larger tooth, which, together with the one upon the opposite side of the carapace, gives the double-horned cha- racter to the species, from which the name is derived. In the posterior or cardiac region of the carapace, a little on each side of the median line, is a small spine. The lateral walls or branchial regions are thickly studded with small pointed teeth or spines, planted in short rows in a direction vertical to the lateral margins, the spines becoming more feeble and ultimately dying out as they approach towards the dorsal surface. These spines are all directed forwards, and are most abundant as well as most important in size near the hepatic region, anterior to which they again diminish in proportion. The pereion exposes dorsally four perfect somites posterior to the carapace, of which the posterior is the longest. All are smooth and free from ornamentation. The pleon is long and slender, the first somite being nearly as long as broad; the second, third, and fourth each gradually increase in length, and are all furnished near the postero-lateral extremity with a few cilia. The fifth somite is still narrower and longer; the sixth is as long as the fifth, but increases in breadth posteriorly to furnish points for the articulation of the posterior pair of pleopoda. The telson is long and narrow, being lanceolate and tipped with a long process that is ciliated upon each side. The eye is small, and dorsally placed. The antenne are small, or supposed to be so, since they are not discernible in our unique specimen. ‘The first pair of pereiopoda reach to some distance beyond the extremity of the rostrum. The last three pairs are uniform in shape and size, and terminate in pointed but not very powerful dactyli and a few corresponding cilia. The pleon in our specimen is not supplied with appendages ; and the entire animal is about half an inch in length. It was dredged with the preceding; but neither the exact locality in the Shetlands nor the depth at which it was taken has been recorded. Mr. C. Spence Bate on Diastylis borealis. 85 Diastylis borealis. PI. I. fig. 3. The carapace is much deeper anteriorly than it is posteriorly ; the antero-lateral processes of the mandibular segment do not meet on the dorsum, but form two distinct arcuate margins. The infero-anterior margin is strongly serrated. The rostrum is short and blunt at the extremity. The anterior surface of the carapace is ornamented with several short spines, placed in rows, that traverse a direction coinciding somewhat with that of the anterior margin. The posterior portion of the surface possesses a reticulated appearance, owing apparently to the cellular struc- ture of the tissue. The margins of the exposed segments of the pereion are smooth, and the last is produced posteriorly into a strong tooth. The antennz are short; the superior do not extend beyond the extremity of the rostrum, the peduncle being shorter and broader than the flagellum. It carries four cilia—two on the terminal articulus and one on each of the others. The inferior antenne are longer than the upper, and consist of a peduncle, of which only two joints are exposed. The flagellum consists of six articuli, of which the first is the shortest, the second is the longest, and the remaining four gradually decrease in length towards the extremity; a small secondary appendage, consist- ing of two or three articuli, is attached to the extremity of the peduncle. . The appendages attached to the first and second somites of the pleon of the male are bifurcate at the extremity. The third and fourth somites have two pairs of strong hairs corresponding in position to the appendages in the two previous somites; the fifth somite is without appendages or hairs, and is half as long again as the preceding. The sixth somite is about the same in length as the fifth, and terminates laterally in two long ap- pendages (pleopoda), the basal joint of which is rather more than twice the length of the sixth somite, and is furnished with spines on the inner side: at the extremity of the basal joint are two subequal rami; the inner is furnished with a series of spines on the inner margin, corresponding to and continuous with those upon the basal joint. The outer ramus is clean and slightly longer, and terminates in several cilia, which, by their close approximation, generally make the outer ramus appear longer than the inner. The telson reaches to about the extremity of the basal joint of the terminal pleopoda, and terminates bluntly, and is furnished with four or five spines or stiff hairs, similar to those on the inner margins of the pleopoda. Length of animal rather more than half an inch. The specimen from which this description is taken was brought up from a depth of 10 to 15 fathoms, in Port Kennedy, by 86 Mr. C. Spence. Bate on Nannastacus, Dr. Walker, who obtained it during Sir F. L. M‘Clintock’s last Arctic expedition. It is preserved in the Dublin Museum. I take this to be the same as the smaller specimen figured by Professor Thomas Bell in his account of the Arctic Crus- tacea brought home by Sir Edward Belcher, and supposed by him to be either a male or immature specimen of Diastylis (Alauna) Goodsiri, although they “ differ in some characters, as the less convex form of the carapace, more obvious rug on the fore part of it, and the existence of an acute point on each side of the last lee-bearing ” somite. From this the specimen now described differs in such minute points as may be only errors in figuring, or at most minor varia- bility in individual character—as, for instance, the apparently less regularity of the rows of small spines on the anterior surface of the carapace, and the serrated condition of the antero-inferior margin of the carapace. I must also allude to the remarkable circumstance of a second- ary appendage being attached to the inferior pair of antennz in this specimen, which I have never seen or known of its having been observed in any of the genera, Undoubtedly it homo- logizes with the squamiform appendage attached to the third joint of the inferior antennz of the Macrurous Decapods, and is consequently the homotype of the secondary appendage so common to the superior antenne of Crustacea in all orders, and to which in our present specimen it bears some considerable resemblance. In the inferior antenne the peduncle normally consists of five joints; but in this the organ assimilates to the character of the superior antenne. Thus we perceive that the two joints usually existing beyond the secondary appendage are here reduced to the condition of those inferior jomts which we describe as articuli. This condition of the antenne in this group of Crustacea demonstrates very forcibly the depauperized character of the animals—a circumstance that suggests the probable liability to some more or less variation in those organs which have suffered depreciation from the normal type, but are essential to the wel- fare of the existence of the animal. It is under such considera- tions as these that I am led to the belief that impoverished appendages such as these antenne are can have but little dia- gnostic importance in the determination of specific characters. NANNASTACUS*, noy. gen. The anterior somite of the carapace is separated from the posterior by a distinct suture. The antero-lateral extremities of * Navvos, dwarf; dorakos, marine crab, Mr. C. Spence Bate on Nannastacus binoculoides. 87 the posterior portion of the carapace do not extend so far ante- riorly as the rostrum, and do not meet in front. The pereion has four somites exposed posteriorly to the carapace. The eyes are sessile, and situated one on each side. The pereiopoda have the seven joints normally developed, and support a secondary appendage. The four last somites of the pleon, with the telson, are wanting ; therefore the form of the posterior pair of pleopoda and of the telson are not known. Nannastacus binoculoides. PI. I. fig. 4. The anterior portion of the carapace is centrally elevated in the stomachal region, and crested by two parallel longitudinal rows of small beadlike tubercles. It is depressed centrally and elevated anteriorly and laterally, forming three conspicuous lobes: the anterior is an obtuse rostrum, rounded above, and covered with minute tubercles; the lateral lobes correspond with and support the organs of vision. ‘The posterior division of the cara- pace is anteriorly produced laterally and inferiorly beyond the eyes. The infero-lateral margin not only ascends, but meets the anterior margin of the lateral processes at a right angle, the point of meeting being anteriorly produced into a sharp denticle. ‘The posterior margin of the carapace is thickened into a strong and elevated ridge, which is dorsally crested with strong tuber- cles. The first two exposed somites of the pereion are very short, and are crested dorsally with fine tubercles. The third and fourth somites are longer than the first two, brut they are also narrower, and have the dorsal tubercles more prominent than those on the preceding. Posterior to these are the only three somites of the pleon that are known; these are scarcely longer than broad, and are dorsally furnished with crests of small tubercles. The characters of the posterior pairs of pleopoda and telson are unknown. The eyes are small, sessile, and situated one on the centre of a lobe on each side of the head. The antenne and organs of the mouth I have not been able to determine, from a reluctance to dissect a unique specimen. The second pair of gnathopoda assimilate closely in‘form to those of the first pair of pereiopoda in the normal Diastylis, and extend anteriorly in front of the carapace to some distance. The first four pairs of pereiopoda have the coxe small, and armed with tubercles; the bases are long and broad, and the remaining joints developed upon the type of true Macrurous Decapoda, terminating in sharp well-developed dactyli. The last pair of pereiopoda differ from the preceding in having the coxa very reduced in size, and the basis narrowed to slen- der proportions. A secondary appendage consists of a strong 88 Mr. C. Spence Bate on Nannastacus binoculoides. basal joint, equalling in length the basis of the pereiopod, and a terminal flagellum formed of many minute articuli, each of which supports strong cilia. The entire animal is ornamented with numerous closely packed minute tubercles or coarse granules. They are most abundant, but least conspicuous, on the carapace, where they appear to culminate on the dorsal median line, being largest on the poste- rior ridge of the anterior somites of the pleon; they increase on the dorsal surface into short spines; the coxze and bases of the four anterior pairs of pereiopoda are also conspicuously granu- lated. This little Crustacean, which is about the eighth of an inch in length, differs from the true Diastylide in several important particulars, all of which distinctions conduce to the opinion that it stands in the animal kingdom at a grade higher, or, to speak more correctly, in a position nearer to the true Macrura. It will be seen that the eyes are two, and separated widely apart; but they differ from the Macrurous type in being sessile and attached to the anterior portion of the carapace: in this respect they differ from the same organs in the true Ma- crura, since those are pedunculated, and, even in the larval condition, exist as free organs independent of, though closely - protected by, the tissues of the carapace. In all the Diastylide that have been hitherto described, the antero-lateral processes of the posterior portion of the carapace pass before and meet in front of the anterior portion of the carapace, enclosing it so as to bring it near the centre of the carapace. In the animal now described these lateral processes reach but little beyond the eyes ; but we see, as it were, an effort to fulfil the same conditions in the prolongation of the inferior angle beyond the superior, whereas in the Macrurous type this is considerably rounded off. It is to be regretted that this solitary specimen has alone been obtained from the numerous dredgings on the coast of Shetland; but it is to be hoped that, simce now attention is drawn to the creature, we may be able to obtain more of an animal which, from its intermediate character, may offer in dis- section conditions of considerable interest, that may assist in unravelling the mystery of some of the lost parts of certain fossil Crustacea. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. Diastylis echinatus. Fig. 2. Diastylis bicornis. Fig. 3. Diastylis borealis. Fig. 3k. First pair of pereiopoda. Fig. 4. Nannastacus binoculoides (lateral view). Fig. 4". The same (dorsal view). Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Snakes. 89 XII.—Fourth Account of new Species of Snakes in the Collection of the British Museum. By Ausert GuntueER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D. [Plates II. & III.] Tue following species of Ophidians have been added to the Collection of the British Museum since the publication of the last paper on the same subject in this Journal (November 1863, p- 348). The total number of species in that collection amounts now to 789, and that of the typical specimens to 289. In the following lists some of the species are marked with an asterisk (*): they will be described in this paper. I. List of Species which were formerly desiderata. Calamaria leucogaster, Blkr., = C. Rebentischii, Blkr. Sumatra, Sinkawang. Dr. P. Bleeker. (Typical specimens.) monochrous, Blkr. Sumatra. Dr. P. Bleeker. (Typical specimen. ) borneensis, Blkr. Sintang. Dr. P. Bleeker. (Typical spe- cimen. ) Roelandt, Blkr. Borneo. Dr. P. Bleeker. (Typical spe- cimen.) margaritophora, Blkr. Sumatra. Dr. P. Bleeker. (Typical specimen.) agamensis, Blkr.,=C. Dumerilii, Blkr.,=C. Sinkawangensis, Blkr. Sumatra, Sinkawang. Dr. P. Bleeker. (Typical spe- cimens. ) Prosymna meleagris, RArdt. Valley of the Shiré. Purchased. *Polemon Barthii, Jan. Old Calabar. Purchased. Uriechis capensis (Elapomorphus capensis, Smith). Caffre-land. Sir A. Smith. (Typical specimen.) Ablabes decemlineatus, D. & B. Palestine. Rev. H. B. Tristram. Coluber lineaticollis, Cope. Duefias. Messrs. Godman & Salvin. Mastigophis lateralis, Hallowell. California. Purchased. Dromicus portoricensis, Rhrdt. ? A. Ginther. Gonyosoma Jansenii, B/kr. Manado. Dr. P. Bleeker. Psammophis oxyrhynchus, RArdt. Pungo Andongo. Dr. Wel- witsch. Dipsas variegata, RArdt. West Africa. Purchased. obtusa, Reuss. Egypt. Rev. O. P. Cambridge. gemmistrata, Cope. Pacific Coast of Guatemala. OQ. Salvin, Esq. Peopidonotns semicinctus, D. & B. ? Dr. P. Bleeker. Ogmodon vitianus, Peters. Feejee Islands. A. Giinther. Vermicella Bertholdi, Jan. Swan River. Purchased. *Brachyurophis australis, Kreft. Clarence River. G. Krefft, Esq. Naja mossambica, Peters. Zambesi River. Dr. Kirk. Cerastes caudalis, Smith. West Africa. Dr. Welwitsch. 90 Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Snakes Clotho (Vipera) euphratica, Martin. Galilee. Rev.H.B.Tristram. atropoides, Smith. Cape of Good Hope. Sir A. Smith. (Typical specimen.) II. List of the new Species procured and described in the course of the year 1864. *Calamaria flaviceps. Borneo. Rhynchocalamus melanocephalus. Palestine. Rey. H. B. Tristram. *Oligodon Waandersii. Boni. Dr. P. Bleeker. *Simotes vertebralis. Bandjermassing. LL. L. Dillwyn, Esq., M.P. Coronella nototenia. Zambesi. Dr. Kirk. Cyclophis nasalis. Southern India. A. Giinther. *Megablabes olivaceus. Manado. Dr. P. Bleeker.» *Coluber batjanensis. Batjan. Dr. P. Bleeker. *Spilotes megalolepis. South America. Purchased. *Dromicus Godmanni. Duefas. Messrs. Godman & Salvin. * Aheetulla frenata. ? ) ork =) ior) —_ Ey OV Ot HR OT ON Length of nose- aperture. me sT Oo OO 4 3 3 gels |g SE [SE Sa 228/4> c=) oe) | Pa Baer ees ing) le lime ajine de 4 0/11 2/2 10 3 10) |) oF 72 0¥ 4 7/1063 3 2. Gil S dior 2 Sapa lh aes 39. [Oo Tigues 3 7) |) Se gia et Se Regi 9 3 13/8 8/1 112 4 0 |10 02 9 Length of lower symp physis. a 5 DO Go Os Go Go — When Cuvier had a skull of the American and one of the African Manatee, he gave eight characters by which the African skull could be known from the American. Now we have a series of skulls of each kind, we find that not one of these characters 138 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Manatees. will separate the skulls of the two countries from one another. Indeed the skulls of each kind are so variable that, after having them laid out before me for two or three days, studying them every now and then, and inducing two proficients in the study of bones and in observing minute characters, to give me their assistance, we came to the conclusion that we believed there was no character, common to all the skulls of each kind, which could be used to separate them. As a proof of the difficulty of so doing, I may state that there was one skull in the series which had been long in the Collection, and had been received without any habitat, and neither of the three could decide to which of the series this skull should be referred ; and it was not until I accidentally observed the character derived from the absence of the nasal bones in the African kind that this question could be settled. It may be asked, Why was not the absence or the presence of the nasal bones observed earlier im the examina- tion? The reply is-easy: these bones are anomalous in the genus, being small, far apart, and easily lost; for they were only present in one of the skulls, and their existence in the other American skulls is only proved by the scar, or rather groove which is left in the bones; and though they are not found in the skull of the African Manatee, we have no proof that they are not free in the flesh of the nose in that species. The examination of a large series of skulls of the Bears (Ursus) and Paradoxuri shows how difficult it is to distinguish species by the study of the skulls alone. Thus, when we have a series of skulls of Bears from different localities, which, from their external form and habits, are known to be distinct species, it is easy to say which is the skull of U.tibetanus, U. syriacus, U.arctos, U.cinereus, and U. americanus, when we haye the habitat marked on each ; but the true test of the power of distinguishing the one from the other is to determine to what species a skull belongs, of which we have no information as to its origin ; and we have several skulls in the British Museum under these circumstances, and I cannot, even with the best assistance at my command, determine to which species they ought to be referred. And it is the same with the skulls of the Paradoxuri. I have observed, in a large series of skulls, that there is, in some genera at least, more difference between the skulls of the same species from the same locality than there is between two species from different localities which are well established by external characters. If this is the case with skulls (and I particularly allude to them, as they are generally regarded as the most characteristic bones of a skeleton, and are therefore the bones most usually studied by zoologists), how must the difficulty of distinguishing species with certainty be increased when we have only fossil bones, Rev. H. Clark on Species of Phytophaga. 139 which are generally more or less imperfect, to examine and compare, or of which only a limited number of examples are to be obtained and compared ? - By these observations I by no means wish to throw any doubt on any determinations which have been made, or to deny that there are well-determined fossil species, but merely to show the necessity of extreme caution in determining fossil bones as well as recent ones, and to point out that, in some cases at least, it is not sufficient to compare a recent skull, much less a fossil one, with one entire skull, and then determine whether it is a new or an extinct species—more especially as such abstruse questions as the antiquity of Man and other theoretical questions have been attempted to be settled by the results of such exami- nations. The skulls of certain genera seem much more liable to vary than those of others. They vary in most genera much more than was expected before series of the skulls of each species were collected and compared. It must be observed that these variations of the skull do not in the least prove the want of distinctness between species, but only show that the bones are as liable to vary as any other part of the body. Nor does it in the least detract from the importance of studying the bones in connexion with the external characters. In some genera, where a very similar kind of colour is com- mon to all the species, and where the colours seem to show an inclination to run into one another, as in the four species of Helictis from Java, Nepaul, China, and Formosa, the examina- tion of the skulls at once shows that the species are really dis- tinct, and may be divided by the skull into two most distinct groups. XVI.— Descriptions of Species of Phytophaga received from Pulo Penang or its Neighbourhood. By the Rev. Hamuer Ciarx, M.A., F.L.S. Subfam. Eumolpide. Genus CoryNOEIDES. Bscori Corinodi (Hope, Marshall, “‘ Corynodor. recensio,” Linn. Soe. Journ. Zool. vol. viii: p. 25) valde affine. Caput verticale. Oculi pene-circulares (vix oblongi) et ad latus haud sinuati sed exca- vati. Antenne ut in genere Corynode posite, sed valde elongatiores ; in 9, corporis dimidium longitudine superantes; in ¢, corporis longitudinem pene attinentes: in 3 articulus 1™"* globosus, 2°" brevis; ceteri elongati, subcylindrici, ad apices incrassati; in 2? articuli breviores, et 7-11 compresso-latiores (haud ut in Corynode latissimi, et pene transversi, sed elongatiores), formam articulorum 140 Rev. H. Clark on Species of Phytophaga 3% et 4% et 5% retinentes, sed compressi, et incrassati. Palpi mawil- lares elongati, articulo ultimo producto, et apice acuminato, haud ut in genere Corynode truncato. Thorax subcylindricus, transversus, ad latera marginatus. Scutellum subcordiforme, satis magnum. Elytra thorace latiora, parallela, subcylindrica, convexa, lateribus versus apicem approximantibus, marginatis, et in @ apice ipso un- dique tuberculatis. Elytrain d leevia, in 9 vehementer tuberculata. Pedes robusti, tibiis ad apicem dilatatis, tibiis posticis ad apicem intus canaliculatis: unguiculi appendiculati. Typus Corynoeides tuberculata. Although the genus Corynodes, as laid down by Mr. Marshall in his excellent paper in the Journal of the Linn. Soc., contains evidently within its limits forms which vary considerably among themselves in the degree of the dilatation of the antenne (and also, toa less degree, in the amount of development of the inner claw of the unguiculi), I have no doubt whatever that the fol- lowing species constitutes the basis of a quite separate though adjoining genus. In the first place, there is a most remarkable difference of form in the antennze of the two sexes: those of the gd are hardly, if at all, compressed as in Corynodes, but are robust and generally filiform, and approximating in length to that of the whole body; while those of the ? (though consider- ably longer than in the genus Corynodes) are shorter than those of the g, and somewhat compressed and dilated in the apical joints; the eyes are apparently less oblong, more circular, and more manifestly excavated (not sinuate) at their inner margin; the ¢horax is not elongate or compressed in front, but transverse ; the elytra are more cylindrical and elongate, less attenuate near the apex ; and, especially, there is in the surface of the elytra a difference of character between the two sexes, which not only is different from the habit of Corynedes, but is almost unique among the whole of the vast and varied group of Phytephaga, In the males the surface is smooth, after the usual type; in the females, however, the whole elytra are adorned with several well-developed tubercles, obsolete towards the apex, but bold and prominent nearer the base. These special differences of detail, coupled with a generally distinct facies, require us to erect for the beautiful species before us a separate genus. C. tuberculata, n. sp. C. ovalis, elytris in 2 tuberculatis, in ¢ simplicibus, punctata, lete cyanea: caput inter oculos arcuatim impressum, et ad verticem longitudinaliter foveatum ; ad frontem punctatum, cyaneum, infra antennarum basin ceruleum: antenne in ¢ elongatze, simplices, in Q juxta apicem compressze et breviores; art. 1-6 cyaneis, 7-11 ceruleis: ¢horawx transversus ; latera undique leviter margi- nata apparent, crebre punctata: scutellum subcordiforme, leeve from Pulo Penang or its Neighbourhood. 141 (subéilissime et sparsim punctatum): elytra in ¢ punctata, in 2 erebre tuberculata (tuberculis ad latera exstantibus, ad suturam post medium obliteratis, sed juxta humeros valde prominentibus) : corpus subtus viridi-cyaneum : pedes validi, viridi-cyanei. Long. corp. lin. 53-6 ; lat. lin. 23. I received an example of this species from Mr. Stevens, a few weeks ago, a ? of a bright burnished green colour. Since then, by the kindness of Mr. A. R. Wallace, I have had the opportunity of examining a series of both sexes of the species, the uniform colours of which were blue. Very happily, the gentleman who collected these specimens must have found examples zn coitu, for they were carefully labelled by him as males and females; and hence we have the authority of the captor for the remarkable fact that the two different forms are the sexes of one and the same insect. In the cabinets of Mr. Baly and the Rev. Hamlet Clark. Hab. Pulo-Penang. Genus Ruypraripa, Baly (Journ. Entom. 1. 286). 1. R. atripennis. R. lata, punctato-striata, nitida, rufa, elytris nigris: capué punc- tatum, rufum; oculi ad margines interiores sinuati: ¢horaw trans- versus, sat rotundatus, lateribus rotundatis et versus caput constric- tis, ad latera tenuiter marginatus, punctis satis fortibus sparsis (ad angulos anteriores obsoletis) ornatus ; margines anterior posterior- que fovea tenui punctorum notantur: scutellum elongato-triangu- lare, nitidum, impunctatum: elytra thorace latiora, brevia, lateri- bus parallelis et subsinuatis, apud humeros breviter angulata, ad apicem rotundata, punctato-striata; stria 6 apud basin fortiter sed breviter foveatur, ita ut humeri ipsi rotundati extant: antenne sat tenues, pallide testaceze, articulus basalis rufo-testaceus: pedes et corpus subtus rufa. Long. corp. lin. 33; lat. lin. 24. In my own cabinet and that of Mr. Baly. Hab. Penang. 2. R. rufa. R. lata, parallela, brevis, nitida, leviter punctato-striata, rufa, nigvo maculata: caput punctatum, rufum; antenne graciles, fili- formes, flavo-rufse : thorax transversus, antice rotundatus, ad latera undique marginatus, punctatus, rufus: scutellum elongato-subtri- angulare, nitidum, rufum: ely¢ra brevia, thorace latiora, humeris prominulis ; leviter punctato-striata, nitida, rufa, humeris (angustc) et apice (late) nigris; macula apud apicem transversa versus hu- meros oblique extendit: pedes flavo-rufi: corpus subtus rufum. Long. corp. lin. 44; lat. lin. 3. In my own cabinet and that of Mr. Baly. Hab. Pulo-Penang. 142 Rev. H. Clark on Species of Phytophaga Genus Corasporpes, Laporte, Baly (Ent. Monthly Mag. 1864, 134). C. pulchella. C. ovalis, punctata, leete ceerulea, nitida: caput verticale, inter oculos transverse depressum iterumque ad frontem longitudinaliter foveo- latum, punctatum, punctis rarius versus frontem conspersis, viridi tinctum: ¢horax superne visus transversus, lateribus ipsis versus caput obliquatis et depressis, margine anteriore rotundato, poste- riore sinuato-marginato, lateribus undique tenuiter marginatis, thorax leviter sed satis dense punctatus: scutellum ad apicem cir- culare, leeve: elytra parallela, robusta, thorace latiora, punctata (punctis ad dorsum crebris et fortibus, versus apicem minoribus et in strias sese formantibus); margines elytrorum nigri apparent: antenne nigree : pedes viridi-nigri: corpus subtus viride, abdominis segmentis rarius punctis ornatis. Long. corp. lin. 23; lat. lin. 13. Hab. Pulo-Penang. The differences of structure between Colaspoides limbata, Oliv., the type of the genus, and the species before us do not appear to be sufficient to separate them generically, althongh the former belongs to a group which is sufficiently abundant in examples and species in Brazil, while the latter is one of exponents which are probably distributed through a large portion of the Hastern Archipelago. Genus Coxtasposoma, Lap. 1. C. eneo-viride. C. parallelum, latum, robustum, breve, punctatum, nitidum, zeneo- viride: caput ad frontem longitudinaliter depressum, fortiter punc- tatum : thorax transversus, ad latera juxta frontem valde depressus, lateribus subrectis, versus apicem paulum contractis, marginatis, basi etiam subsinuata, marginata; thorax fortiter punctatus ; scutellum subcordiforme, leevi, viridi-eeneum: elytra subparallela, robusta, humeris prominulis, lateribus vix versus apicem contractis, marginatis ; elytra punctato-striata ; puncta minuta, satis crebra, confuse (sed versus apicem in striis vix eequalibus) ordinantur : antenne rufo-fusce: pedes nigri, tibiis tarsisque rufo-fuscis : corpus subtus nigrum. Long. corp. lin. 43; lat. lin. 2. Hab. Pulo-Penang. 2. C. metallicum. C. breve, robustum, ovale, nitidum, fortiter et crebre punctatum, eeneo-metallicum : caput verticale, punctis confertis: thoraz trans- versus, lateribus subrotundatis, marginatis, angulis anterioribus compressis, margine anteriore transverso, postico sinuato ; ad me- diam basin fovea minuta longitudinalis apparet ; thorax punctatus, from Pulo Penang or its Neighbourhood. 143 punctis minutis inordinatis sat confertis : scutellum subcordiforme, paucis punctis ornatum: elytra brevia, robusta, ad apicem late _ rotundata, marginibus paulum sinuatis (humeri ob depressionem obliquam post-humeralem satis extant), punctata; puncta haud _ thoracis puncta magnitudine eequant, sed magna, preesertim juxta margines (qui rugosi apparent), et conferta, juxta apicem striis disponuntur: corpus subtus, pedes et antenne nigra. Long. corp. lin. 3; lat. lin. 2. C. metallicum is a smaller insect than C. e@neo-viride; the punctures differ in the two species in size, and the antenne and legs in colour. Hab. Pulo-Penang. Subfam. GALLERUCIDA. Genus Ruomporpata, Chevr. Genus Gallerucidarum Adorio affine, sed species plerumque statura grandiores, latiores, et rotundatiores. Caput verticale, pene recon- ditum. Palpi maxillares ad apices globosi, articulo penultimo incras- sato, brevi, quasi subconico (haud cylindrico ut in Adorio), articulo ultimo brevi, et lato. Antenne simplices, satis robuste, et breves, articulis ultimis haud 2"*™ longitudine superantibus. Thorazx brevis, haud ut in ddorio ad basin recte transversus, sed late inflectus vel arcuatus ; latitudine vix singulum elytrorum superans. Scutellum subtriangulare. lytra lata, robusta, rotundata, brevia, parvum corpus amplitudine complectunt. Pedes robusti, unguiculis undique bifidis. This genus is a very natural one; its representatives may at once be separated from those of Adorium by their generally larger size, their more broadly ovate form, their shorter and more robust antennz, and the globular form of the maxillary palpi; the species composing it are found in China, Java, and the East Indies. © 1. R. duodecimpunctata, Chevr. R. latissima, subtiliter punctata, pallide flava, nigro maculata: caput breve, ad frontem transverse arcuatim depressum: thorax trans- versus, arcuatus, impunctatus, pallide flavus; ad medium undique macula nigra insularis subcylindrica apparet : seu¢el/um triangulare, impunctatum: elyéra lata, ad latera amplissima, subtiliter punctata, undique maculis 6 ornata, ordine dispositis (3 juxta suturam, tres- que alice opposite juxta latus), insulatis, circularibus, magnis ; iis ad suturam plerumque illas apud latera magnitudine superantibus : antenne pallide testacez, art. 10° et 11™° fuscis. Long. corp. lin. 51; lat. lin. 4. I have received this very conspicuous species from Chevrolat’s collection, who obtained examples of it from Siam. 14h Rev. H. Clark on Species of Phytophaga 2. R. pectoralis, Chevy. R. pallide testacea; capite, pedibus et pectore subtus nigro-fuscis : caput inter oculos arcuatim depressum, nigrum: antenne art. 1-6 nigro-fuscis, art. 1-5 ad interiorem partem testaceo adumbratis (7-11 desunt): thoraz levigatus: elytra sparsim sed haud pro- funde punctata: pedes et corpus subtus nigra, abdomine autem testaceo. Long. corp. lin. 4}; lat. lin. 32. Received from Siam by M. Chevrolat, from whose collection I obtained the species. Genus Ocuraea (Chevr., ined.). Corpus ovale, sat elongatum, nitidum, fere haud punctato-stri- atum, subtiliter punctatum, et omnino vel flavum vel rufo-flavum. Caput verticale; oculi ovati; palpi mazillares articulo penultimo quadrato, ultimo producto, acuto. Thorax depressus, subquadratus (haud transversus) ; latera nec recta sunt, nec subrecta (ut in ddorio), sed distincte rotundata. Scutellum triangulare. Llytra subparallela et elongata, vix apud medium ampliata. Pedes sat graciles ; unguiculi ad basin plus minus appendiculati sunt, haud ut in Adorio undique biunguiculati. Corpore subtus mesosterni parapleure elongato-trian- gulares, pleuris ipsis vel obsoletis vel tenuibus. The genus Ochralea, proposed by Chevrolat, appears to be a very natural one, and of much more easy definition than the species themselves that compose it. It is nearly allied to Adorium, but may be readily separated from it, not only by its general form (more elongate and narrower), but by its maxillary palpi, the apical joint of which is elongate and pointed at the apex, not short and rounded as in Adorium (cf. Oliv. Hist. Nat. vil. plate 92 bis, le); its ¢horaw is less transverse; the un- guiculi of the feet are not bifid, as generally in the species of ‘Adorium, but appendiculate ; and on the under side of the body the parapleurz are more elongate, and the pleure of the meso- sternum, which in Adorium give a posteriorly rounded form to the parapleure, are here almost obsolete. O. nigricornis. O. clongato-ovalis, subtilissime punctata, pallide testacea, nitida ; antennis ad apicem, tibiis tarsisque nigris: capué longitudinaliter iterumque transverse inter oculos foveatum est, impunctatum : thorax subquadratus, angulis anticis late rotundatis et marginatis, subtilissime punctatus: scufel/um triangulare, impunctatum : elytra thorace latiora, subparallela, tenuiter punctata: antenne graciles, flavee, art. 10™° et 11° fusco-nigris ; pedes flavi, tibiis tarsisque nigris. Long. corp. lin. 5; lat. lin. 22, The four or five different Eastern exponents of this form seem from Pulo-Penang or its Neighbourhood. 145 almost to resolve themselves into one species. There is very little, except modifications of colour, to separate O. flava, Oliv., O. nigripes, Oliv., O. rubiginosa of European cabinets (which has been taken abundantly by Mr. Wallace), and the species before us; and, moreover, two of the patterns have an extended geographical range. O. nigripes, Oliv., from Bengal, is identical with a species taken in the Philippines, and O. flava, Oliv., from the Kast Indies, is found also in Celebes and China; inasmuch, however, as there is a constancy in these varieties of pattern, and as Olivier’s description consists of a few words only, I have thought it well to describe more fully the Penang form. In my own cabinet and that of Mr. Baly. Genus AuLacoruora (Chev.). Elongata, ovata (versus apicem plerumque ampliata), in specierum plurimis subtiliter punctata, nigra, vel nigro-rufo vel flavo ornata: genus passim et abundanter in regionibus orientalibus occurrens. Caput verticale, vel pene verticale, productum; palpi mawillares articulo penultimo incrassato, rotundato, subcylindrico, interdum yersus apicem ampliato, ultimo brevi, minore, conicali. Thorax capite latior, elytris angustior, transversus, lateribus plerumque sinuatis, et disco apud medium transverse foveolato. Scutedlum triangulare. Elytra vix vel rarius parallela, latera subsinuata sunt, versus apicem ampliata, plerumque leviter punctato-striata, nitida. Corpore subtus mesosterni parapleuree scaleno-triangulares. Pedes satis graciles ; unguiculi undique bifidi. Antenne graciles, simplices. This genus was constructed by Chevrolat for the reception of a very numerous group of Hastern Gallerucide. It differs from Diacantha, the neighbouring genus of African forms, by its simple antenne ; from Rhaphidopala, and other forms near it, that will require the erection of special genera, by its more robust body. A. simplicipennis, n. sp. A, elongato-ovata, nitida, nigra, elytris rufis: capué impunctatum, supra antennarum basin, ad frontem anteriorem profunde et breviter transverse foveolatum: thorax transversus, ad latera et antice marginatus, latera subrotundata, apud medium fortiter transverse foveolatus, sparsim punctatus: scutellum elongato-triangulare, nitidum: elytra subparallela (apicem versus modice dilatata), sub- tiliter punctata, rufa: corpus subtus nigrum: pedes nigri, tarsis pallide rufis : antenne pallidee, testacee. Long. corp. lin. 4; lat. lin. 23. An abundant species at Pulo-Penang. In my own cabinet and that of Mr. Baly. Ann, § May. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 10 146 Rey. H. Clark on Species of Phytophaga Genus GontopLeuRA, Westwood ; Griff. ; Cuv. An. King. Ins, ii, 149, pl. 67. f. 3. G. viridipennis. G. parallela, elongata, tenuiter pubescens, rufa, viridipennis: caput crebre punctatum : thorax ad apicem haud capite latior, quadratus, ad latera undique apud medium late angulatus, inter hos angulos et basin undique fovea lata obliqua minime profunda apparet ; thorax rarius rufo-pubescens, crebre punctatus: scutellum subtri- angulare, rufum, nitidum: elytra parallela, elongata, rarius pube ornata, punctata: antenne, pedes et corpus subtus rufa. Long. corp. lin. 8-53; lat. lin. 33-23. This second species of the genus differs from G. auricoma not only in pattern, but also in the simple (not rounded or almost bidentate) angle on the margins of the thorax. I have received the species from M. Deyrolle, who obtained it from Malacca; a specimen is in Mr. Baly’s collection from Penang. Genus (ipecerus, Redt.* (Hugel’s ‘ Kaschmir,’ iv. 556.) CZ. rufo-fuscus. . tenuis, elongatus, subparallelus, subtiliter punctatus, rufus, elytris fuscis, testaceo adumbratis: caput infra antennarum basin trans- verse foveolatum, impunctatum, pallide flavum: thorax quadratus, latera vix inflecta ; margo anterior transverse rectus, posterior sub- sinuatus ; ad medium discum fossa profunda lata transversa patet ; thorax impunctatus, flavus: scutellum triangulare, leeve, pallide flavum, marginibus fuscis: e/y¢ra subparallela, elongatula, punc- tata, punctis parvis et remotis: antenne validee, breves, articulo 1™° producto, reliquis brevibus, art. 1™° flavo, reliquis fuscis : pedes flavi, tibiis tarsisque fuscis: corpus subtus flavum. Long. corp. lin. 2; lat. lin. 4. Hab. Pulo-Penang. Genus Drrcetis, gen. nov. Corpus ovatum, latum, depressum. Capué subporrectum, breve ; oculi ovales ; palpi maxillares elongati, cylindrici, art. penult. brevi, subtiliter incrassato, art. ultimo producto, acuminato. Thorax brevis, * Tam indebted to Mr. Baly for the generic determination of this species, and also for a reference to Hugel; as the work is scarce, it may be well to append here briefly the diagnosis of the genus. Antenne 11-articul. fili- formes, art. 5° et 6° difformibus ; Jabrum subquadratum, antice rotundatum : mandibule facie interna excavata, margine dentato: palpi max. 4-articulati, art. 3° 2 primis longiori; ultimo brevi, acuminato: tarsi 4-articulati, art. 3° bilobo, unguiculis dente late acuto armatis. The insects composing the genus are in size small, of parallel form, and notable by the peculiar incrassation of the fifth and sixth joints of the an- tenne of the male. : from Pulo-Penang or its Neighbourhood. 147 transversus, angulis anticis plerumque distinctis, margo anterior modice et late excavatus; thorax capite latior apparet, sed minuta et gracilis elytris comparatus. Scutellumtriangulare. Elytra lata, depressa, ovata, humeris prominulis thorace exstantibus, lateribus modice rotundatis, et apice breviter rotundato, punctata, haud striata. Pedes graciles ; tarsorum artic. penultimo late bilobato, ultimo pro- ducto, unguiculis appendiculatis. Antenne graciles. Typus Dercetis depressa. 1. D. depressa. D. late ovata, nitida, depressa, nigra, ad elytrorum basin undique late flavo plagiata: caput super antennarum basin transverse (subarcuate) foveolatum, iterumque ad medium breviter longitudi- naliter depressum, impunctatum, nigrum, ore tamen flavo: thorax late transversus, angulis anticis prominulis, latera marginata sunt, etiam (tenuiter) margines anterior et posterior; thorax planus, impunctatus, nitidus: scutellum triangulare, impunctatum, ni- gerum: elytra lata, ad latera paulum rotundata, nigra, undique plaga subcircularis a margine usque ad suturam, et a basi ad me- dium elytri totum elytri occupat, margine nigro suturali et laterali plage tenui: antenne graciles, testaceze : pedes fusci, tarsis flavo- fuscis. Long. corp. lin. 23; lat. lin. 13. Hab. Penang. 2. D. bifasciata. D. nitida, depressa, flava; elytris nigris, fasciis duabus flavis: caput super oculos transverse, iterumque ad medium breviter longitudinaliter foveolatum,: flavum, basis autem niger est, frons etiam inter antennas fusco adumbrata: ¢horaz transversus, angulis anticis subrectis, depressus, marginatus, flavus: seutellum triangu- lare, leeve, nigrum: elytra late ovata, depressa, punctata (punctis haud profundis), nigra, fasciis duabus flavis ornata, harum una antemedia, alteraque postmedia margines elytrorum haud atti- nent, apex quoque ipse transverse flavus est: antenne graciles, flavee: pedes graciles, flavi; tibiis tarsisque fusco adumbratis: corpus subtus flavum, metasterno autem nigro. Long. corp. lin. 24; lat. lin. 13. Hab. Penang. Subfam. GALLERUCIDA (HaLticip2). Genus Srparue, Baly (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1864, 438). S. flava. S. ovata, depressa, punctata, flava, nitida: caput inter oculos subti- liter transverse depressum, impunctatum: thorax transversus, antice fortiter excavatus, lateribus rotundatis et marginatis, angulis anticis prominulis ; thorax leevis, impunctatus : seutel/um subtrian- gulare, apice obtuso, et lateribus paulum sinuatis: elytra satis 10* 148 Mr. IL. Seeley on the Literature of English Pterodactyles. elongata, pene parallela, depressa, subtiliter punctata: antenne flavee, versus apicem fusco-flavee: pedes et corpus subtus rufo-fusca. Long. corp. lin. 24; lat. lin. 14. S. flava differs from S. badia of Erichson (on which the genus was based), according to the specimen in Mr. Baly’s cabinet: the species before us is smaller in size, the form is more com- pressed and flat, and the colour of the legs is different. Hab. Pulo-Penang. Genus Arcorus, Fisch., Allard. A. angulicollis. A. latus, satis depressus, subtilissime punctatus, rufus: capué ad antennarum basin transverse foveolatum, impunctatum: antenne graciles, art. 1-3 flavis, 4-9 nigris, 10° et 11° testaceis: thorax transversus, ad basin arcuatus, frons etiam sinuata (apud medium rotundato-subporrecta) ; latera late marginata, et versus apicem angulata; thorax punctatus, nitidus: scuéel/um triangulare, leeve : elytra \ata, rotundata, subtiliter punctata: corpus subtus nigrum vel nigro-piceum, abdomine rufo: pedes nigri. Long. corp. lin. 22; lat. lin. 2. Under the head of Argopus will be found ranged in many of our cabinets species from India, the East, Madagascar, and the Cape which clearly require the construction of two or three special genera for their reception. The species before us differs from the true Argopus, both in the form of its palpi, its some- what different appendiculations of the claw, and the peculiar lateral angles of the thorax. I prefer, however, to place it here, at all events provisionally, than to seek to establish a new genus in a difficult and numerous group, on the basis of a single species. Hab. Pulo-Penang. In my own cabinet and that of Mr. Baly. XVII.—On the Literature of English Pterodactyles*. By Harry Seetezy, F.G.S., Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge. Tue earliest remains of Pterodactyles yet figured are from the Lias. Professors Buckland, Owen, and Huxley have described the Dimorphodon. I therefore approach the subject with diffi- dence. But my task now is not to describe these remains, but to examine the nature of the work bestowed upon them. Prof. Buckland’s is the only description of the specimen figured in pl. 27, Geol. Trans. ser. 2. vol. ui.; and the remarks * Extract from a paper read before the Cambridge Philosophical Society, March 7 and May 2 and 16, 1864. Mr. H. Seeley on the Literature of English Pterodactyles. 149 of Prof. Owen (Brit. Ass. 1858) and Prof. Huxley (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1859) both refer chiefly to a second specimen in the British Museum. Dr. Buckland’s account of the animal is too meagre to be of much service, and so inaccurate that it is much to be regretted that the eminent anatomists who have written on Pterodactyles have not done justice to remains scarcely less interesting than the Archaeopteryx. I will go seriatim through such parts of Prof. Buckland’s description as need comment. Neck (marked a). The impression of this part of the skeleton, as given in the plate, tapers. The vertebree are very long, and so slender as to be no thicker than an ordinary phalange, and not half the diameter of the dorsal vertebra. It is moreover bordered on each side with a band of fine bony tendons. Now, in all the subclass Saurornia known to me, whether of the sec- tion Pterosauria or Rhamphosauria, the neck-yertebrze are not only longer than those of the back, but also, instead of being thinner, they are thicker. Such a neck could not have supported the large head which the Dimorphodon possessed. Moreover the broad belt of bony supports on each side of the vertebrae is eminently characteristic of the long stiff tails of the Rhampho- sauria, to which the genus Dimorphodon belongs; and if these supposed neck-vertebree are compared with the tail-vertebree of Rhamphorhynchus, they correspond exactly. Therefore what has been described as the neck is really the tail. Vertebre. That at C, described as showing a “ convex articu- lating surface, as in the Crocodile,” is so broken that nothing can be made of it. Buckland’s figure makes it concave. Now, as Prof. Owen has everywhere* described the Saurornia as having proceelian vertebrae, I will state what may be seen in Dimorphodon. The anterior end of a vertebra is distinguished by the facets of the zygapophyses looking upward or inward, while the posterior zygapophyses look downward or outward. The vertebra marked 6! is, from its neural arch, clearly a dorsal. It shows the articular surface of the centrum, which is concave, though not deeply cupped ; and the zygapophyses look downward. It is therefore concave behind. The dorsal vertebra at dis also concave behind. In the vertebra marked a', which in proportions is like a dorsal, though it is im juxtaposition with some of the elongated caudals, the articular surface is concave, and the zygapophyses look up ; therefore it is concave in front. The vertebra at 6 has a rounded centrum and the length of a dorsal, and is clearly concave at both ends. Thus the dorsal * Brit. Assoc. 1859; Phil. Trans. 1859; Paleontographice, 1859-60 ; Palzontology, 1862, &c. 150 Mr. H. Seeley on the Literature of English Pterodactyles. vertebra of Dimorphodon are not proccelian, but certainly cupped behind, and probably biconcave. The vertebra at K Dr. Buckland called the tail. The centra are traversed by two basal ridges and a ridge on each side below the neural arch. They want the elevated neural spines which might be expected in cervicals, nor have they the length or the large size common in cervicals of Pterodactylus, though Rham- phorhynchus Gemmingi has cervicals with similar depressed neural arches, and P. brevirostris has cervical vertebrae with centra relatively nearly as short. They are associated with the proximal end of the femur and the os innominatum. The de- pressed neural arches with elongated zygapophyses are lke the hinder caudal of Cyclodus. But these are unlike any caudal vertebrae. Besides, the caudals have been described, as have the dorsals. Therefore these bones are either cervical or sacral. Long-necked animals like Chelonians and Birds have similar cervical vertebre. The ridges remind one of the ridges on the neck-vertebree of the Goosander and the Duck, and still more of those in the cervicals of wading-birds like the Heron, which also has four ridges, and nearly resembles Dimorphodon in.the form of the neural arches. Therefore, as the bones are unlike any sacral vertebree known to me, they are regarded as probably cervical. Each of them is clearly seen to have cup-and-ball articulations. The cup is behind, and the ball in front. The scapular arch has been well described by Professors - Huxley and Owen. The mass marked 18, and called the sternum, is very much crushed, and I can give no account of it. The fore-arm is no- ticed thus :—‘‘ 2. Fore-arm ; showing no trace of ulna.” I find ulna and radius both there: they are together, and united throughout their length, but easily traced by a deep groove. At the distal end there is a singular little splint bone attached ; and, passing over the first carpal, there are similar bones in the P. suevicus. The distal end of the humerus appears to have three condyles. Prof. Buckland has “four carpals,” marked f, g, , 7. The first three are clearly carpals; but 2 is merely the distal end of the wing-metacarpal, which is overlaid by 3", a bone called the “wing-finger metacarpal.” This is another important error ; for it caused the Doctor to overlook an important generic cha- racter. The bone in question is the proximal phalange. And hence the plate shows that there were in the wing-finger at least four phalanges, and not three as represented in the restoration. In the second specimen in the British Museum, where the bones are more i situ, Prof. Owen has recognized the wing- metacarpal, which is no longer than the other metacarpals, but Mr. H. Seeley on the Literature of English Pterodactyles. 151 without remarking that,if he and Buckland were both right, their specimens must belong to different genera. Fibula. It is remarked that ‘the left tibia is compressed so as to give a false appearance of a fibula.” It, however, seems clear to me that the fibula is anchylosed at its proximal end with the tibia (o'), that after half an inch it becomes free, and continues so for more than an inch, when it again becomes anchylosed, and gradually thins away. The fibula is a slender bone, and exactly corresponds with the fibula in birds. As we are indebted to the untirimg industry of Prof. Owen for nearly aj] that has been written on Cretaceous Pterodactyles, it would be impossible to pass over labours which have tended so greatly to illustrate the osteology of these animals. I will therefore add a few elucidatory notes. In a memoir in the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society’ for 1859, p. 162, Prof. Owen says, “From observations made on species of Pterosauria, extending from the period of the Lias (as exemplified by Dimorphodon macronyz) to the Upper Greensand (as exemplified by Pterodactylus Sedgwicku and P. Fittont), | am now able to state that, with respect to the cervical and dorso- lumbar vertebre, the terminal articular surfaces of the vertebral bodies are simply concave anteriorly, convex posteriorly, and that they consequently manifest the earliest instance of the proceelian type.” And again, at the close of the memoir, it is asserted that the cervical vertebrae of Dimorphodon present the saine type of structure (p. 168) as those from the Upper Green- sand. If my determination by the zygapophyses is correct, this is certainly erroneous; for in Dimurphodon the cervicals are opisthoccelian, while the dorsals are clearly concave behind, and appear to be biconcave. In the ‘ Manual of Paleontology,’ p- 273, 2nd edition, it is asserted that there is no evidence of Dimorphodon macronyx having had a long tail.- But, as I have shown that the tail of this genus is like that of the Rhampho- sauria, it is evident that Prof. Owen has not recognized either the tail or the neck *. And, on the authority of this assumption that the vertebral characters of the Greensand Pterodactyles were constant throughout the class+, the following note is added to the paper in the ‘ Phil. Trans.’ :—“ Von Meyer was led to believe, from the crushed P. Gemmingi, that both articular surfaces of the bodies of cervicals were concave, and that the hinder surface of a dorsal was not convex; but the error was due to the state of the specimen.” I fail to find any evidence of error. It is always stated (as, for instance, in the ‘ Paleontology,’ * See 1st Supplement to Cret. Rep. p. 7; and Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1858. t See ‘ Paleontology,’ p. 270. 152 Mr. H. Seeley on the Literature of English Pterodactyles. p- 272) that the hind limbs bespeak a creature unable to stand or walk like a bird. Pterodactyles certainly stood differently from most birds ; for the metatarsals appear to have been placed on the ground, as in the Penguin ; but in the figure of Dimor- phodon* the hind limbs will be seen to be quite as long, and nearly as stout, as the fore limbs, while the acetabulum for the femur in the compact pelvis is much larger than the correspond- ing cavity in the scapular arch for the humerus. In Prof. Owen’s paper on the supposed bird-bones from the Wealden (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. p. 100) it is stated that Pterodactyle bones were filled with a light’ fluid marrow. And in the ‘ Paleontographical Monograph’ (1851) is a statement repeated in the ‘ Paleontology’ (p. 272), that the Pterodactyles had leathern wings. I have failed to find any anatomical evi- dence for these statements. In Dixon’s ‘ Geology of Sussex’ (1850) the Reptiles and Ptero- dactyles were described by Prof. Owen. Fig. 2, pl. 39, appears to me to be the first phalange. Fig. 12, in the same plate, is the distal end of the metacarpal of a wing-finger. In the Paleontographical Society’s Monograph for 1851, pl. 30, figs. 1, 2, 3 represent a magnificent Pterosaurian bone in the collection of Toulmin Smith, Esq. Prof. Owen says, “ It is either one of the bones of the fore-arm, or more probably the first or second phalange of the wing-finger.” The reasoning by which I determine the fossil is this:—It has two unequal, concave articular facets; these evidently have worked on convex condyles. Between the facets is a large cen- tral concavity, which indicates a corresponding central convexity behind the condyles in the corresponding bone. Therefore, as the distal end of the humerus is the only surface which presents these characters, the fossil is evidently an ulna. Pl. 30. fig. 5. The supposed ulna and radius need examina- tion. Pl. 24. fig. 1 is described as lower half of humerus, with part of ulna or radius. There is no humerus here: the bones are ulna and radius. Pl. 24. fig. 2 is a first phalange; pl. 32. fig. 2 is the same. Pl. 24. fig. 3 is (?) the proximal end of a wing-metacarpal. PI. 32. fig. 3 is a portion of the proximal end of a wing-metacarpal, and notafemur. Pl. 32. figs. 6 & 7 is described as the proximal end of a humerus ; but it appears to me to be the distal end of an ulna, P1. 32. figs. 4 & 5 is a wing-metacarpal. Any remarks in detail on Cambridge specimens will find their place in my monograph of these animals. To Prof. Owen’s second monograph (1859) I have only to * Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2. vol. iii. p. 27. Bibliographical Notice. 1538 add that the (?)frontal in pl. 4. figs. 6, 7,8 is not a frontal, but a bone from the base of the skull—seemingly the vomer. Pl. 4. figs. 1, 2,3, called “a long bone of the wing,” is the distal end of a humerus. PI. 4, figs. 4&5, is certainly not a “‘wing-metacarpal,” and is unlike any bone I know. In the third monograph (p. 6) the basi-occipital is described and. figured upside down, the outside of the skull being regarded as the neural surface. But the only other error of determination is that the bone regarded as a middle caudal of a Pterodactyle (pl. 2. figs. 15, 16) is no part of a Pterodactyle. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Longicornia Malayana ; or, a Descriptive Catalogue of the Species of the three Longicorn Families Lamiidee, Cerambycidee, and Prio- nidee collected by Mr. A. R. Wallace in the Malay Archipelago. By Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S., Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond. (Part 1.) Mr. Pascog, the President of the Entomological Society of London, having obtained the large collection of Longicorn Beetles formed by Mr. Wallace during his travels in the Eastern Archipelago, has undertaken the task of preparing a complete descriptive catalogue of these interesting insects. Some conception of the magnitude of the undertaking may be formed from the fact that Mr. Pascoe estimates the total number of species in the collection at ‘ something less than a thousand,”’ and of these more than eight hundred are believed to be still undescribed. With such an important contribution to ento- mological literature in their hands, the authorities of the Society have wisely determined to devote a whole volume of their ‘ Transac- tions to its reception ; and we have before us the first part of this volume, the third of their third series of ‘Transactions.’ We may add that it is illustrated with four beautiful plates, the cost of which, as Mr. Pascoe informs us, is partly defrayed by Mr. W. Wilson Saunders. With regard to the classification of the Longicornia, Mr. Pascoe seems to be rather dissatisfied with the complicated groupings in vogue with many entomologists, and he reverts to the simpler system of Leconte, in which the whole tribe or “ suborder ”’ is divided into the three families, Lamiide, Cerambycide, and Prionide. As sub- ordinate to these he admits a great number of subfamilies; but he holds that, for all practical pi:poses, these named divisions are sufficient, and that any other sections that may be found necessary should be indicated simply by numbers. The general inspection of the collection of Malayan Longicorns leads Mr. Pascoe to dissent from the somewhat sweeping assertion of Mr. Wallace, that, with respect to every branch of zoology, the western islands of the Malayan archipelago belong to the Indian, and the eastern to the Australian region. He gives a table of ten of the largest genera in Mr. Wallace’s collection, including 517 154 Miscellaneous. species; of these only six are represented in Australia, and by only sixteen species. He adds that he has not been “ struck by any special differences between the western and eastern portions of the archipe- lago, so far as the Longicornia are concerned ;’’ and says further, *‘ With regard to the Coleoptera generally, my impression is that there is a fair admixture of forms from Singapore to New Guinea, without any remarkable division between them anywhere; but that between the Australian and Malayan regions (including New Guinea) the difference, on the contrary, is really something marvellous.” The weight to be attached to these observations will be more defi- nitely ascertained when Mr. Pascoe has completed his descriptions of the species. Under any circumstances, his work will prove a valu- able contribution to entomological literature. MISCELLANEOUS. Note on Dr. Fitzinger’s Paper on Ptychocheerus plicifrons. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. I am amused at Dr. Fitzinger’s observation (Annals, anée, p. 80) that this Pig ‘‘has been imperfectly noticed by Bartlett and Gray.” Mr. Bartlett gave a figure and an account of the external appearance and habits of the animal; and in my paper I not only described its external characters, but likewise described and figured the skull, and pointed out how it differs from that of other Pigs. But my chief object in this note is to restate that there can be no doubt that the Pig I described came from Japan. The ship that brought it came direct from that island, and was never near Abyssinia. Also to express my astonishment that Dr. Fitzinger should try to identify it with the ‘‘ Hassama” of the Abyssinians because that ‘animal is black, has a short blunt head and large ears’’—a descrip- tion that will fit several domestic breeds of the common Pig. If the ** Hassama”’ had such a plaited face as the Japan Pig, it would not have escaped Dr. T. Von Heuglin’s observation. From the descrip- tion, I suspect that the animal described by Dr. Fitzinger is only one of the half-breeds bred between the typical Centuriosus pliciceps and a common domestic sow of the Berkshire breed, several of which were sent by a dealer to the Continent. Note on the so-called “ Japanese”’ Pig (Centuriosus pliciceps, Gray ; Ptychochcerus plicifrons, Fitzinger). By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S. In the last number of the ‘ Annals,’ I observed a notice of a paper by Dr. L. J. Fitzinger in the ‘ Sitzungsberichte’ of the Academy of Vienna, in which it is stated to be Dr. Fitzinger’s opinion that Abyssinia, and not Japan, is the native country of this curious ani- mal. In confirmation of this view, Dr. Fitzinger thinks it probable that the new Pig recently discovered by Heuglin in Abyssinia, and called Hassana, may be the same as the so-called ‘‘ Japanese” Pig. Miscellaneous. 155 While I agree with Dr. Fitzinger that the name of “ Japanese,” as applied to this Pig, is in all probability a misnomer, I believe he is quite mistaken in, supposing that it has anything to do with Abys- sinia, for the following reasons :— 1. As far as I have been able to ascertain, the first examples of this beast which reached Europe were those received, in 1860, by the Zoological Society of Antwerp. Mr. Jacques Vekemans, the Director of that establishment, informs me that he purchased a pair and three young of this Pig out of an English vessel, which arrived in the port of Antwerp on the 10th of February of that year. The vessel, as Mr. Vekemans believes, came from Shanghai; but the captain stated that he had bought the Pigs in Japan, which was probably the origin of their being called “‘ Japanese Pigs.” Mr. Jamrach, the well-known dealer in living animals, who has had many of these Pigs through his hands, informs me that he believes China, and not Japan, is their true home, several cases having occurred, to his own knowledge, in which they have been im- ported in vessels coming direct from the former country. 2. The “ Hassana”’ of the Abyssinians, recently described by Dr. Th. von Heuglin in the last-published volume of the Acta Academie Leopoldino-Carolinze*, under the new generic and specific names Nycticherus Hassana, has evidently nothing to do with the so-called Japanese Pig, but, so far as I can judge from his imperfect description, is probably a species of Potamocherus, a genus which, as I have shownf, differs from Sus in the entire absence of the fourth premolar from each jaw. I think, therefore, we may safely conclude that the true home of the so-called Japanese Pig is China, where, as we know, such mon- strous varieties of domestic species are much appreciated. But, for my own part, I cannot see the slightest reason for regarding the “ Japa- nese”? Pig as anything more than a domesticated variety. The differences in the skull, noted by Dr. Gray (P. Z.S. 1862, p. 13), are no doubt considerable ; but they are not greater than in the case of the Polish Fowl, with its abnormal development of the summit of the cranium, or the Pampas Cow?, with its stunted nasals. These cases must, in my opinion, be all referred to the same category of exaggerated variation produced by lengthened domestication. On the Flight of Birds and Insects. By E. Liars. In the flight of birds and insects, there are three cases to be taken into consideration :—1, flight without locomotion; 2, flight with locomotion and beating of the wings; 3, flight without beating of the wings, or gliding flight. ‘This third mode presupposes a previous locomotion, produced by beating of the wings. ‘The ascensional force is then obtained at the expense of the active force of the move- ment of progression, by an effect of the inclination of the wings. _ * Vol. xxx. (1864) Beitrage zur Zoologie Afrika’s. + P.Z.S. 1860, p. 301. t Cf. Cat. Ost. Ser. Mus. R. Colliof Surgeons, ii. p. 624. no. 3832. 156 Miscellaneous. According to this inclination, the animal may ascend or move hori- zontally, as long as its rapidity of motion is not too much diminished by the resistance of the air; to descend requires merely a change of the inclination of the wings ; to remain at the same elevation, the animal must again have recourse to the beating of the air. Flight without locomotion is effected by many birds and insects. In this mode of flight, it appears that, in ascending, the wing partially destroys the ascensional effect which it produced in descending. In birds, as the wing presents its convexity in ascending, and its con- cavity in descending, it cannot produce the same effect in both directions, even with an equal velocity ; but this difference does not exist in those Neuropterous and Dipterous insects which hover in one place. The explanation of this fact is to be found in the different velocity with which the animals raise and depress the wings. In the Frigate-birds, the wing descends at least five times as quickly as it rises. The resistance of the air being in the proportion of the square of the velocity of the wing, the ascending or descending velo- city of the animal, caused by a movement of the wing, is in proportion to this resistance multiplied by the duration of action, which is in an inverse ratio to the velocity of the wing. The ascending or descending velocities of a bird, caused by the movements of the wings, are therefore to each other as the velccities of the wings in their ascending and descending movements. Flight with locomotion and beating of the wings is the most frequent kind, and appears to require less labour ; for the movements of the wings are much less rapid. ‘The cause of this is, that the wing experiences no resistance in ascending. When a bird is about to depress its wing, this is a little inclined from before backwards. When the descending movement commences, the wing does not descend parallel to itself in a direction from before backwards; but the movement is accompanied by a rotation of several degrees round the anterior edge, so that the wing descends more in front than behind, and the descending movement is transferred more and more backwards, at the same time that the wing becomes more and more inclined, so as to give a movement at once ascending and accelerative of the horizontal motion of the animal. Towards the close of this movement, a fresh rotation takes place round the anterior margin of the wing, but in the opposite direction, so as to bring the posterior part on a level with the anterior, or. even a little below it. This also produces an ascending movement. When the wing has com- pletely descended, it is both further back and lower than at the commencement of the movement, but, as at this commencement, its posterior part isa little lower than its anterior. It is then raised in this position. To analyze what takes place in this process, we must take a point of the anterior margin, and examine its movements, not in relation to the animal, but to the mass of air in the midst of which it moves. In a horizontal direction, this point is displaced to an extent equal to the sum of its horizontal movement in relation to the centre of eravity of the animal, in consequence of the movement of the wing Miscellaneous. 157 forwards, plus the movement of the centre of gravity of the bird, which is transported horizontally forward: In the vertical direction, the point in question rises during the elevation of the wing. The resultant of the two movements is a straight or curved trajectory, according to the relation of the movement of the wing forwards and upwards. Ifthe wing rises at first more than it moves forward, and finally moves forward more than it rises, this curved trajectory will present its concavity to the ground, But in all cases, as the hori- zontal displacement of the centre of gravity of the animal is very great in comparison with the amount to which the wing is elevated, this trajectory is at all points very slightly inclined to ‘the horizon. If the animal keeps the wing inclined to the same extent, the wing, in ascending, will only experience resistance at its edge, seeing that its surface is constantly applied upon the trajectory described by the anterior margin, this trajectory being curved when the wing is curved, as in birds, flat when the wing is flat, as in the Neuroptera. Moreover, if the animal inclines the wing more than is necessary to apply it upon the trajectory of its anterior mar gin, an ascending component is produced, during the elevation of the wing, at the ex. pense of the horizontal velocity. In this case the wing during its elevation, far from destroying its descending effect, as is commonly supposed, acts in the same direction as during its descent. The relation of the weight to the wing-surface increases as the extent of wing. In an Urubu with an extent of wing of 1°37 métre, the weight supported per square métre by the whole surface (ex- tended wings and tail and body) was 4°82 kil., or, neglecting the surface of the body and tail, 5°92 kil. In the Humming-Bird the weight supported, referred in the same way to the square métre of total surface, is only 1:05 kil. In normal flight the velocity of the Urubu, determined by that of its shadow on the ground in calm weather, varies between 10 and 12 métres per second. Lastly, from the direct measurement of the resistance of the wings in a beat of the same duration, and from the number of beats made in a given time during horizontal flight, it appears that the amount of work produced by birds of the size of the Urubu per second does not equal in amount that necessary to raise one-third of the weight of the animal 1] métre. The movement of the wings is an accelerated movement. Expe- riments have long since shown that the resistance to this kind of movement is ereater than that to a uniform movement. This is due to the circumstance that, in the former case, a certain mass of air which accompanies the body has to be set in motion. If the accelerative force be very great, and the movement be annulled before the final velocity has acquired a great value, as is the case in birds, the term of the resistance depending upon the accelerative force is very great in proportion to the term depending only upon the squares of the velocities, which alone is manifested in uniform movements. In the flight of birds, the phenomenon of reaction is therefore of more importance than the other phenomena of resistance. Driving downwards a certain volume of air, the body of the bird rises by 158 Miscellaneous. recoil, like a rocket. From this it is easy to see that, in the mechani- cal imitation of flight, it would be advantageous to reduce the size of the beats, and to increase their frequency.—Comptes Rendus, Nov. 28, 1864, p. 907. On the Fumarieze with irregular Flowers, and on the Cause of their Irregularity. By D. A. Gopron. When the flowers of the Fumarieee are examined in their first stage of development, they are all perfectly regular, but flattened before and behind, as if they were compressed between the axis of the inflorescence and the bract that envelopes them. They retain this regularity in the genera Dielytra, Adlumia, and Dactylicapnos. In these three genera, the external or lateral petals undergo an important modification in the course of their development: the base of each of them is produced into a short, rounded spur, and these two necta- riferous appendages are perfectly symmetrical. Why, then, in Fumaria, Corydalis, &c. (which have originally the same organiza- tion) is only a single spur developed, whilst the other spur is aborted, together with its nectary, in such a manner that the flower becomes very irregular, and this irregularity is of a special nature? More- over the single spur which makes its appearance becomes extra- ordinarily developed, if we compare it with the two spurs of the Fumariez with regular flowers, and especially the spurs of the flowers of Corydalis, which will be referred to hereafter. To what is the abortion of one spur due? To discover the cause of this, I have observed the flowers of Fumariez at different stages of development, and especially those of our indigenous species of Corydalis, which, from their size, are particularly favourable for observation. I have dug up specimens of Corydalis solida and C. cava before the stem has issued from the ground in January, and then in February and March, I haye ascertained that the flowers are closely pressed against each other, and that even at the first of these periods the single spur is already apparent. If, then, we examine from above the bunch of flowers previously denuded of its bracts, we find that the spurless side of each flower is supported obliquely upon the posterior surface of an older flower. I may add that the two lower flowers are supported upon the base of two stem-leaves, which enter into the regular series of the floral spire. The same facts are observed in Fumaria. From this arrangement, it appears that all the flowers are com- pressed at the base of one of their sides, which prevents the develop- ment of the nectary and of its sheath or spur; on the opposite side, on the contrary, the spur is not hindered in its evolution, and grows without any obstacle. It is to this circumstance, apparently, that we must attribute the abortion of one spur with its nectary, and, consequently, the irregularity of the flowers, in many genera of the family Fumarieze. But why is not this irregularity of the flowers produced in Dielytra and Adlumia, as well as in Corydalis and Fumaria? The arrange- Miscellaneous. 159 ment of the raceme in the Fumarie with regular flowers furnishes us with no explanation of this circumstance, although it is different. But I have ascertained that the development of the spurs commences late in these plants, when the elongation of the raceme has separated the flowers from each other ; no lateral compression is then possible, and the two spurs are freely developed, perfectly equal, and regularly symmetrical. Lastly, in support of these views, I may add an observation which appears to be still more demonstrative. The primitive, regu- lar form of the flowers of Fumariez, which subsequently become irregular, is sometimes persistent. In the arboretum of the Botanic Gardens at Nancy I have for three years observed eighteen plants of Corydalis solida with all the flowers peloriate; these have hitherto proved completely barren, although the pollen appears to be normal, and abundantly impregnates the two lips of the stigma. These peloriate fiowers are erect and a little spread out; in form, size, and coloration they resemble those of Dielytra formosa ; so that this anomaly represents the normal type of a genus of the same family. The sepals are small and regular. The corolla presents two perfectly equal lateral spurs, which are conical, obtuse, slightly divergent, and 2 millim. in length—that is to say, much sherter than the single spur of the irregular flower of the same species; the nec- taries are equal, short, and bent into a hook. The two outer petals, which bear them, are symmetrical ; and this is also the case with the internal petals. The two bundles of stamina are arranged normally. The flowers persist for a longer period than in the type, as is also the case in sterile hybrids. To what is this return to the regular type due? In order to in- vestigate its causes, I dug up, on the 10th February, 1864, two speci- mens of these plants which were still buried in the soil, and compared them with other individuals of the same species, but with irregular flowers. he latter already presented their single spur pretty well developed ; the peloriate flowers, on the contrary, presented no trace of aspur. On other plants, I have followed the gradual development of the flowers ; and it was only on the 16th March, when the stem had issued from the earth, the raceme had become free from its spathiform envelope, and the perfectly free flowers could no longer undergo any compression, that the spurs began to be developed. Thus, in this peloriate flower, the same things take place as in the genera of Fumariez with normally regular flowers. Hence it appears to be evident that the lateral compression of the base of one of the margins of the flower at the moment of the deve- lopment of the nectaries must be the cause of the abortion of one of those organs, and of the spur in which it is enclosed ; from this arises the irregularity of the flower.—Comptes Rendus, December 19, 1864, p. 1039. Note on Sternotherus Adansoni from West Africa. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &e. On the 26th of May last year I read a paper before this Society 160 Miscellaneous. on the species of Sternotheri then in the British Museum, and I divided them into sections or subgenera. In that paper I took no notice of Sternotherus Adansonii, as that species was only described from a shell in the Paris Museum, said to have come from the Cape de Verd Islands, which had been noticed by Schweigger under the name of Emys Adansonii. We have just received, through Mr. Dalton, two specimens of a species of the genus from the west coast of Africa, which is very distinct from any of the others, and, I have little doubt, is identical with the shell in the Paris Museum. As it is in a perfect state and well preserved, I think it well to give a new description of it. It belongs to the subgenus Notoa, the head being short, and the temples covered with a large triangular space of small polygonal shields. The hinder part of the sternum of the animal is narrower, and more like that of the genus Pelomedusa than any of the other species of the genus Sternotherus ; but the front lobe is distinctly moveable, and united by a straight suture. STERNOTHZRUS ADANSONII. Shell oblong ovate, depressed, rather wider behind than in front 5 dark olive, with very close, regular, uniform radiating black lines, sometimes broken up into small dark spots; sternum and under- sides of the margin yellow; the areola of the sternal plate square, blackish. The head depressed, with very close, nearly uniform, unequal black lines; the frontal plate very large, with a triangular patch of small scales on the temple, reaching to over the front edge of the ears ; the lips white; the throat pale; the feet olive above, pale beneath ; claws 5/5, olive, with a yellow streak in the middle of the upper surface. The first vertebral plate much longer than wide, narrow behind, with a blunt keel ending in a rounded tubercle behind. The second, third, and fourth vertebree about as wide as long, with a sharp keel, ending in an acute tubercle near the hinder edge of each shield ; the fifth vertebra like the first, but only very slightly keeled. The front marginal plate wide, those over the hinder legs rather wider, and those on the sides of the shell very narrow. ‘The gular plate small, triangular; the intergular one lozenge-shaped, narrowed in front ; the pectoral plates narrowed and truncated at the inner edges. Hab. West coast of Africa (Dalton). The species of this genus seem to have a confined range. Thus there are two species of the first subgenus (Z’anoa)—one from S. Africa and Natal, and the other from Western Africa; in the same manner there are two species of the second subgenus (Notoa)—one from Madagascar and the other from the West African coast. Thus, 1. Tanoa. 2. Notoa. Bewmuatus .... «. S. and E. Africa........ S. subniger. S. Derbianus,..... West Africa......°..... 8. Adansomm Proc. Zgol. Soc. June 28, 1864. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES. ] No. 87- MARCH 1865. XVIII.—Conjugations of Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, and Pinnularia gibba. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c. [Plate IV. ] Ir is now just nine years ago (viz. in January 1856) that my descriptions of three species of Diatomez in conjugation re- spectively were published in the ‘ Annals’; and since that time so little has been done in the subject that hardly more than a dozen instances appear to have been added ; at least the late and lamented Prof. Smith, in his ‘Synopsis’ (I quote from the ex- celient article on the Diatomece in Pritchard’s last edition of his ‘Infusoria’ for all references of this kind), enumerates but thirty- two species ; and twenty had been observed (my own included) when I made the communication from Bombay in the ‘ Annals’ to which I have alluded; while among all these conjugations there appears only one instance in a Navicular form, viz. that found by Dr. Griffith in 1855, and published by him in the ‘Annals’ a few months before my own paper. This presented such a remarkable feature in addition to what had already been shown, viz. the presence of a transversely ringed siliceous sheath enclosing the sporangial frustule, that it has ever since been desirable to determine if instances of it in other Navicular forms might indicate its usual occurrence among them also, or its ex- tension to the conjugation of the Diatomez more generally. Anxious to satisfy myself on this point, I have often, since the publication of Dr. Griffith’s interesting discovery, sought for a conjugation of the kind; and although I have frequently met with isolated instances of conjugation in Gomphonema, Cyclo- tella, and Melosira in Bombay, as well as latterly in Devonshire, it was not until the beginning of the month of July last (1864) that I happened to fall in with a number of Diatomez among Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 11 162 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Conjugations of which three bog+species, viz. Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, and Pinnularia gibba appeared in different stages of conjugation, each presenting the ribbed sheath above mentioned. They were enveloped in a gelatinous substance which is so common and so remarkable in the heath-bogs about the neighbourhood of Bud-. leigh Salterton, that it seems worthy of a short description. This jelly-like mass, which is colourless or whitish so long as it is not permeated by green Alge, covers the surface of the water in the depressions of the bogs, in a sheet-like form, about half an inch or more in thickness, fragile and of a granular consistence, while the number of living and dead frustules of Diatomese in it, frequently to the almost total exclusion of all other organisms, seems to indicate that for the most part, if not entirely, it is produced by the Diatomez themselves. Be this as it may, it was in a portion of such jelly (where I had expected to find them, and where I hope to find more), re- posing. on gravel through which a spring was oozing, that I observed the three species mentioned in profuse conjugation respectively, and in all stages; but as Navicula serians afforded the best typical examples, I shall, im accordance with my delineations, describe it first and most particularly. Before entering upon the description, however, I would pre- mise that all the figures in the plate, with most of their detail, are drawn upon the scale of th to >5,th of an inch, and the 6000 arrangement of their elements just as they appeared under the microscope, with the exception only of fig. 1. (Pl. IV.), im which the spore-cell (c) was not visible, and the conjugating frustules were so much separated from their contents by the necessary pressure of the covering-slide on the jelly in which they were imbedded, to bring them into focus, that, to replace the former and to restore the latter to a position in which they might be seen, the whole has been delineated as represented in the figure. Hence some little doubt exists in my mind as to whether the process commences with one, or directly in two spore-cells (as in fig. 2); but for the present I shall describe it as commencing with the former. Thus the reader will be able to obtain a just idea of the rela- tive size and position of the different conjugations and their elementary parts, as well as their actual dimensions by measure- ment. The dark shade represents the endochrome, and the circles the oil-globules, characteristic of the confused mass which the whole forms when forced into the spore. It is true that these elements are more or less distorted by the pressure to which I have alluded; but this is more than counter- balanced by their being so far kept together by the jelly in which they are imbedded, that the observer neither loses any of Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, aad Pinnularia gibba. 163 them, nor experiences any difficulty in restoring them to an intelligible position, while, where such conjugations occur with- out this nidus (as on freshwater plants, &c.), they are likely, especially in their advanced state, to fail in presenting some of their more deciduous parts. It is perhaps on this account that the ribbed sheath of the sporangial frustule has not been more frequently observed ; and as its presence, with other points here- tofore unnoticed, renders a special description desirable, I shall give the typical one of Navicula serians as follows :— Navicula serians, Kg. (Smith, Synopsis, pl. 16. fig. 130). Pl. IV. fig. 9, enclosed in its sheath. Longest diameters 24 by 4 6000ths of an inch. Conjugation.—1. Two frustules, varying a little more or less in size, approximate themselves (PI. IV. fig. 1). 2. They secrete a gelatinous substance around them, which becomes covered by a delicate pellicular membrane, aa. 8. The sarcodal sacs force open respectively their frustules through the fissiparating divi- sional line, and carrying with them their contents, now all un- distinguishably mixed together, approach each other and unite into one (?) spherical mass, called the spore or sporangium, ec. 4. The sporangium divides itself equally into two spherical sporangial cells, each of which forms around itself a thick opalescent capsule (fig.2 f/f). 5. The capsules respectively divide in their equatorial lines, and expose the sheaths of the sporangial frustules (fig. 3 g, g). 6. The sheaths become elon- gated, and at the same time present thread-like rings on their surface, diminishing gradually in thickness towards each ex- tremity, but in close approximation throughout, except at the middle, where there is an interval of = 2,;th of an inch between them, or equal to three times the breadth of the neighbouring rings (figs. 4, 6, 7 2,7). 7. The sheaths, elongating, carry out the ends of the capsules upon their extremities (figs. 8-8 /). 8. The hemispheres of the capsules disintegrate into short, fusi- form, curved, thread-like filaments (fig. 8 f). 9. The sheath is fully formed, and the sporangial frustule appears within it (fig.9). 10. The empty sheath presents a longitudinal dehis- cent fissure, through which the sporangial frustule obtains its exit (fig. 10). Having only observed one instance in which the longitudinal fissure of the sheath was present, I am not quite certain that the frustule always obtains its exit through this kind of dehis- cence; nor am I certain that the frustule always comes forth singly, having often seen it in duplication within the sheath, by which operation it might be the better able to force open the latter. 11* 164 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Conjugations of Neither the endochrome nor the nucleus appears to be com- pletely reformed and defined until the frustule has undergone one or two duplicative divisions. Precisely the same number of coverings accompanies the sporing of Spirogyra, and especially of Staurocarpus, where the spore is formed between the two conjugating cells, as in that of Navicula serians, viz.:—(1) the old cells of the filament, which correspond to the frustules; (2) the newly secreted part of Spirogyra or cell of Staurocarpus, mto which the contents of both the parent cells are poured confusedly, corresponding to the gelatinous envelope; (8) the thick brown capsule formed round the latter, which answers to the capsule of the spore of Diatomex ; (4) a thin transparent cell within this, which is analogous to the sheath of the sporangial frustule; (5) and, lastly, the young Spirogyra itself, which is homologous with the sporangial frustule, and which, on germinating, bursts forth with the bands of chlorophyll of the species nearly all restored to their proper form and position. But there is this difference, viz. that the spore of Spirogyra, &c., rests from its labours for a certain time before the young sporangial plant comes forth, while that of the Diatomez continues its progress throughout the process uninterruptedly, until the sporangial frustules are eliminated in full activity. The effect of the conjugation, then, in Navicula serians is to produce two sporangial frustules nearly twice as large as the two conjugating ones—an increase in size which may be inferred to owe its origin to the contents of each of the conjugating frustules having become sufficient in quantity for duplicative division just before they entered into conjugation, whereby they would produce two sporangial frustules nearly twice as large as their ordinary size. Sometimes the process may be wholly abortive, from accidental circumstances; at others it may be only partially so, and thus produce only one sporangium capable of developing a frustule, while the other remains sterile for want of sufficient material to work upon, as in Pl. IV. figs. 4 & 15. The average largest size of Navicula serians present with the conjugations was that of fig. 9, of which the measurement is above given, and that of the sheath within which it is enclosed a little larger. When these conjugations are slightly boiled in nitric acid, the sheaths remain entire, as stated by Dr. Griffith; but after pro- longed boiling, I could not recognize any trace of them. Pos- sibly they may have escaped my observation, as the same natu- ralis thas stated (apud Pritchard) that those of Navicula amphi- rhynchus resisted the action of a “red heat” as well. Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, and Pinnularia gibba. 165 Navicula rhomboides, Ehr. (Smith, Synopsis, pl. 16. fig. 129). Pl. IV. fig. 13. Longest diameters 22 by 5 6000ths of an inch. The figure of this frustule, which has a shade over its surface like ground glass, as it appears under a magnifying power of 800 diameters, admits of having this shade resolved into trans- verse lines by a higher power (see Smith’s figure). Two con- jugations only of it are given, although several more were sketched, and still many more examined ; but to these are added two other conjugations (figs. 14 & 15), of smaller individuals of the same species, whose specific characters, although identified by myself, cannot be represented upon the scale on which they have been drawn for publication, on account of their extreme minuteness on the smaller frustule. These conjugations, it will be observed, produced sporangial frustules of the size of fig. 16, which, in its turn, will be observed to be about the size of the conjugating frustules in figs. 11 and 12, from which a frustule about the size of fig. 18 would be produced ; while I subsequently found a group where the con- jugating frustules were nearly as large as the latter, and which therefore would have produced a frustule still larger than fig. 13. The conjugating frustules of these three groups, beginning with the smallest, which was ;;},,th of an inch long, gave approxi- matively the proportions of 4, 11, and 17; while those of the sporangial frustules which they respectively produced afforded the proportions of 10, 18, and 26. Thus we are presented with four successively larger sizes of the same species, three of which were produced by conjugation, while these are only to be con- sidered average measurements of the elements of the conjuga- tions witnessed, there being every variety of size both of conju- gating and sporangial frustules between them. Another observation made on the smallest of the conjugations was that which may be partially seen in fig. 14, viz. that the empty valves of the conjugating frustules appeared to be borne out upon the ends of the sheaths, instead of lyimg parallel to them as in the other conjugations. Whether this imports that it may be the case in the conjugation of small frustules gene- rally, and not with large ones, is a question that I am not pre- pared to answer. Pinnularia gibba, Ehr. (Smith, Synopsis, pl. 19. fig. 180). PI. IV. fig. 21. Longest diameters 22 by 2 6000ths of an inch. Two conjugations only of this species are delineated, viz. figs. 17 and 18. In the latter the valves of one of the conju- gating frustules had been rubbed off, while the sheath in fig. 20 and the conjugating frustule in fig. 19, which was in company 166 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Conjugations of with it, were the largest conjugating elements observed. Frus- tules, apparently of the same species, further down the stream were more than half as large again as the largest size found with the conjugations, which is that above given (fig. 21). Thus we observe that all these conjugations are of that class in which two conjugating frustules produce two sporangial ones; moreover that, with the exception of the small conjugating frustules of N. rhomboides, which are terminal, the latter have their conjugating frustules arranged laterally, and not terminally. Lastly, we observe that the sporangial capsules are not retained on the ends of any of the sheaths but those of N. serians. Per- haps this may have arisen from their having been thinner, and therefore more fugaceous; or, from want of more extended observation on the less developed groups, I might not have observed them. Such a capsular covering, however, I suspect to be common to all the spores of the Diatomez; and I have also no doubt that, in some of the conjugations already described, the ribbed sheath has been overlooked. It seems to me, now, that I can detect it in my published figures of the conjugations of Cymbella pediculus ; and 1 am sure also, by my drawings, that it was pre- sent in some conjugations of Gomphonema which I also found near Budleigh-Salterton im April 1863. But, as I have before stated, these elements are much better recognized among a large number of conjugations which are imbedded in the transparent jelly mentioned than in the naked and occasional occurrence of them under other and less favourable circumstances. Formerly I expressed the opinion (Annals, /. c.) that the ob- ject of conjugation in the Diatomeze was to restore the normal size of the frustule, which had been reduced by repeated dupli- cative division; also that one conjugating frustule was always smaller than the other,—citing A. Braun and Meneghini as au- thorities for the former, and assigning my own reasons for the latter. With reference to A. Braun’s opinion that the frustules of the Diatomez should decrease in ‘size by duplicative division because it is the case with the cells of Gleocapsa, &c., I now think that, until this has actually been seen among the Diatomex, the smallness, and therefore variety in the size, of their frustules should not be thus explained. Again, the statement of Meneghini, that, in Coeconeis, the effect of duplicative division taking place horizontally through this conico-truncate frustule should reduce the size of the frus- tule formed from the smaller end, I also do not now think should be received as an instance of the reduction in size of the Dia- tomean frustule by division, until it has im hke manner been id a Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, and Pinnularia gibba. 167 established by actual observation, since it seems just as natural to me that the smaller or conical part should supply itself with a larger portion for a base, and that the larger or basal part should supply itself with a smaller portion for its cone, as that the hemispheres of a divided spherical cell of Melosira should make up their deficiencies as they do respectively without under- going the least diminution in their new halves; if anything, I think now that the frustules should increase in size, as Ralts’s figure of Fragilaria virescens (Annals, 1848, vol. xii. pl. 2. fig. 6 a) would appear to show. My view, that one of the frustules in conjugation was always smaller than the other as a matter of course, and not an acci- dental occurrence, should also undergo modification, and has therefore been rightly opposed by the late Prof. Smith; but, although this excellent diatomist has stated that it is alto- ‘gether “irreconcileable” with the conjugation of the stalked varieties, where it takes place between the halves of the frus- tule which has just undergone division, and a matter of chance rather than one “of course” among the other tribes, still the entire separation of the halves of the free frustule on dupli- eative division makes the chances of their coming together again for conjugation so very remote that it can rarely occur. ‘Hence, although with the conjugations of the free Diatomes it ‘does not follow as a “ matter of course”’ that one frustule should be smaller than the other, it will be inferred, from what has been ‘above stated respecting the great diversity of size which must exist. among individuals of the same species, that with them there is very little likelihood of two of exactly the same length meeting again for this purpose; so that it probably seldom happens that there is not some disproportion between them, although this does not generally amount to very much, and is not a necessary part of the process, as I had formerly supposed when I thought the object of conjugation might be chiefly to restore the size of the frustule, ‘already diminished by repeated duplicative division, rather than _(as I now think, and shall presently state that it is chiefly) to raise it.to a size fit for impregnative generation. ' As regards the diversity of size generally among individuals of the same species of Diatomez, it now seems to me that we must seek for the explanation of this chiefly, if not entirely, in the different sizes of the conjugations, together with the varying sizes of the conjugating frustules themselves, commencing from .the embryonal frustules upwards, until the maximum size of the Species is attained, or, to use other words, in the amount of protoplasm, &c., furnished by these frustules; and therefore that this conjugating, however much it may be a modification, “is not the process of impregnative generation in the Diatomee, 168 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Conjugations of but the preliminary steps to the formation of a larger individual, in which the process, still unknown to us, finally takes place. Nor do I see how it can be a modification of the true impreg- native process, as in the former instance large quantities of pro- toplasm, &c., are brought together to produce larger frustules, and in the latter it is smaller quantities to produce them. Indeed Prof. Smith observes that “the ordinary Diatomaceous frustule seems to owe its production to the protoplasmic contents of the sporangial frustule formed by the process of conjugation,” and that subsequently, under favourable circumstances, its sili- ceous epiderm opens “to permit the escape of the contained endochrome, which is resolved into a myriad of embryonic frus- tules; these either remain free or surround themselves with mucus, forming a pellicle or stratum, and in a definite but un- ascertained period reach the mature form of the ordinary frus- tule.” After which he adds that “the size of the mature frus- tule before self-division commences is, however, dependent upon the idiosynerasy of the embryo, or upon the circumstances in which its embryonic growth takes place; consequently a very conspicuous diversity in their relative magnitudes may be usu- ally noticed in any large aggregation of individuals, or in the same species collected in different localities.” Thus Prof. Smith believed that a diversity im size might commence even in the embryonal development, which, it seems to me, though more or less perpetuated throughout, might still be equalized to a cer-. tain degree by the conjugation of a larger with a smaller frus- tule. However the latter may be, Kiitzing surmised, and Rabenhorst affirmed, a similar mode of reproduction in the Diatomeze to that described by Prof. Smith (Pritchard, p. 74). That the frustule is raised by repeated conjugation to its maximum or required bulk may be inferred from what I have figured and stated, respecting the various sizes of the conjuga- tions and their elements, of Navicula rhomboides ; but in what the process of impregnative generation consists remains for future observation to determine, and is therefore a question on which we can only speculate now by the aid of analogy. For this purpose, then, let us begin by enumerating the full complement of elementary parts which make up a Diatom. They are as follows :—(1) the siliceous frustule ; (2) the sarcodal sac within it, contaiming (3) the nucleus; (4) the endochrome, (5) the * glair-cell,”? double, one towards each end; (6) refractive cells, not spherical; (7) starch-grains; (8) molecular granules. The presence of Nos. 6, 7, and 8 is variable ; and there may, of course, be more organs than have yet been recognized. I have not added a layer of sarcode externally, because its presence there may or may not be continuous in duration or Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, and Pinnularia gibba. 169 extent, as it is probably composed of a coalescence of pseudo- podia extruded, through apertures of the frustule, from the sarcode internally, to meet the requirements of the organism ; but its existence may be inferred from an attentive observation for a few moments of a living active Diatom, when the following phenomena may be witnessed :—(1) the power of attaching to itself, retaining, and casting off a particle of foreign matter, which particle may be transported over its surface, hither and thither, backwards and forwards, from one end of the frustule _ to the other, retarded in its course, arrested, returned, and again advanced forward, more or less quivering on its way, indeed just as a granule or oil-globule in cyclosis is seen to be carried about by the currents of protoplasm in Closterium, in the threads sus- pending the nucleus in Spirogyra, &c., in the pseudopodia of the Rhizopoda, in the typical mass of actively moving protoplasm of Athalium, and in the threads which flow from the nucleus in the interior of some of the Diatomez themselves (ex. gr. Su- rirella). (2) The locomotive power of the Diatom itself, which is of the same order of movements. (3) The presence of pseudo- podial prolongations from this layer, as evinced by the sudden jerk which a body previously attached to the Diatom often pre- sents just after the Diatom appears to have cast off its union with, and is already some little distance from it. Here it should be remembered that our magnifying powers still, and perhaps ever will, fall far short of demonstrating the slowest locomotion and change of form, the most transparent structures, and the mode of formation of parts in the Infusoria, which, in higher and more visible beings, can be seen to be the product of organs specialized for the purpose. The leg of a Pleesconia has, in all probability, as complicated a locomotive apparatus as that of a large Crustacean ; and yet it is as trans- parent and appears to be as structureless as glass under the microscope. Many instances of this occur in Infusoria which are almost large enough to be seen with the unassisted eye; and therefore when we observe the phenomena in the Diatomese to which I have alluded, it seems better to let the inferential explanation come from analogy with vital than with physical or chemical phenomena only. Viewing, then, the movements, &c., of the Diatomez as de- pendent on the presence of an external sarcode, together with their organology internally, there is no class of living beings to which they are so nearly allied as the Rhizopoda, on the animal, and the Desmidiez on the vegetable side of the imaginary line of demarcation which is supposed to separate these two king- doms. All the elements which enter into the composition of a Diatom enter into that of certain species of freshwater Rhizo- 170 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Conjugations of poda, as my papers will aril Even the green or chlorophyll- cells found in the latter (e.g. Difflugia pyriformis and Acantho- cystis turfacea, and even brown in D. compressa) must be con- sidered the analogue of the endochrome in the former, if indeed the zygosis and formation of a capsuled body may not also be re- garded as analogous respectively to the conjugation and formation of the sporangium (see my figures of Huglypha, ‘Annals,’ ser. 2. vol. xvi. pl. 5, and vol. xx. pl. 1) while the skeleton or organ of all is internal, at least so long as the pseudopodia coalesce exter- nally, as they certainly do in some Foraminifera (e. g. Operculina). It is true that most of the Rhizopoda extemporize stomachal cavities in their sarcode for the reception of crude material, which their prehensile power enables them to catch and incept from the exterior, out of which they extract the nutritive parts, and eject the rest. But one group of them (viz. the Acinetina) nourish themselves by sucking out from the interior of other Infusoria material which requires nothing but the process of assimilation to turn it to their purposes, and therefore these, apparently, have not even the rudiment of a stomach; while a step further brings us to the condition of the Diatomeze, which, like plants, derive their nourishment from the same kind of material in a still more elementary form, dissolved in or dissemi- nated through the medium in which they live. (I once, for two years kept a species of Chara in health and vigour by repeatedly adding dead grasshoppers to the water of the jar in which it lived, each time that it grew pale, when the deep green colour of the chlorophyll was restored, and it began to sprout briskly.) Although the endochrome of the Diatomez may not be iden- tical in composition with chlorophyll, still it is strictly analogous to it in other respects. Indeed so far does this extend that there is a large species of Gyrosigma im the marshes of the Island of Bombay (figures of which I have preserved) that has four narrow bands of endochrome arranged spirally throughout its interior, identical with the arrangement of those of Spirogyra; while the currents of the sarcodal threads internally in Suriredla, being equally identical with those of the cell of Spirogyra, closely ally the Diatomes to Spirogyra, to say nothing of their identity also in the process of conjugation. Then, again, the filaments of Spirogyra, when thrown confusedly into a basin of water, soon arrange themselves into regular parallelism, in which state also they are continually changing their position, and thus affording evidence of their power of locomotion. Closterium, among the Desmidieze, also can attach itself by one of its ends to the vessel in which it may be kept, and give proofs of a loco- motive power by constantly swaying the other extremity round in circles. The Euglene can attach themselves to objects by Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, and Pinnularia gibba. 171 their tails, and also move round in much the same manner, which must be effected by a portion of protoplasm outside their fibrous cell-skeleton. And the concatenated divisions of Osci/- latoria princeps can move in a body backwards and forwards in their sheath, which, like that of Schizonema among the Diato- mex, is evidently secreted from their surface. Indeed, innu- merable instances might be cited im support of the view that in all these organisms, where there is less discovered to support it even than in the Rhizopoda, there is, including the Diatomez, a communication between the interior and exterior of their cells, formed of apertures, however small, which enables the more subtile parts of the protoplasm to obtain connexion with the ex-~ ternal world. It is these apertures which M. Garreau (Annals, vol. x. 1862) has asserted to exist in the vegetable cell, and which, as I have before stated, when confirmed, will afford a satisfactory explanation of all that class of phenomena which, but for the establishment of this link, still incline many to attri- bute them to direct physical causes, instead of regarding them as induced indirectly through the influence and government of vital or instinctive agency. One might say that there was no in- stinctive agency evinced in a Diatom attaching a particle of foreign matter to its surface, if it had not at the same time the power of retaining or casting it off, or if it adhered to every other par- ticle that came in contact with it, which is not the case. Indeed several microscopists, among whom are Ehrenberg, Siebcld, Focke, and Wenham, have asserted positively that motor organs exist outside the frustule of the Diatomez, in the form of pseudopodia and cirri, cilia, exsertile and retractile feet, and an undulating membrane respectively ; and in the subgroup of Rhizopoda to which I have already alluded, viz. the Acinetina, wherein vibratile cilia or tentacula can be projected from the surface, or retracted, as required, with the appearance of extemporization, I have observed all this to take place from a visible sarcode ; but I have never seen in the Diatomeze more than indications of the presence of such an organ externally, which, like the transparent portion of the cortical or non- granular ectosare of some Ameba, presents all the movements of cyclosis when a particle of foreign matter happens to be attached to it, even without itself being visible. Returning, then, to the question of impregnative generation in the Diatomez, it seems to me that, being so closely allied to the Rhizopoda in their organization, they might be inferred, by analogy, to follow the same mode of producing an impregnated generation as Difflugia. That this mode has been demonstrated I by no means wish to assert ; but observations on the subject, made subsequently to those published in my last communica- 172 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Conjugations of tions to the ‘Annals,’ still further support me in the views therein announced, viz. that the nucleus furnishes the sperm, and some other part of the body of the Difflugia the germ-cells, which produce the new generation. For in that large species which I have designated urceolata in my last communication, and which I have since ascertained to be one of the most per- sistent and plentiful forms about this neighbourhood, I, last summer, almost invariably found the nucleus (instead of under- going the change as a whole) to become divided into several spherical cells of equal size, each of which presented bodies in its interior similar to a brood of cells, which, on other occasions and under similar appearances, I have found to issue in the form of ciliated, monadic, polymorphic Rhizopods. With these also were present a number of much larger round and sub-round refractive cells, in which a nucleus was present, but very diffi- cult to be seen, owing to the extreme fineness and apparent homogeneity of the material they contained. There were also several starch-grains present; and on many occasions, but on one in particular, a pair of these Diffugie in zygosis, when crushed in water under the slide, presented in their interior, besides a great number of the three kinds of cells mentioned, a still greater number of ciliated, monadic Rhizopods, of the size of the bodies in the nuclear cells, and a number of small un- ciliated Amebe, about the size of the refractive cells. So far, then, only, do I feel justified in stating that this appears to me to be the mode in which the impregnated generation of Diffugia is produced ; and if it be so, then all that remains to prove it is the evidence afforded by witnessing the actual union of the ciliated monadic Rhizopods with the unciliated refractive cells—an act which, probably taking place within the body of D. urceolata in an undisturbed condition, is not likely to be soon seen among its contents when forced out of the test into water by crushing and the pressure of a glass cover. Seeing, however, that the Diatomez and Difflugie are thus so nearly allied, and that, in the former, refractive bodies different from the spherical oil-globules in form, together with starch- grains or vesicles, and a granular nucleus, may frequently be found together in the same frustule, it does not seem to me unreasonable, in the absence of more direct testimony, to infer that both in the Diatomez and, in Difflugia at least, among the Rhizopoda, the mode of producing the impregnative generation may be the same as that described above as the probable process in the latter. Should this be the case, then the sarcodal cell of the spo- rangial frustule of Diatomez, gaining its exit into the water in its entirety, by bursting asunder the valves of its frustules sub- Navicula serians, N. rhomboides, and Pinnularia gibba. 173 sequently to the impregnation of the germ-cells, might sooner or later, under favourable circumstances, assume the cystic form filled with embryos, described by Prof. Smith as the probable ultimate destination of this sac, and actually found by him filled with the embryonal frustules of Cocconema cistula, &c., in a gathering of this Diatom which presented “ forms of it of every size intermediate between the minutest frustule in the cyst and the ordinary frustules engaged in the conjugating process” (apud Pritchard, p. 71). IT have long since figured in the ‘ Annals’ a similar termina- tion to the Rhizopoda in the case of more than one Amaeba,— that is to say, the parent sac or animal becoming the deciduous cyst of the new progeny. Again, should this process of impregnation take place in the Diatomez, is it not probable that it may also be similar in Des- midiez, Huglene, and Spirogyra, &c.? Finally, I have now to allude to the “ glair-cell” of the Diatomeze, a capsuled organ so designated and described by myself in 1856 (Annals, vol. xvii. p. 241, pl. 7. figs. 87-91), but not previously noticed, except it be one of the bodies to which the acute observation of the illustrious Berlin microsco- pist, Ehrenberg, attributed a spermatic function—and never, to my knowledge, since. I must thus again recur to it here, as I have enumerated it among the organs of the Diatomexe; and in so doing I need not repeat all that has been published upwards of eight years since, further than that this organ has frequently the appearance of an oil-globule, and is conspicuously situated towards each end of the frustule, being double. It, however, differs from the oil-globule in possessing a capsule, in not being of the same form in every genus of Diatomee, e. g. Amphiphora, where it is skittle- or barrel-shaped (Annals, pl. 8. fig. 90, /. ¢.), and in sometimes changing its spherical for a caudate or stellate figure, in Navicula fulva, &e., when it loses much of its refractive appearance; while it undergoes duplicative division with the frustule just as much as the nucleus. It seems to have its homologue in the Euglena, both singly and in duplicate, accord- ing to the species; but I have not observed it in any other Infusoria. Now, if I be right in attributing a spermatic office to the nucleus in Difflugia, &c., and the impregnative generation in the Diatomeze be produced in the same way, it then remains for us to find out from what source the germ-cells are derived. In Difflugia I have recognized nothing like the glair-cell of Diatomeze, &c., and at present cannot account for the origin of the supposed germ-cells there, unless they be developed from the soft imternal part of the sarcode; while, if they be of the 174 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Conjugations of some Diatomee. nature of ovules, I cannot divest myself of the idea that they are produced by some ovarian organ. But, from what has been stated respecting the glair-cell in the Diatomez, it seems to me not impossible that this may be the organ which here supplies the germ—and not the sperm-cells, as supposed by Ehrenberg. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. N.B. All the figures in this plate are drawn upon the scale of ~,th to gvvoth of an inch, together with most of their detail. Fig. 1. Navicula serians, Kg. In conjugation, showing formation of the spore or sporangium: a a, the pellicle of the gelatinous secre- tion in which the conjugating frustules first imbed themselves ; b, b, valves of the two conjugating frustules; c, spore or sporan- — gium; d, dark shade representing endochrome ; e, circles repre- senting oil-globules. (After this the same parts will be indicated by the same letters, where it seems desirable to insert them.) Fig.2. The same. The spore divided into two equal portions, each spheri- cal, and surrounded by the capsules, f, f, respectively, as indicated by the white mterval which separates the dark shade or endo- chrome from the margin. Fig. 3. The same. The capsules divided in their equatorial lines respect- ively, and their hemispheres separated for some distance by the sheaths of the sporangial frustules, g, g, on which the rings of their more advanced development are not visible, even if formed. The conjugating frustules absent. ~ Fig. 4. The same. Still more advanced state. The rings on the sheath h now visible; h', the other half of the spore abortive. Fig.5. The same. Still more advanced stage; the rings omitted on the sheath which lies inferiorly. Fig. 6. The same. Still more advanced stage: 7, the interval between the rings in the centre of the sheath. Fig.7. The same. Still more advanced stage. The undermost half or sheath not seen. Shows the ends of the capsule beginning to disintegrate, f, f. Fig. 8. The same. Still more advanced stage. The ends of the capsules disintegrating into short, fusiform, curved, thread-like fibres, f, f- Fig. 9. The same. Fully formed sporangial frustule, as seen within its sheath. Fig. 10. The same. Empty sheath, showing the longitudinal fissure of dehiscence. Fig.11. Navicula rhomboides, Ehr. In conjugation. The pellicle of the gelatinous secretion and the ends of the capsules absent. Fig. 12. The same. More advanced stage. Fig. 13. The same. Fully formed frustule. Appears broader than the pair of sheaths in fig. 12, probably because their narrow, and not their broad, surfaces are seen. The dark shade on the frustule, which consists of transverse parallel lines, is thus seen under a magnifying power of 800 diameters. Fig. 14. The same. Smaller individuals in conjugation, the valves of the conjugating frustules having a terminal rather than a lateral position as in the larger conjugations. Mr. W. H. Benson on a new Species of Helix. 175 Fig. 15. The same, with one division of the spore abortive. Fig. 16. The same. Sporangial frustule surmised to be of the size pro- duced by these conjugations. In all these frustules the spe- cific characters are too small to be delineated on the scale to - which they are drawn, although perfectly distinct under the microscope. Fig. 17. Pinnularia gibba, Ehr. In conjugation. The pellicle of the gelatinous secretion and the ends of the capsules absent. Fig. 18. The same; more advanced stage. The valves of one of the con- jugating frustules absent. Fig.19. The same. Relative size and form of conjugating frustule. Fig. 20. The same. Full size of sheath of sporangial frustule in this gathering. Fig. 21. The same. Full size of frustule produced by these conjugations. XIX.—Description of Helix odontophora, a new Species of the Corilla type, from Upper Ouvah, in Ceylon. By W. H. Brn- son, Esq. Helix odontophora, wihi, n. sp. Hi. testa late umbilicata, rotundato- vel ovato-discoidea, solidula, castanea vel rufescenti-lutea, superne subplanulata, oblique tenuiter costulato-striata, subtus valde concava, striata, nitida; spira planiuscula, versus apicem obtusum elevatiore, sutura im- pressa; anfractibus 4, primis convexiusculis, ultimo antice con- vexiore, tum descendente, dilatato-deflexo, subtus valde inflato; apertura perobliqua, obtuse subcordata, lamellis 2 parietalibus (superiore longe intrante curvata, inferiore subparallela, breviore, subcurvata, ab apertura remotiuscula), palatalibus 4 brevibus semilunaribus vel sinuatis (omnibus integris ab apertura conspicuis, extus perlucentibus) coarctata; peristomate purpurascenti-albido vel castaneo, calloso, breviter reflexo, marginibus superiore et in- feriore subdentato-incrassatis. Diam. major 26, minor 19, alt. 8 mill. ” 22, ” 17; 29 7 ”» Habitat in montibus Ceylanicis prope Fort M‘Donald, Bandarewella, _et Bibiligamua ad altitudinem ped. 4500. Teste Dom. F. Layard. The examination of a broken specimen of a shell, supposed to be H. erronea, which I received from Mr. F. Layard, with the internal lamellz fully exhibited, convinced me that a peculiar type had been overlooked ; and Mr. Layard kindly forwarded to me the shells which he referred to H. erronea from Upper Ouvah and Pusilawe: the latter all belong to the true erronea type, with three parietal and four lengthened palatal lamellz, also a single specimen out of five from Bandarewella; the rest all prove to be H. odontophora, with only two parietal lamelle and more delicate sculpture (as in H. Anaz, mihi, and H. Humberti, Brot), only four whorls, and short semilunar or sinuate palatal lamellee entirely visible from the aperture,—the Fort M‘Donald 176 Mr. W. H. Benson on a new Species of Helix. and Bibiligamua ones exhibiting a chestnut colour, and those from Bandarewella having a paler reddish hue. A single speci- men from Fort M‘Donald has a fifth short and oblique lamella between the two central ones, evidently an accidental formation. The form of the aperture, that of the palatal lamellz, the fewer whorls, and the colour as well as the conformation of the upper and lower sides distinguish the species from the Travancore H. Anax, notwithstanding the presence, as in that shell, of only two parietal lamellee. I have compared sixteen specimens of the new species with forty-seven of H. erronea. Two of them, opened, prove that there is no upper parietal lamella in the whole length, invariably to be detected from the aperture in H. erronea. There are now six species known of the Ceylon and Travancore form, as separated from the Burmese Plectopylis. In the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for August 1859, I stated that the Burmese H. Achatina, Gray (Picctopylis, nobis, Annals, April 1860), associated by Pfeiffer with the distinct type of H. Rivolii, under the name of Ophiogyra, and by H. Adams under . that of Corilla, was ovoviviparous, and remarked that it would be interesting to know whether H. Rivolii, &c., were similar in habit. Mr. F. Layard now informs me that . Rivoli and H. erronea ave not ovoviviparous. In the note to H. Anaz, mihi (Annals, Jan. 1865), I referred to Brot’s statement that four, and not three, palatal lamelle occur in H. Rivolit and H. erronea. Brot omitted to refer to my discovery of this circumstance, recorded in the ‘Annals’ for April 1860, in the paper on Plectopylis. The lamelle figured in plate 2. fig. 8, of H. erronea, in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie’ for 1864 are incorrectly drawn, the connivent parts of the two upper palatal ones being placed at the ends towards the aperture, instead of at the poimts most remote from it—a feature also observable in H. Rivolit. I have not seen a specimen of H. Humberti; but there can be no doubt, from the alleged resemblance of the single palatal lamella to the basal one in H. erronea (which, however, does not come in con- tact with the suture), that it diverges from it in the wrong direc- tion in fig. 6. In H. Rivoli the basal palatal lamella is nearly parallel with the suture. A single large specimen of H. Rivoliz, in Mr. F. Layard’s collection, from Moopane, has the two upper palatal lamelle closely approaching the outer lip. Palatal lamellz occur at the beginning of the last whorl in H. odontophora and H. erronea. Cheltenham, Jannuary 30, 1865, Mr. H. Adams on a new Genus of Land-Shells. 177 XX.— Description of a new Genus of Land-Shells from the Island of Labuan, Borneo. By Henry Apams, F.LS. Genus Piectrostoma, H. Adams. Testa conica, umbilicata; anfractus ultimus solutus, protractus, sursum flectus, inde retrorsum extensus; apertura simplex ; peri- stoma subverticale, expansum. Plectostoma DeCrespignii, H. Adams. P. testa elevato-conica, tenuissima, pallido-fulva, laminis numerosis longitudinalibus tenuibus erectis munita, sutura valde impressa, apice subacuto ; anfractibus 6, convexis, ultimo tubam protractam, postice paulum constrictam, sursum flectam, inde revertam effor- mante; umbilico aperto; apertura circulari, subverticali, paulu- lum reclinante ; peristomate libero, valde expanso, reflexiusculo. Diam. major 2, minor 14, axis 2 mill. Hab. Labuan Island, Borneo. This minute but very interesting species of the family Heli- cide was found by Mr. De Crespigny, after whom I have named it, in the island of Labuan, Borneo. It appears to have affinities both with the genus Boysia, Pfr., and Hypselostoma, Bens., from which, however, it differs in having the last whorl constricted at its separation from the others, and in the extraordinary pro- longation backwards of the free portion. From Boysia it also differs in being more Heliciform, and in having the umbilicus open; and from Hypselostoma in the aperture being edentulate. XXI.— Diagnoses of new Forms of Mollusca from the West Coast of North America, first collected by Col. BK. Jewett. By Putuip P. Carpenter, B.A., Ph.D. An account of Col. Jewett’s shells will be found in the British Association Reports for 1856 (pp. 226-231) and 1863 (pp. 534— 539). The exact localities are often uncertain; but many of them have been fixed by subsequent explorers. Being generally worn beach-specimens, the diagnoses have been written (where- ever practicable) from perfect shells, and especially from the beautiful series dredged by Dr. J. G. Cooper, in the Californian State Survey. The types belong to Mrs. Boyce, of Utica, N.Y., and are at present in my keeping. The numbers, in the species from the temperate fauna, refer to the table in the British Asso- ciation Report for 1863, pp. 636-664. 37 b. Solen (? sicarius, var.) rosaceus. S. testa S. sicario simili, sed minore; multo angustiore, elongata, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 12 178 Dr. P. P. Carpenter on new Forms of Mollusca recta, extus et intus rosacea; epidermide tenui, valde nitente. Long. °27, lat. °5, alt. °32 poll. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; S. Pedro (Cooper). 74. Subgenus AMIANTIS*. Callista: dente postico utraque valva ruguloso. Type: Amiantis callosa, = Cytherea callosa, Conr.,= Dosinia callosa, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1857 (from fragments) : non Venus cal- losa (as of Conr.), Sow., Rve., Desh. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Nuttall, Jewett) ; 8. Pedro (Cooper) ; Cape St. Lucas (Xantus). This section differs from the typical Calliste as does Merce- naria from Venus. Whether the other peculiarities of the spe- cies (redescribed by Reeve as Cytherea nobilis) are coordinate, cannot yet be stated, as it stands alone. In sculpture and colour it resembles Dosinia; in its ponderous growth, Pachydesma. 110. Lazaria subquadrata. L. testa extus Cardite variegate jun. simili; pallida, castaneo tincta; subquadrata, antice truncata, subregulariter ventricosa, dorsaliter tumida; costis radiantibus cire. xiv.—xvi., tumidis, nodosis, dia- gonalibus majoribus; interstitis plus minusve insculptis: intus, valva dextra dente cardinali triangulari, inter duas fossas sito, haud elongato ; dent. lat. a cardine separatis, ant. extante, post. obsoleto, calloso: v. sinistrali dent. card. 11. angustis, subzequalibus, radi- antibus; lat. ant. et post. extantibus: cicatr. adduct. subrotun- datis. Long. 37, lat. 25, alt. °34. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; Monterey, and along the coast to S. Pedro (State Coll. no. 403) (Cooper). The outside of this remarkable little species is typically Car- ditoid; the hinge is intermediate between Lazaria and Cypri- cardia. 182. Modiola fornicata. M. testa curta, levi, latiore, maxime fornicata; pallide carnea, epi- dermide rufo-fusca, rugis incrementi et incrustatione densissime pilosa induta; umbonibus maximis, spiralibus, antice torsis, per tres quadrantes tote latitudinis devectis; area ligamentali curtis- sima, arcuata; margine dorsali antice nullo, postice longo, arcuato; margine ventrali recto,vix propter byssum hiante; postico lato, antico angusto; altitudine dorsaliter valde elevata, ventraliter plane declivi, cuneiformi ; umbonibus trans marginem anticum per sextantem totius longitudinis excurrentibus : intus, sub umbonibus excavata ; cicatr. adduct. ant. ventraliter sita. Long. 1:4, lat. *76, alt. °95. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; Monterey (Taylor). * Th. ayiavros, 6 kat 7, unpolluted. from the West Coast of North America. 179 160. Pecten (? var.) equisulcatus. P. testa P. ventricoso simili, sed tenuiore, minus ventricosa; costis pluribus angustioribus xx.-xxi.; interstitiis (preecipue valva su- periore) fere esequalibus; auriculis magis productis, acutis; sinu serrato: testa jun. interstitiis alte insculptis, laminis concentricis crebris, vix extantibus, interstitia, costas auriculasque transeunti- bus. Long. 3:2, lat. 3°35, alt. 1°5. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett); S. Diego (Cassidy, Newberry, Cooper). Intermediate between the tropical P. ventricosus and the Atlantic P. irradians. 161. Pecten paucicostatus. P. testa subconvexa, vix eequilaterali; castaneo seu rubido seu elec- .trino picta; costis xi.—xv., validis, angustis, rotundatis ; inter- stitiis multo latioribus, subplanatis; tota superficie minutissime concentrice striata; auriculis latis, haud eequalibus, lirulis cire. vi. ornatis ; sinu paucidentato: intus pallidiore, linea cardinis cos- tata, ad suturas auricularum tuberculosa; fossa ligamentali curta, transversim lata. Long. 1°7, lat. 1°84, alt. °56. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; Sta. Barbara Island (Cooper). Pecten (? var.) squarrosus. (Page 536.) P. testa orbiculari, zequilaterali, rubida, albido maculata ; valva dextra convexa; costis xvili., zequalibus, testa jun. approximatis, testa adulta interstitiis eequalibus ; costis et interstitiis regulariter un- datis, striis crebris squamosis radiantibus ubique ornata ; auriculis magnis, latissimis, subsequalibus ; antica anguste fissata, serrata, postica sinuata; auriculis ambabus et regione contigua scabrose striatis: intus alba, linea cardinali alte sulcata. Long. 1°82, lat. 1°79, alt. -9. Hab. ‘Sta. Barbara,” teste Jewett. Resembles a shell in Mus. Cuming., marked “ ewasperatus, var.,” but does not agree with the diagnosis of that species. All Col. Jewett’s valves were dextral. The locality needs con- firmation. 188. Volvula cylindrica. V. testa cylindracea, alba, nitente, striis spiralibus distantibus cincta ; medio planato, marginibus fere parallelis; antice satis effusa, postice subito angustata; canali brevissimo; labro acuto; labio indistincto ; plica columellari parva, valde declivi. Long. °17, lat. °07. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett). 265. Phasianella (? compta, var.) punctulata. P. testa P. compte simili, sed elatiore; suturis impressis ; anfractibus 12* 180 Dr. P. P. Carpenter on new Forms of Mollusca tumentibus ; omnino minutissime fusco punctata; columella lacu- nata. Long. ‘24, long. spir. *12, lat.+14, div. 50°. Hab. 8. Diego (Jewett). 265 b. Phasianella (? compta, var.) pulloides. P. testa P. pullo simillima; solida, compacta, spira breviore ; suturis distinctis. Long. ‘2, long. spir. ‘1, lat. -13, div. 55°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett); Monterey, 20 fathoms (State Coll. no. 353). Smaller var., 8-10 fathoms, Catalina Island (Cooper). 265 c. Phasianella (? compta, var.) elatior. P. testa perparva; spira elongata, ut in P. pullo picta; anfractibus subplanatis; suturis haud impressis; columella haud lacunata. Long. ‘19, long. spir. +12, lat. °11, div. 40°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett). P. compta, with a large proportion of the small shells of the genus, is included under P. pullus in Mr. Reeve’s monograph. In so difficult a tribe, it is judged better to name the distinct forms, and those from separated localities, until more is known. 276. Trochiscus convexrus. T. testa parva, subelevata, purpureo-fusca, tenuiter sculpta; anfr. nucl. ? sinistralibus, vertice quasi decollato ; norm. iv., convexis, suturis impressis ; obtusissime bicarinatis, striolis confertissimis, minimis, subobsoletis cinctis ; umbilico majore, costis duabus cincto, quarum interior acuta, exterior rotundata, crenata; apertura circulari. Long. °15, long. spir. -06, lat. +15, div. 90°. Hab. Monterey (Jewett). The nuclear whorls in this unique little shell and in the typi- cal species appear sinistral, as in Phoride and Solariade. The operculum also resembles that of Solarium rather than of Tro- chus. The genus may prove to belong to the Proboscidifers, notwithstanding its nacreous texture. 317. Hipponyx tumens. H. testa normaliter fornicata, rotundata, albida; epidermide rugulosa, interstitiis pilulosa ; vertice nucleoso nautiloideo, levi, parum tu- mente, apice celato, interdum persistente; dein rapidissime au- gente, expansa, undique regulariter arcuata; liris acutis, subele- vatis, distantibus, spiralibus, aliis intercalantibus; lineis incre- menti minoribus decussantibus; margine acuto; apertura ple- rumque rotundata: cicatrice museulari a margine parum remota, regione capitis valde interrupta. Long. *7, lat.-46, alt.-33, div. 90°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett); S. Pedro (Cooper). =“ H. ?subrufa” +“ Capulus, 213,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1857, p. 230. jrom the West Coast of North America. 181 329 b. Bittium (? var.) esuriens. B. testa B. filoso simili, sed multo minore, graciliore, interdum valde attenuata ; sculptura testee jun. ut in B, filoso, teste adultze sub- obsoleta; interstitiis haud insculptis. Long. °3, long. spir. °21, ft. <1), dav. 25°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett); Neeah Bay (Swan) ; Monterey (Cooper). 334. Bittium fastigiatum. 'B. testa parva, gracili, pallide rufo-cinerea, marginibus spire vix excurvatis ; anfr. nucl. iii., levibus, tumidis, apice acuto; norm. ix., planatis, suturis alte impressis ; anfr. primis ill. carinatis, postea costis radiantibus circ. xili., obtusis, satis extantibus, ad suturas interruptis, interstitiis undatis, liris spiralibus iv. in spira se mon- strantibus, costas undatim superantibus, quarum antica in testa jun. plerumque extat; anfr. ultimo parum contracto, basi elongata, liris spiralibus vi. contiguis ornata; apertura gibbosa; labro acuto, interdum varicoso, antice angulatim emarginato ; labio tenui. Long. °25, long. spir. °19, lat. ‘09, div. 20°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett). Genus AMPHITHALAMUS*. Testa Rissoidea, nucleo magno; apertura labio producto, labro subpostice juncto, subito in adulta contracto. 3855. Amphithalamus inclusus. A, testa minuta, lata, solidiore, pallide rufo-fusca; vertice mamillato; anfr. nucl. uno et dimidio, quoad magnitudinem permagnis, mi- nutissime et confertissime spiraliter et radiatim striolatis; anfr. norm. iii., levibus, subplanatis, suturis impressis ; basi subangulata ; costa peripherica rotundata, haud extante, imtérdum in spira se monstrante ; costa altera circa regionem pseudo-umbilicarem ; labro acuto, haud contracto: labio testa adolescente normali, dein a pariete separata, sinum posticum suturam versus formante, t. adulta valde separata, regionem quasi umbilicarem magnam formante; ad labrum subito fere perpendiculariter, subpostice juncto : operculo tenuissimo. Long. -04, long. spir. ‘02, lat. 03, div. 60°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; S. Diego (Cooper). This very remarkable little shell bears the same relation to Rissoa that Stoastoma does to Helicina. The peritreme resem- bles a figure 6 inverted, as on the face of the type. In the dis- proportionate size of the nuclear whorls it resembles V2trinella. 373. Drillia mesta. D. testa acuminata, levi, dense olivaceo-fusca, epidermide leevi ad- heerente induta; anfr. nucleosis?...(decollatis); norm. vili., parum * Th. audi, 6ddapos, having a chamber on both sides. ¥ i 182 Prof. J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cexambyces, excurvatis, suturis parum distinctis ; testa adolescente costis radi- antibus cire. x., subobsoletis, elongatis, arcuatis, simum versus in- terruptis, postice nodosis; anfr. ult. sculptura nulla; apertura elongata; canali brevi, aperto; columella recta; labio tenui; labro acuto, suturam versus sinuato, sinu parvo, expanso ; operculo normali. Long. 1°1, long. spir. 65, lat. °36, div. 27°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; S. Pedro (Cooper). 386. Mitromorpha filosa. M. testa parva, solidiore, atro-purpurea, subconiformi, antice et pos- tice subzequaliter tereti; anfr. nucl. ii., albis, levibus, apice mamillato ; norm. iv., planatis, suturis haud distinctis; omnino eequaliter spiraliter lirulata ; lirulis acutioribus, in spira iv., anfr. ult. circ. xx., interstitiis majoribus ; apertura lineata; labro parum ~ inflexo, rotundato, postice vix sinuato, intus circ. xii.-dentato ; labio inconspicuo; columella arcuatim truncata. Long. 26, long. spir. *1, lat. +12, div. 45°. Hab. Sta. Barbara (Jewett) ; Lower California (teste Trick, in Mus. Cuming.). =?Daphnella filosa, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1863, p. 658, note f. Mr. A. Adams obtained two similar species from Japan; and as the shells do not rank satisfactorily under any established group, he proposes the above genus for their reception. M.Crosse suggests that Columbella dormitor, Sby., may be congeneric. [To be continued. | XXII.—On the Classification of Cerambyces, with particular regard to the Danish Fauna*. By Professor J.C, Scusépre. T; Ir has perhaps not been observed hitherto that the terms Digiti- grada, Unguligrada, and Plantigrada fully apply to the Arthro- poda, or that the manner in which the animals tread the ground and the corresponding structure of their feet deserve special attention as distinctive characters of classes and orders in this series of the animal kingdom; yet it is so. All Arachnida are Digitigrada. All Crustacea (including the Myriapoda, which merely exhibit the Crustacean type modified for terrestrial life) are Unguligrada; and the same is the case with all larve of Insects with complete metamorphosis, and with some of the lower groups of Insects, especially Thysanoura and Siphunculata—the unguli- grade Arthropoda being at the same time, with few exceptions, * Translated from the ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift,’ ser. 3. vol. ii. p. 483. Copenhagen, 1864. The original is accompanied with an engraved plate containing details of the organs of the mouth. with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 183 also Solipeda. With the exceptions just mentioned, all Insects are Plantigrada. It follows that Insects and Arachnida alone can want foot-pads. But whilst in Vertebrata the structure of the foot-pads is princi- pally regulated by the weight of the body, the case is different with the Arthropoda, because of their smaller size, firm external skeleton, and enormous muscular power, together with the in- ereased number and different position of their limbs. Here the object of the foot-pads is solely to assist the animal in standing firmly on the ground, and to prevent the foot from slipping in walking. Only those Plantigrade Insects, therefore, have foot- pads whose mode of life requires that they should move on highly inclined dry surfaces; and accordingly the foot-pads consist of innumerable thick hairs, broader, softer, and more or less divided towards their tips, collectively forming an even and almost smooth surface under the foot, soft as velvet, which slopes outwards towards the point of the foot. Two sets of neighbouring organs, spurs and claws, facilitate the working of the foot-pads. The development of spurs depends on whether the legs are constructed for walking or for running. In the first case the limbs are shorter, all three pairs of equal length, and the joints are during the movement inflected against one another in such a manner that femur and tibia form together nearly a right angle, as well as the tibia and tarsus. The position of the tibiz is therefore perpendicular; and as the movement at the same time is slow, the foot-pads afford sufficient security against slipping, and the spurs are not at all developed, or, at any rate, they remain very small, almost imperceptible. But if the limbs are calculated for running, they are all proportionally longer, the posterior pairs increasing in length; and the joints are, during the movement, so inflected as to form more or less obtuse angles. The longer the legs are, and the greater the difference in length between the different pairs of legs, the more obtuse do the angles become. The position of the tibize is consequently sloping outwards; and, the movement being at the same time fast, the foot-pads do not afford sufficient security against slipping ; the spurs are therefore developed in proportion as their assistance is needed. The claws play quite a different part. Indispensable as they are for climbing on perpendicular surfaces, and for security against sudden shocks, the claws would essentially impede walk- ing, and render running almost impossible, on account of their downward direction, curved shape, and sharp points, if there had not been added some contrivance in order to suspend their action whenever their service is not required, and to bring them 184 Prof. J. C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, into play, without fail or delay, whenever they are wanted. This contrivance consists in the peculiar position of the claw-joint, its articular insertion being effected on a higher plane than that of the other joints, whereby the animal is enabled, at its option, to raise the claws whilst walking or running, or suddenly to drop them and, as it were, cast anchor. Besides, in order to diminish the weight of the claw-joint when raised up, its point of insertion is removed a little upwards, so as to be actually on the upper surface of the tarsus, the joint which carries it being also cloven, partly in order to enable the animal to bring the foot-pads of that joint to a level with those of the first joints of the tarsus, partly in order to afford space for the movements of the claw-joint. However,something more is evidently necessary in order to make this mechanism work with perfect ease. Without some further contrivance, the position of the claw-joint, when raised up, would become stiff and straddling; and when turned in different direc- tions, its base would always be exposed to getting foul of the upper parts of the lobes of the cloven joint, between which it lies. The reader may realize the arrangement by keeping the first and second finger extended in such a position that they di- verge as much as possible, and then imagining that they represent the two lobes of the cloven joint, and that the long claw-joint, furnished with two moveable claws, is implanted in the middle of the slanting surface in the cleft between the two fingers. It will thus easily be understood that all difficulties and impediments to the necessary freedom and delicacy of the movement may be surmounted by inserting a small new piece between the base of the claw-joint and the point of insertion at the bottom of the cleft between the two lobes. This is in reality the expedient chosen ; and the nodule observable at the base of the claw-joint is the real penultimate joint of the tarsus, altered to such a degree in size and shape, for the purpose indicated, that many authors entirely disregard it in counting the joints of the tarsus, and describe the large cloven joint as the penultimate, although it is in reality the third from the end. That this modification of the penultimate joint in the so-called pseudo- or sub-pentamerous and -tetramerous feet has hitherto been considered enigmatical* is principally owing to the authors * One of the most learned and thinking entomologists of the present day, who, besides, has made a special and comprehensive study of the Chrysomelide, describes the reduction of the penultimate joint as “une particularité dont l’explication est impossible dans |’état actuel de nos connaissances, et qui ne le sera probablement pas moins quand nous aurons pénetré plus avant dans l’organisation de ces insectes.... I] est d’autant plus difficile de se rendre compte d’un caractére commun a un aussi with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 185 creating a difficulty for themselves by supposing erroneously the nodule at the base of the claw-joint to be entirely conti- nuous and forming one piece with the claw-joint itself. Even if it were so, this circumstance would be explicable by the con- sideration that a sole furnished with foot-pads should not be too long. It is true that this nodule, the true penultimate joint, generally (though not always) remains attached to the claw- joint when this is torn off; and this circumstance no doubt has caused the error of supposing them to form but one joint; but on closer examination a true though not always equally well- developed articulation will nevertheless be found. There are certainly many degrees in the freedom of the articulation, as well as in the size and shape of the penultimate joint; but these will in every case find their full explanation in the particular shape of the cloven joint, the varying depth of the cleft, and the steepness of its sides—a character which has hitherto been so completely overlooked in the numerous and verbose descriptions of species, that I have been able to make the first application of it for the grouping of the species of Leptura. 1a These observations, which I hope may contribute to a clearer appreciation of the herbivorous type of foot in Insects, may at the same time serve as an introduction to the following account (which I have rendered as reliable and complete as I could) of the Cerambyces hitherto found on the Danish islands, in North and South Jutland. The Cerambyces belong, as is well known, to the innumerable host of Coleoptera, of which the distinctive character, according to the systems now generally followed, lies in their possessing pseudopentamerous tarsi. Although I do not contest the expediency of retaining for the present this systematic definition, I am nevertheless unable to admit that character to be essential, because the peculiarity of structure to which it has reference is, in my opinion, not typical, but merely biological—dependent on mode of life. It nay be sufficient here to remind my readers of the restriction and reduction to which it is subjected whenever, and in proportion as, the animal is less grand nombre d’espéces, qu’on n’apergoit ici aucune relation de cause et d’effet. Il est aisé d’expliquer pourquoi tous les Subpentaméres qui se nourissent de feuilles ont des tarses larges et garnis en dessous de poils formant une brosse trés-serrée ; cette structure leur était nécessaire pour qwils pussent s’attacher avec force aux surfaces plus ou moins lisses, sur lesquelles ils se tiennent habituellement. Mais dans le cas dont il s’agit, on ne voit pas ce que l’oblitération d’un article des tarses peut avoir de commun avec le régime alimentaire.” (Lacordaire, ‘Monographie des Coléoptéres subpentameres de la famille des Phytophages,’ i. pp. 15, 16.) 186 Prof. J.C. Schjodte on the Classification of Cerambyces, in want of it—for instance, in those Curculionide and Chryso- melide which live under water (Bagous, &c., Hemonia): nay, in the case of that remarkable genus of Prionini of which the two sexes have been referred to two different genera, the female (Acanthinodera Cumingii, Hope) has naked thorny soles, whilst the soles of the male (Malloderes microcephalus, Dup.) are fur- nished with enormous foot-pads. And the same observation which holds good with regard to the systematic definition of the whole division applies equally to its distribution into families. Just as the term Pseudopentamera rather describes vaguely than defines systematically a vast division of the animal kingdom, so the family-characters of Curculiones, Cerambyces, or Chrysomele, as now understood, in reality indicate merely the different kinds of plants or parts of ‘plants chosen for the support of their young, whether it be root, stem, branch, twig, bud, leaf, flower, or fruit. Thus the general habitus of Cer ambyces i 1s evidently regulated by the circumstance that the larve are to live in the interior of stems and branches; hence their greater size, their powerful build, fit for walking, running, and flying, their long antennze and lar ge eyes—all peculiarities of structure which enable them to find the timber, or the particular spot in the timber, which has exactly the desirable degree of dryness for their offspring ; hence, likewise, the often strongly developed difference between the sexes, rendering it easier for the male to find the female; further, the incomplete development of the two lower pairs of organs of the mouth in those cases where the care for the off- spring becomes so absorbing as not to leave time for the adult animal to feed; in short, the Cerambyces show all those features of habitus which are met with in all other insects which stand in a similar relation to the forest, whatever families or orders they may belong to—as, for instance, Bombyces amongst Glos- sata and Sirices amongst Piezata. Nor is there any particular difficulty in explaining the habitus of the manifold smaller divi- sions by similar considerations. No two things could be more congenial than the habitus of a Prionus and life in the twilight of the forest or in the darkness of night; nothing more natural for the gay Leptura than sporting on flowers and sunny shrubs. But to unravel the unknown fype of which all these hitherto but loosely defined forms are modifications is quite a different pro- blem, for the solution of which far more penetrating studies are required than entomology has hitherto been able to boast of. For the present, my modest endeavour is confined to one family only, that of Cerambyces, the classification of which I have tried to place on a new basis in several respects—an attempt which ap- pears called for by the present state of things, inasmuch as it is impossible with any degree of certainty to define the groups by with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 187 the present vacillating characters of habitus; nor do these cha- racters range together all those genera which, by the structure of their essential parts, belong together. In this respect I have found it necessary to return to that point to which Fabricius carried our systematic knowledge, and to continue where he left off; for it seems to me that his pene- trating eye in this matter fixed upon the only true starting- point. Nor did this at first escape Latreille, as indeed might be expected from this excellent systematic author, whose genius, no doubt, was of the highest order, only wanting greater self- reliance. But we cannot wonder that when Latreille, in his forty-ninth year, had finished the stupendous studies of which he has succeeded in condensing the results into the four small octavo volumes of his master-work, ‘ Genera Insectorum et Crustaceorum,’ he did not, in the following years of his life, with equal energy continue these researches, but was content, in his numerous later works, to master the new material as well as it could be done by means of his old treasure of knowledge and experience. This treasure was rich enough to enable him to the last to tower far over the heads of all his contemporaries. But an attentive examination nevertheless shows that the im- mense accumulation of material which took place in the first decenniums of this century (particularly after South America became more accessible to Europeans) by degrees more and more distended, undermined, and at last entirely destroyed the classification of Latreille’s younger days. In the ‘ Régne Ani- mal’ the old structure is hardly to be recognized, half destroyed as it stands there, patched up and extended by numerous shght additions, only incompletely answering their purpose, badly harmonizing with the original simplicity ‘of the structure, obscuring and disfiguring its ‘former noble features. Where much time and labour would have been required in order to treat the new material according to the old method, the more difficult part of the work has been left undone, and new syste- matic rubrics have been inserted, with far less care than formerly. It is true that the same may, generally speaking, be said of Fabricius, on comparing those of his works which date from his earlier days with his later publications ; but the case is different, because his method, great as the progress was which it involved, nevertheless by its very nature did not allow of extension beyond a certain point without breaking down. The basis and purpose of the Fabrician method was the genus as defined by the organs of the mouth: “Genera tot sunt, quot similiter constructa in- strumenta cibaria proferunt diverse species naturales” (Philos. Ent. Dispos. § 6. 1). He did not doubt the existence of natural groups of genera (“classes”); but maintained, ‘fat nondum 188 Prof. J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, tempus est eas elaborare, quum tyrones adhuc scientie simus” (bid. § 7. 2); and it is evident that such a method would be superseded at once and belong to the past from the moment that Latreille had started the principle of natural families. Of course it is now easy enough to see that very much might nevertheless have been done by following up the method which Fabricius had so well established, particularly if he had been able to raise himself to a more physiological view of those im- portant organs on which alone he founded his genera; but surely it would have been almost a miracle if he had been able in his old age to adopt the new method—-so entirely at variance with the principles he had hitherto followed—which Savigny shortly after took up with such great success. Fabricius would not surrender his scientific supremacy ; and the consequence was that, in order to master the fast accumulating material, he was obliged to extend his genera far beyond their capability—fixed, as they had been, in a one-sided manner—and more and more to weaken the systematic importance of the characters, as may be seen in the ‘Systema Eleutheratorum.’? Nevertheless it may be said in truth that Fabricius, through his genera founded on the organs of the mouth in connexion with the excellent “ adumbrationes,” has constructed the classification of Cerambyces in all essential points as it now stands; for since then it has hardly received any improvement, save the useful observations on the relations of the coxee and trochanters which Spinola has communicated in his well-composed treatise on Prionini, but which are by no means so important as he imagined*. The only difference is that, since Latreille began to attach less systematic importance to the structure of the mouth, the study of its organs has been almost entirely neglected, and the long-winded definitions of thousands of species have been founded entirely on those external characters (as the shape and direction of the head, the position of the antenne compared with the eyes, &c.) which Fabricius had mentioned only as additions to his principal definitions. The consequence is that the classification of this family, as that of so many others, has sunk into such confusion that the differ- ence between the characters of genera and those of species is on the point of becoming effaced and reduced to a mere matter of taste, so that one might make a separate genus of every species —return, in fact, to the ante-Linnzan standing-point—without overstepping the legitimate consequences of the mode of pro- ceeding now prevailing in the classification of Cerambyces. * Dei Prioniti e dei Coleotteri ad essi pit affini Osservazioni del Marchese Massimiliano Spinola (Estr. del vol. v. ser. 2 delle Memorie della R. Acca- demia delle Se. di Torino). with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 189 FED The subjoined synoptical table shows what those peculiarities of structure are to which I have drawn attention, as well as what use I have made of them for new characters; and for the better understanding of my ideas I shall here insert a few explanatory remarks, which, however, I am obliged to keep partly in some- what general terms, in order that they may explain at one and the same time so many and such variously complicated relations, without misguiding as to the details. It is the different structure of the mouth which regulates the shape and direction of the head, the position of the antenna, the development of the limbs, the clothing (with hairs, &c.) of the integuments—in short, the whole shape and appearance of the animal. I have here indicated three types of development of the mouth, the peculiarities of which are particularly well indicated by the different development of the third pair of ap- pendages of the mouth—that is, of the stipites of the labial palpi, which either are free and moveable by themselves, or have coalesced with the lingua and thus lost their independent move- ment, or, finally, have coalesced with each other longitudinally, but not with the lingua, so as to be moveable, but only in uni- son with each other. In the first type, all parts of the mouth are freely, equally, and harmoniously developed, with the sole view of adapting them for the treatment of pollen, which in that case is the ex- clusive food of the animal. The mandibles have a vestige of an inner lobe (mala), in the shape of a sharp fold on the under surface, carrying a fringe of sete. The maxillary lobes are soft, and bordered with a brush of close soft hairs. The lingua is large and thin, divided into lobes clothed with soft close hairs ; the fulcrum lingue is triangular, and does not assume the cha- racter of a ligula, as it does not reach the extremity of the lingua; from the surface of the latter arise fringed paraglossz. In accordance with these peculiarities, the head has an elongated form, the labrum is prominent, covering the organs of the mouth from above; all parts of the animal become elongated, slender, and light, the colour gay, &c.; in short, the whole structure is adapted to a life on flowers. Of course, this com- bination presents many different gradations; and I have found it difficult to determine what systematic value I should attach to them. After much consideration, I have contented myself with distinguishing between two principal groups, according to whether the mandibles possess a molar tooth (mola), properly speaking, or not. All Cerambyces whose mouth is constructed on the model just described have a small nodule at the base of the mandibles, 190 Prof. J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, convex in some, in others (Clytus) even a little depressed in the middle, and sometimes covered with a thin felt. But quite dif- ferent from this is the large, prominent basal protuberance, with a rough upper surface, to which I give the name of a molar tooth. Besides, wherever such a molar tooth exists, there is always found inserted behind it a membranaceous lobe, clothed with felt and armed with bristles ; and the fringe on the mandi- bles above mentioned is also placed, not as usually on the fold of the mandibles itself, but on a separate narrow membrane. Mandibles so constructed indicate the highest development of the mouth on this model: all its parts are lengthened, the lingua exceedingly large and thin, and its marginal fringes, as well as those of the maxillary palpi, are crisped at their extre- mity. The head becomes still longer, and more or less en- abled to turn in all directions by the contraction of the neck, the forehead also affording sufficient room for the insertion of the antennz without blinding (by emargination) any part of the eyes. The prothorax, which in size must correspond to the narrow neck, has not room for the anterior coxe, which conse- quently protrude. In short, we have before us the Cerambycine type modified into the elegant Leptura. Second type-—But, whatever be the food of the animal and the corresponding structure of its mouth, there is still one more circumstance which regulates the form of the mandibles, viz. that the animal by their means only is enabled to work its way out of the timber at the end of its metamorphosis. The mandibles therefore are thick and strong, and furnished with a spoon- shaped excavation at their tip, even when the mouth is con- structed on the first type, just described. It is, however, evident that if this type is to be preserved, the size and strength of the mandibles cannot be increased beyond certain limits; and we find accordingly that in the case of those Cerambyces whose mouth is constructed on that type the pupa is placed tolerably near the bark, so that the perforation of the timber does not require a greater strength or size of the mandibles than is con- formable with the preservation of the characteristic features of the type and with the fitness of the mouth for taking food. It is quite a different type of mouth that we find im the powerful insects constructed for climbing, digging, and flying afar, and designed by nature to attack the giants of the forest. Here the demands upon the perforating power of the mandibles become so overwhelming that there is neither space nor time nor strength left for developing the mouth for any other pur- pose. The mandibles are increased in size and modified in shape far beyond the hmits allowed by the former type, and become clumsy saws, scissors, chisels, or pincers,—all in the service of with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 191 generation alone, and not at all im the service of nutrition. They monopolize almost the whole bulk of the muscles which the head can accommodate. The other parts of the mouth— labrum, maxille, and labium—are often, as it were, merely sketched in their development, or play the part only of pads filling up the space round the bases of the mandibles. The maxille often remain undeveloped except the palpi, and all parts and appendages of the labium coalesce. Besides, all these animals are active by night, and the large night-eyes leave hardly room enough on the small forehead for the antenne, which, as we shall explain more fully hereafter, are endowed with peculiar organs of sensation. This is the type represented by the Prion and those other forms which will be subsequently pointed out as their nearest relatives. Whilst the two types hitherto described are so far connected that the second may be described as a modification of the first, the third type, that of the Lamia, occupies a more isolated place, approaching more to the Chrysomelini. In this type we find the maxille and the labium again fully developed; but their more powerful structure, shortness, and spinulous arma- ture show that they are calculated for a more substantial kind of food than pollen. The mandibles are compressed, flat, entirely destitute of fold, frmge, membranaceous margin, or molar tooth; and although their points are well deve- loped for their special use, viz. the perforation of timber, they never assume the shape of pincers, &c., as met with in the Prionini. The lingua is undivided, or only incompletely divided, and the narrowness of the fulcrum linguz corresponds with the limited strength demanded for the support of the lingua. The labrum is visible; but, as the whole region behind the mouth (hypostoma) is abbreviated, the forehead becomes perpendicular, as indeed befits animals living, in their larval state, in slender pieces of timber, which the.perfect insect has to perforate dia- metrically. In spite of the length of the face, the space avail- able for antennz and eyes is therefore but small, and a part of the eyes is accordingly blinded. Having thus placed the organs of the mouth in the foremost rank, I proceed to notice several other peculiarities of structure which have not been taken into due consideration before, but which I think of high systematic value. Although it is a well-known and often noticed fact that Cerambyces are endowed with organs of sound, naturalists have hitherto treated these organs with less attention than they de- serve. The well-known creaking sound is produced by rubbing the sharp, downward-bent posterior margin of the pronotum against a circumscribed spot on the mesonotum, which spot 192 Prof. J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, shows interferential colours, being covered with extremely close, deep, and minute transverse striz. At the same time, the fore end of the mesonotum presents a saddle-shaped prolongation, somewhat longer than is required for the purposes of articulation. But all Cerambyces do not possess a creaking apparatus on the mesonotum. There are also mute Cerambyces, viz. all true Prioni and some other genera, as Dorcasomus, Molorchus (ex- cepting M. major, L.), and Vesperus ; and in this case the meso- notum is punctated and hairy, sometimes smooth and depressed, and the prolongation of its fore end is wanting. Of those genera Dorcasomus differs from the Prionini by the structure of its mouth, on account of which it must be ranked among Ceram- bycini, Callidium being its nearest relative. Molorchus minor, L., and M. umbellatus, L., are closely allied to Callidium ; whilst M. major has the mandibles provided with a molar tooth, and, upon the whole, in all principal points conforms with the group Lepturini. Vesperus, which has been classed with the Lepturmi by all systematic authors, on account of its contracted neck, nevertheless differs from them in every essential point, and can- not be united to any other group than the Prionimi. I have, however, given this remarkable genus a more isolated place in the system, being guided by considerations which I shall next proceed to explain, viz. the structure of its antenne. It is principally to Dugés, Erichson, Lespés, and Claparéde that we are indebted for studies of the minute structure of the antenne in Insects. I am quite of the opinion of Claparéde when this reliable and ingenious anatomist pronounces the — peculiar formations on the antennal club of the Cockchafer to be merely hairs singularly modified* ; and I would add that anatomists might have arrived at this result much earlier if they had at the outset taken into consideration other less extreme forms than the antennal club of the Cockchafer; for these remarkable forms of hair are far more commonly met with, and there are many more different types of them, than has hitherto been supposed. Amongst Tenebriones, for instance, there is such an abundance of beautiful forms and rich combinations, that the classification of this large family will come into quite a dif- ferent groove when once these features are taken into due con- siderationt. With regard to the occurrence of such hairs in Cerambyces, the following remarks may suffice. * « Sur les prétendus Organes auditifs des Antennes chez les Coléoptéres lamellicornes et autres Insectes” (Ann. des Se. Nat. 1858, x. p. 243). + In a great many Melasomata (for instance, Erodius, Pimelia, Trachy- derma, Tentyria, Elenophorus, Psammetichus) the last joints of the antennz have their apex crowned by an elegant ring of spines surrounding like a fence the tip of the joint, which resembles a cushion covered with with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 193 The antenne of the Priont appear quite bald when examined by the naked eye or by a glass of moderate power; they may be knotty and thorny, but on the very long forms of antennz not a single hair is to be discovered ; and on the short ones (Parandra, Spondylis) there are only isolated short stiff bristles, but not the close fine covering of hairs which is observed in other Cerambyces. Besides, the surface, at least of the last joints, is either dull or shows interferential colours all over or on some circumscribed spots, being covered with innumerable minute holes. By a proper preparation (for instance, by boiling a piece of an antenna well for a couple of minutes, and then making deli- eate longitudinal and transverse sections with a very thin knife), the microscope will show that these holes are cauldron-shaped depressions, carrying at their bottom a very short pellucid hair, whilst for the rest the envelope of the antenne shows the ordinary structure of the external envelope of Arthropoda, viz. a great many layers of chitine, which from the inside are perfo- rated by the roots of the hairs which had begun to grow out before those layers were formed. This description of holes, in which the hair at the bottom is invisible except by means of a strong lens, so that the surface appears bald, I propose to name pores; they are found on the under surface of the antenne, from the third to the cleventh joints, grouped in various ways, which will afford an excellent material for the circumscription and definition of genera. These arrangements may, as far as I have hitherto observed, be de- scribed as “poriferous spots” or “poriferous depressions, canals, pore-nets,” &c. (ares, fovese, foveole, canalicule, &c., poriferze), and others, of which the following instances may be mentioned :— Sponpyiis.—An oblong, somewhat depressed, poriferous spot on each joint. Tuaumasus.—A small, deep, irregular depression on each joint. pores and short hairs. In others of the same family (Hpiphysa, Physo- sterna, Adesmia, Zopherus, Eurychora, Morica, Akis, Scotobius, Asida, &c.) the pores are furnished with a short felt, and grouped in sharply cir- cumscribed spots and diamonds on the last joints of the antenne. In Scaurus these joints are entirely covered with large short-haired pores; and analogous though somewhat different arrangements are to be ob- served in Nyctobates and allied genera. Helops and many other genera have the last joints quite covered with minute hairs, no pores at all being visible outside. The arrangement in Diaperis, Uloma, and other genera with moniliform antennz, is very remarkable—the ends of the joints, sometimes also their sides, being occupied by pores of enormous size, closely and regularly placed. These few cursory indications may suffice in order to procure for this phenomenon the attention it deserves. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xv. 13 194 Prof. J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, PacrLosoma.—Many small fovez on the last joints. CrrenoscreLis.—A small oval fovea at the end of the third, fourth, and fifth joints; the following joints with a couple of fovez at the apex and one at the base, the foveze on the last joints by degrees combining into irregular longitudinal canals. SoLeNnoprerA.—A small fovea at the apex of the third joint and those next following ; a greater number on the middle joint, and on the last two joints longitudinal rows of pores. /Ecosoma.—A small poriferous spot at the apex of the third joint; a larger one at the apex of the fourth; on the fifth the same, and an additional spot at the base; on the sixth and following joints the spots at the base and apex confluent, the last joints showing a continuous poriferous surface. Avtacopus.—A group of numerous small spots at the apex of the third joint ; on the following ones the number of spots in- creases, so that the terminal end of the antenna is covered with innumerable oblong spots, as if punctated. Matxiopon.—On the third joimt a number of oblong foveolee, which gradually increase in number and length on the following joints, and finally on the last joints combine with one another so as to form partly irregular grooves, partly a net with long meshes. ACANTHINODERA.—A multitude of oblong fovez on the third and next following joints, increasing in number on the middle joints, the last bemg entirely covered with narrow poriferous furrows. Macrotoma.—On the third, fourth, and fifth joints a small pori- ferous spot at the apex; on the sixth a small spot at the base and a more elongated one at the apex; the seventh the same, but with an additional small spot at the apex; on the eighth the spots at the two extremities begin to unite, and the following joints show two or three long poriferous canals. OrtHosoma.—All the joints entirely occupied by long poriferous grooves. Naosoma.—Two small spots at the apex of the third joint; on the fourth, two at the base and two others at the apex; on the fol- — lowing joints the spots more or less confluent ; the last joints en- tirely covered with poriferous grooves. Enopiocervus.—Two small spots separated by a ridge at the apex of the third joimt; and on all the following joints two at the base and two at the top. Ereates.—A small spot at the top of the third joint; on the fourth, one at the base and two (a larger and a smaller one) at the apex; on each of the following joints two at the base and two at the top. CaLireocon.—A small spot near the apex of the third joint ; two small ones at the apex of each of the following; on the last joints also very small spots at the base; on the two last of all, two elon- gated spots. ParanprA.—KEach joint with two deep, oval, poriferous fovese sepa- rated by a sharp longitudinal ridge. ——————— ~ with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 195 PsaALIDOGNATHUS.—A small spot at the apex of the third and fourth i on the following, two long deep furrows separated by a ridge. Anaco.vus.—Two long poriferous canals on each joint. AnacantTuus.—A rather short spot on the third joint; a longer one on the fourth; on the following, two long furrows separated by a ridge. AcanTHorHorvus.—Third, fourth, and fifth joints with two spots separated by a ridge, which on the following extend to the whole length of the joints, and on the very last combine to form a con- tinuous poriferous surface. PrioNoNEMA.—Two spots on each joint, extending their whole length, and deeper in the male; on the last joint a continuous poriferous surface. Cyrtocnatuus.—Third to fifth joints flat underneath, quite co- vered with pores; on the fourth and fifth joints also a small and narrow spot on the anterior surface ; on the following a continuous’ poriferous surface. Prronus, Tracosoma.—-The whole of the antenne, excepting only the base of the third joint, covered with innumerable small oblong spots with raised intervals, having the effect of a reticula- tion. Macropont1a.—The spots innumerable, small, scattered over the whole surface, and so close to each other that the intervals form a net. Erroprervus.—The under surface of the third joint and all the fol- lowing joints entirely and closely covered with minute pores. There is a great variation in the size, depth, shape, and rela- tive position of the pores themselves. Upon the whole, they are somewhat more numerous in the males than in the females. The object of the leaf- or tooth-shaped expansion of the joints so often met with is evidently to gain increased room for pores. In all other Cerambyces the antennz are covered with hair, as in Insects generally. The hairs of the pores, being also more or less developed, are generally lost in the multitude of ordinary hairs, so that they can be distinguished only by means of the microscope. In some cases, however, they are grouped together in certain places in such a manner that they are per- ceptible by means of a moderate lens, and may be used for the purposes of classification. In those genera which form my group Asemini they are collected in spots, in the manner de- scribed below. In many Cerambycini they are set in long fur- rows along the under surface of the joint, as, for instance, in Callichroma moschata, whose black antennz, however, on ac- count of their colour, are less suitable for microscopic inspec- tion than the light-coloured antenne of several exotic species, for instance of Trachyderes. Poriferous grooves are sometimes 13* 196 Prof. J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, also observed in the group Lamiini (Diastocera, Ceroplesis) ; but in all those short, clumsy, partially apterous forms living in sand- dunes, steppes, and deserts, which are allied to our Lamia textor, the hairs of the pores are, as in this species, collected in de- pressed spots, as, for stance, in Zographus, Penthea, Dorca- morphus, Monilema, Phrissoma, Dorcadion, and Parmena. The silky, alternately dark and light covermg of the antenne of many Cerambyces is also to be taken into consideration; but for this the microscope is indispensable; and the different forms are not so sharply distinguished as to be of use for classifica- tion. For the definition of genera and species I have made use of several other peculiarities which have not hitherto been taken into proper consideration, but which require no further explana- tion here. I propose the name of “ flying-hairs” (pili volatiles) for the peculiar, long, soft hairs, pointing out from the body, which are found on the antennz and limbs, sometimes even all over the body, of certain Cerambyces. I consider it probable that their object is to facilitate the flight by giving the animal greater circumference without increasing its weight in the same degree —a view which is confirmed by the circumstance that these hairs only appear in such genera and species as by their structure in other respects seem less adapted for enduring flight. It is possible, however, that in several cases the rows of hairs found on the antennz have a different object. PY. In Callichroma moschata the metasternum is unusually large, and shows in each of its posterior angles a small, narrow, spout- shaped slit. Through these apertures a liquid secretion finds its way out, which causes the peculiar strong smell of this Cerambyz. The secretion is produced by a pair of large, flat, bilobate glands containing heaps of glandular cells, the ducts from all the cells of each heap beimg collected into a bundle. Similar apertures are observed on the metasternum of all the numerous and splendid exotic species of Callichroma, both from the Old and the New World, and besides in a series of genera from India and South Africa, particularly Pachyteria, Litopus, Promeces, and Polyzonus. These musk-beetles form a small natural subgroup of their own, united also by other charac- teristic features, and easily distinguishable by the apertures in question. The following remarks contain what I have besides to com- municate concerning the internal anatomy. It contains the results of numerous dissections of my own at an earlier period, with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 197 and of a still more considerable series of valuable dissections which Dr. Meinert, at my desire, has executed during the last few summers, and kindly placed at my disposal. The trachee are spacious, and their inner membrane, in all larger stems and branches, also in the antenne and the limbs, closely covered with long and delicate spines. The organs of digestion are differently developed, in close con- formity with the different development of the mouth, as above described, particularly with regard to the size of the stomach and the mass of salivary and intestinal glands. The digestive tube is somewhat longer and better equipped with glands in the female than in the male, but always much longer than the body —in the Lamiini as much as four times the length of the body. The salivary glands are tubiform, more or less ramified, in Leptura and Saperda forming a considerable bundle. They discharge their secretion into the pharynx, at the base of the maxillee. The cavity of the mouth has almost disappeared in the Prioni, but becomes more capacious in proportion as the lingua 1s flatter and thinner; there is an abundance of cuticular glands on the ligule and maxille. The pharynx is narrow, with cuticular spines and short sete, both roof and bottom abundantly supplied with superficial glands. The wsophayus is narrow, opening directly into the pear-shaped crop, which in the Lepturini only reaches a little way into the prothorax, but in the other groups extends further back, even into the metathorax. The crop possesses externally smooth transverse muscles, and under them striated longitudinal muscles ; the inner membrane is spinulose. The gizzard is small, with eight indistinct longitudinal folds, mostly covered with cuticular spines. The stomach occupies from one eighth (Prionus) to five eighths (Saperda) of the di- gestive canal, and runs straight when it is short; when longer, it presents several windings towards its posterior extremity; and when it is very long, as in Lamia, it is convoluted and rolled up hike a rope; it has the form of a club reversed, is more or less widened at the top, and its musculature is arranged in rect- angular squares. The glands of the stomach, in Prionus and Callidium, are restricted to the walls of this organ, but, in the other Cerambyces, are placed in numerous ceca of different sizes between the meshes of the musculature; these ceca are long and numerous over the whole stomach in the Lepturmi, generally decreasing in number and size towards the posterior extremity, where they are sometimes entirely wanting (in most Lamiini) ; in some few (Pogonocherus) the ceeca reappear on the end of the stomach. The intestine is first bent forward and upward from 198 Prof.J.C.Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, the end of the stomach, then turned back at a very sharp angle, the remainder being straight; the walls are filled with large glandular cells, the muscular membrane with thick annular muscles. The rectum is short and flat, without muscular membrane, but with a pair of long and thin muscles at the base. There are six long, closely convoluted Malpighian vessels, which unite, by degrees or all at once, in front of the sharp bend of the intestine; generally they unite by threes, and then com- bine into one common tube, which is connected with the intes- tine by a common membrane surrounding both; inside this the common tube generally divides again into single tubes by threes, which wind themselves, without uniting again, inside the covering membrane and outside the intestine, to the end of the intestine, which thereby becomes club-formed. That part of these vessels which is connected with the intestine differs in structure from that which is outside, and particularly in the extraordinary size of the glandular cells. There are two (in Prionus six) pairs of testes, which are brick-shaped, rarely globular (Callichroma), consisting of a vary- ing number of generally yellowish or reddish folliculi (6-14, Exocentrus ; 10-380, Leptura; 40, Clytus, Prionus ; 70-85, Cal- lichroma) disposed in the shape of a rosette close round a com- mon circular disk, often free, but in many species of Leptura and Saperda, and allied genera, in pairs enclosed in thin bags, which also cover part of the vasa deferentia. These latter divide themselves into a number of branches corresponding to the number of folliculi, and show sometimes (in Clytus) in their posterior part a spindle-shaped expansion. There are one or two pairs of vesicule seminales (glandular vesicles), which open at the top of the ductus ejaculatorius ; in most Lepture only one pair, short and pear-shaped, in a few (L. quadrifasciata) two short pairs; in Rhagium and Toxotus one pair, long and tubular; in Cerambycini and Lamiini two pairs—either one pair pear- shaped and the other tubular and convoluted (Prionus, Calli- dium, Exocentrus, Pogonocherus), or both short and thick (Liopus), or both convoluted and tubular, one pair being longer than the other, sometimes united at the base into one common duct (Ce- rambyx, Clytus). In Callichroma the arrangement is different : on each side there is a shorter duct divided into several branches, and a longer one divided into a great many branches, which to- gether form a greater bulk than the testes. The ductus ejacula- torus is long, the upper end large, more or less club-shaped, often divided into two heads, likewise club-shaped, each receiv- ing a separate vas deferens and a separate pair of vesicule semi- with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 199 nales. The upper part of the ductus ejaculatorius is free and convoluted; the lower portion is also convoluted, but encased in a thick muscular covering ; its lowest division commences rather wider than the rest, is broad and flat, on the outside strengthened by a pair of chitinous plates, and furnished with retracting muscles, whilst the inner surface is spinulose and carries at its extreme end a chitinous fork, in Cerambyz also warts, organs of touch. During the act of copulation the fork is fixed in the vulva, and the whole broader part of the ductus ejaculatorius is turned inside out and pushed into the vagina so far that it reaches the bursa copulatrix, whereby the small spines on the inner membrane of the ductus ejaculatorius become turned out- side with this membrane, so that they point backwards, and thus serve to keep the male organs in place during copulation. The penis is formed by two flat chitinous plates joined above and surrounded by two narrow flaps, which above form a con- tinuous ring, and underneath are joined for a part of their length. The ovaries are divided into numerous ovarian tubes, like the fingers of a hand, the number of the tubes varying from less than ten (Molorchus, Pogonocherus, Leptura ngra, 7-9) to nearly fifty (Leptura testacea, 40). The eggs are of a very elongated form, often very numerous, of considerable size when mature. The oviducts are short, their inner membrane spinulose; the common oviduct short. The bursa copulatriz appears as a pro- longation of the top of the vagina beyond the point of insertion of the common oviduct: it is short in Leptura and Clytus, of greater length and formed like a bag with a narrow neck in Rhagium, tubular in Lamia, distended towards the top end in Cerambyzx, Molorchus, Liopus, Exocentrus, Mesosa. The sperma- theca rarely round (Saperda populnea), club-shaped (S. carcha- rias, Mesosa), or elongated (Hxocentrus), but generally hook- shaped and somewhat enlarged at the base, with a strong muscle on the concave side; the inner membrane chitinized, brown, or, as in Saperda carcharias, black. The ductus spermathece opens into the vagina at the point where this is joined by the bursa copulatriz. The accessory gland is inserted on the external side and near the base of the spermatheca; its shape is different in different groups, being short and thick, more or less club-shaped, in Cerambycini and Lepturini, but long, flat, and often ramified in Lamiini; it is exceedingly long in Lamia, Mesosa, highly ramified in Ewocentrus, with more than one hundred ramifica- tions in Saperda carcharias. The ovipositor is long, slender, and constructed like a telescope; the first joimt is formed by the bending inwards of the pieces which cover the cloaca or com- 200 Prof. J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, mon vestibule, and possesses near the fore end on each side a glandulous sac producing a lubricatory secretion ; the second joint is split on the back, supported by two narrow pieces of chitine ending in a pair of delicately haired palpi. On the piece of chitine which serves as a support for the genitalia, and which is much longer in the females than in the males (reaching in the former sometimes into the very thorax), are inserted four pairs of retracting muscles, viz. one for the vagina, two for the ovipositor, and one for the segments covering the cloaca or common vestibule; the vagina receives a pair of similar muscles from these segments. There are eight abdominal ganglia, the foremost abdominal eanglion being closely joined to the third ganglion of the thorax. The cords uniting the abdominal ganglia are sometimes free and unconnected with one another, sometimes both encased in the same membrane. Vi The following systematic table is confined to the genera re- presented in the Danish fauna, but is founded, as the preceding remarks show, on investigations embracing the whole family, as far as the necessary material has been at my disposal. Con- cerning the leading features of the classification, all that is requisite has already been said, but I shall add a few remarks concerning certain mostly European genera which, according to my view, must find a place in the system different to that they have hitherto occupied. In so doing I refer, amongst the nu- merous modern books, to the useful work of Mulsant on the French species of Cerambyces, because the classification adopted at present is founded on this work, which may be considered a completion of Latreille’s last works. The exotic genera Tropidosoma, Tragocerus, Pecilopeplus, Ceroctenus, and Dorcasomus are to be removed from the group of Prionini to that of Cerambycini. Spondylis, which of late has been considered the type of a peculiar group, is to be jomed to Prionini. Rosalia has free trochanters, and corresponds both in outer shape and in all essential anatomical features to Calli- dini, from which, however, it is distinguished by a tooth on the back of the mandibles. I suppose that it is owing to merely casual circumstances (as the size and colour, together with its isolated position in the European fauna) that all authors seem to agree in placing it at the side of Callichroma, the nearest relatives of Rosalia being in reality the American genera Ortho- stoma and Campocerus. Tetropium (Criomorphus) hitherto placed in the group of Callidini, together with Asemum and with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 201 Criocephalum, hitherto placed in the group of Hesperophani, form a new closely united small group Asemini, which approaches to Prionini. Hesperophani, Clyti, Obrit, and Gracilini are all to be joined to Cerambycini. Necydalini must be dissolved, Necy- dalis joming Lepturini, Molorchus Cerambycini, both as types of distinct subtribes. Stenopterus is closely allied to Callidini. Lamiini find their place at the end of the family, being con- sidered more allied to Chrysomelini than any other Cerambyces; and the genera of Lamiini are to be distributed between the principal subgroups in a manner differing from the hitherto adopted division into Lamiz and Saperde. Vesperus has to be removed far from Lepturini, and to form a peculiar group of its own between Asemini and Prionini, with which latter it might be united but for the structure of the antenne. The genera Rhagium, Toxotus, Pachyta, and Leptura must be defined in a new manner, entailing a redistribution of species. Rhamnusium is to be removed to Callidini from Lepturini, where authors have hitherto placed it, misled, no doubt, by its deceptive ha- bitus: it is, in truth, of all Callidini the one most nearly approaching Lepturini. Amongst the crowd of external characters hitherto used for the classification of the family, but, in my opinion, so floating and so variously combined that they oftener mislead than guide us aright in seeking definite and reliable distinctive characters for systematic divisions, there is one which has done more mis- ehief than any other, viz. the abbreviation and narrowimg of the elytra. Just as all natural groups contain genera with dif- ferent position of antenne, different shape of hips, and differently developed neck, so most, and perhaps all, groups contain in- stances of abbreviated or narrow elytra; even amongst Saperde such may be found, viz. amongst the Indian species and those from tropical Africa (S. atricornis, Fabr.). Necydalini and Stenopterus have been mentioned already. Odontocera, Rhino- tragus, and Oregostoma are, on the contrary, allied to Clytus, excepting certain species now ranked among Oregostoma (O. al- bicans, K1., and others), but which really belong to quite distinct subtribes of Cerambycini, seeing that their second pair of coxze are quite surrounded by the mesosternum and metasternum, and are not reached by the epimera mesothoracica. In this respect the species in question agree with Jbzdiinz, which may be cha- racterized by this peculiarity of their second pair of coxe and by their round anterior coxe with obtected trochanters. Among Lamiini the same characters are met with m the American spe- cies of Colubothea, but not in those of India, which moreover differ by the shoulders of their elytra catching the epimera mesothoracica by means of a process, and by legs of another type. 202 Prof. J.C. Schjodte on the Classification of Cerambyces, SYSTEMATIC TABLE OF THE DANISH CERAMBYCES. I. Stipites palporum labialium fixi, basi concreti, lingue adnati. Lingua coriacea vel cornea, brevis, pilosa; ligula et paraglossz cum lingua confuse. Male mazxillarum coriacee vel corner, pilose. Mandibule fimbria et mola carentes. Trochantini detecti. 1. Mesonotum mutum. A. Antenne porifere. PRIONINI. * Antenne pilose, filiformes, compressze, areis poriferis magnis, oblongis, concayviusculis, in articulo 3-11™° infra sitis. JJazille malis binis, minutissimis, coriaceis. Lin- gua biloba. Pedes fossorii. LHpisterna metathoracica acuminata. -Prothorax muticus cordatus. Sponpy is, Fabr. (S. buprestoides, L., rarat.) ** Antenne glabre, setaceze, serrate, areis poriferis numerosis reticulate. Mazille mala interiore nulla, exterlore angusta, porrecta, cornea. Lingua truncata. Pedes fossovii. Episterna metathoracica truncata. Pro- thorax utrinque tridentatus. Prionus, Geoffr. (P. coriarius, L., frequ.) B. Antenne sericate. VESPERINI. (Nulli in Dania.) 2. Mesonotum crepitans. C. Antenne pilose, areis sensilibus obscuris, in articulo 5—11™° infra sitis. .Pedes cursorii. ASEMINI. *Femora petiolato-clavata. Oculi divisi. Palpi securi- formes. Lingua biloba. Antenne dense verticillato- pilosze. Trrrorium, Kirb. (T. luridum, L., fr.; T. fuscum, Fabr., m. fr.) + Some of the species here described as rare have hitherto been found only on pine-timber imported from Norway, Sweden, or Germany. How- ever, as a great many species originally thus imported are now common in the Danish pine-forests, no remark has here been made on doubtful cases. with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 203 ** Femora fusiformia, compressa. Oculi emarginati. Palpi clavati. Lingua biloba. Antenne dense pilose, in mare infra lanuginosze. CriocePHALUM, Dej. (C. rusticum, L., r.; C. epibata, Schjodte, r.t) *** Femora fusiformia, compressa. Oculi emarginati. Palpi clavati. Lingua truncata. Antenne brevissime pilose. Asrmum, Eschsch. (A. striatum, L., fr.) Il. Stipites palporum labialium mobiles, discreti, in fulerum labii retractiles. Lingua tenuis, pellucida, biloba, setulosa, lobis barbatis; ligula triangularis, pilosa; paraglosse anguste, rectee, dense barbate. Palpi articulo ultimo apice truncato, securiformi vel fusiformi. Mandibule fimbriate. Stipites maxillares triangulares. (Epimera mesothoracica coxas attingentiaf.) 1. Mandibule membrana et mola carentes. Male mavillarum margine membranacee, pilis directis dense barbate. Lingua lata, lobis divaricatis, barba directa. Hypostoma processu mentigero brevissimo. CERAMBYCINI. A. Trochantini antici obtecti. a. Prothorax spinosus. Mandibule dentatee, oblongee. a. Glandule odorifere nulle. Aree sensiles antennarum nulle. * Mala interior maxillarum brevis, oblique truncata, exterior producta, apice dilatata. Pronotum transverse plicatum. Crrampyx, L. (C. cerdo, L., fr.) + This new species, of which two specimens have been found (supposed to have been imported with foreign timber) may coincide with some of the vaguely described North-American species introduced by Kirby, Randall, and Leconte ; or, if European, with C. polonicum, Motschoulski, or C. fe- rum, Dej. It differs from C. rusticwm by its darker colour, much more slender limbs and antenne, by the antennz being shorter in proportion to the elytra, and by the hind tarsi beimg much narrower and longer in pro- portion to the tibize (the proportion being 7 to 11 in C. rusticum, but 9 to 11 in C. epibata), the third joint of the hind tarsi also being bilobate in C. rusticum, but merely emarginate in C. epibata. Besides, the large im- pressed points observable on the elytra of C. rusticum are hardly to be perceived in C. epihata. { This character distinguishes the following genera from certain forms which are not mentioned, being not represented in the Danish fauna, as Ibidiini and the American Colobothee. (See above.) 204 Prof.J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, B. Glandule odorifere orificio arytenoideo in angulo utroque posteriore metasterni. Aree sensiles antennarum canalicu- late. * Male mazillarum anguste, acuminate. Pronotum tuber- culatum. CaLuicHroma, Latr. (C. moschata, L., fr.) 6. Prothorax inermis. Mandibule obscure dentate, brevius- culee. a. Prothorax globosus. * Palpi securiformes. Elytra integra. Cryrtvus, Fabr. (C. lictatus, L., r.; C. arcuatus, L., v. ; C. detritus, L., rr.; C. arietis, L., fr.; C. mysticus, L., fr.t) B. Prothorazx elongatus. ** Palpi maxillares producti, securiformes; labiales articulo ultimo fusiformi. GRAcILtiA, Serville. (G. minuta, Fabr., ex Europa meridional: introducta.) B. Trochantini antici detecti. a. Mesonotum mutum. * Elytra decurtata. Palpi articulo ultimo fusiformi. Antenne et tibi@ pilis volatilibus. Femora petiolato-clavata. Motorcuvs, Fabr. (M. dimidiatus, Fabr., fr.; M. umbellatarum, L., r.) + The species are thus distributed:—1. Tibize without flying-hairs ; prothorax, together with the under surface of the body and the thighs, with flying-hairs; the first five joimts of the antenne with a few scattered stiff hairs underneath ; prothorax longer than broad, the middle part broadest, the sides steeply arched: ¢, hind thighs reaching the extremity of the elytra; 9, hind thighs not reaching the extremity of the elytra: (a) forehead vaulted, with a broad, sulcated, longitudinal keel; antennz filiform (C. liciatus): (b) forehead flatly depressed; antennz setiform, obscurely dentated (C. arcuatus, C. detritus). 2. Fore and middle tibiz with long flying-hairs on their hind side; head, prothorax, base of elytra, underside of the body and back side of the thighs with long flying-hairs ; antennee thicker at top, the first five jomts showimg on the under surface a few scattered long bristles; prothorax as broad as long, broadest in the middle; forehead flat (C. arietis). 3. All three pairs of tibize with long flying-hairs at their hind side; head, prothorax, base of elytra, under side of the body and back side of the thighs with long flying-hairs; antennz setiform, first seven joints with a few long scattered bristles on their under- side ; pronotum broader than long, broadest before the middle; forehead flat (C. mysticus). with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 205 6. Mesonotum crepitans. * Femora petiolato-clavata. Antenne et tibie pilis volatilibus. Palpi securiformes. Collum nullum. Cauurpium, Fabry. (C. Bajulus, L., fr.; C. undatum, L.,r.; C. Alni, L., rv. ; C. violaceum, L., m. fr.; C. sanguineum, L., v.35 C. variabile, L., fr.; C. clavipes, Fabr., r.+) ** Femora fusiformia. Antenne et tibie inermes. Palpi cla- vati. Collum distinctum. (Epimera metathoracica ad coxas decurtata f.) Ruamnvusium, Megerle. (R. Salicis, Fabr., rr.) 2. Mandibule membrana instructee fimbriata molaque magna, corona planiuscula, apice crispa. Lingua ampla, lobis con- tiguis, margine rotundatis, barba apice crispa. Hypostoma utrinque a genis separatum, processu mentigero distincto. Epimera metathoracica coxas supertegentia. LEPTURINI. a. Mola mandibularum seriatim mucronulata. Elytra integra. a, Tarsi postici articulis prioribus tribus scopuliferis. Collum obtuse constrictum. * Prosiernum crassum, apice tumidum. Venter carinatus. Ruaeium, Fabr. (R. mordaz, Fabr., m. fr.; R. inquisitor, L., fr.; R. in- dagator, Fabr., fr. ; R. bifasciatum, Fabr., m. fr.) ** Prosternum angustum. Venter carina media nulla. Toxotus, Meg. (T. cursor, L., fr.; 7. meridianus, L., fr.; T. 4-macu- latus, L., x.; T. interrogations, L., rr.) £ Tarsi postici articulo tertio scopulifero. * Collum obtuse constrictum. Oculi integri. Pacuyta, Meg. (P. collaris, L., yr.) + The species are thus grouped :—1. Epimera metathoracica continued beyond the hip; the fore hips distant from each other (C. Bajulus, C. un- datum). 2. Epimera metathoracica not reaching the hind hips : (a) the fore hips close to each other; the coxal process of the metathorax sharp (C. Alni, C. violaceum, C. sanguineum, C. variabile): (b) fore hips separated by a narrow process; the coxal process of the metathorax broad, with an obtuse point ; elytra thinly covered with very short close-lying hairs; the flying-hairs of the tibiee rather short (C. clavipes). { This character separates Rhamnusium from the first division of Calli- dium. (See preceding note.) 206 Prof, J.C. Schjédte on the Classification of Cerambyces, ** Collum acute constrictum. Oculi emarginati. Lertura, L. (L. livida, Fabr., m. fr. ; ZL. ruficornis, Fabr., fr.; L. preusta, Fabr., r.; L. levis, Fabr., fr.; L. 8-macu- lata, Fabr., m. fr.; L. virens, L.,r.; L. scutellata, Fabr., fr. ; Z. sanguinolenta, L., fr. ; L. testacea, L., fr.; L. aurulenta, Fabr., r.; L. 4-fasciata, L., fr. ; L. armata, Herbst (= L. calcarata, L. subspinosa, and L. sinuata, Fabr.), fr.; £. atra, Fabr., fr. ; L. nigra, L., fr.; L. melanura, L., fr. ; L. revestita, L., r.; Z. attenuata, L., r.+) 6. Mola mandibularum indigeste mucronulata. Elytra de- curtata. * Tarsi postici articulo secundo et tertio scopuliferis. Abdomen petiolatum. Collum acute constrictum. Nercypa.is, L. (N. ichneumonea, De Geer., rr.) + These species are thus grouped :—l. The extremity of the elytra rounded, the deep impressed line along the seam whole and continued round the extremity of the elytra so as to join the marginal line: (a) the hind thighs not reaching beyond the end of the abdomen; a, third joint of the hind tarsi bilobate; the base of the prothorax with obsolete depres- sions in the corners, but without a transverse depression across the middle : (*) cheeks as long as clypeus; hind corners of pronotum forming right angles; antennz thicker towards the top (L. liwida): (**) the cheeks much shorter than the clypeus; hind corners of pronotum with a short pointed process, turned outwards; antenne filiform (L. ruficornis, L. pre- usta); 8, apex of third joint of hind tarsi emarginate ; cheeks shorter than the clypeus; hind corners of pronotum with a very short pomted process, turned outwards; antennz thicker towards the tip (L. levis): (bd) the hind thighs reach some way beyond the apex of the abdomen; cheeks as long as clypeus; third jomt of the hind tarsi emarginate; pronotum con- stricted closely in front of the hind corners, which are furnished with a short, pointed, flat process; antennze filiform (I. 8-maculata). 2. The points of the elytra truncated and emarginate ; the linear depression along the seam interrupted at the points; cheeks as long as, or longer than, cly- peus: (a) hind corners of pronotum forming right angles, without pro- cesses; third joint of hind tarsi deeply emarginate (L. virens): (5) pro- notum contracted closely in front of the hind corners, which show a short blunt process; ¢, antennz obsoletely dentated from 5th to 10th joint; last abdominal joint bidentate ; 92, last jomt of abdomen emarginate, and third jomt of hind tarsi bilobate (L. scutellata): 8, third jomt of hind tarsi deeply emarginate (L. sanguinolenta, L. testacea): (c) hind corners of pronotum with long pointed processes corresponding in shape to the shoulders of the elytra; third joint of hind tarsi emarginate, and pronotum with a deep transverse impression in front of the base (L. aurulenta, L. 4-fasciata, L. armata, L. atra) ; 8, pronotum without any transverse im- pression, but with a slight depression in each hind corner (L. nigra, L. melanura, L. revestita, L. attenuata). with particular regard to the Danish Fauna. 207 III. Stipites palporum labialium fixi, toti concreti, im apice fuleri prominentes. Lingua coriacea vel cornea, cordata, spinulosa ; ligula acuminata, setosa; paraglosse confuse cum lingua. Male mazillarum spinulose, exterior angusta, cornea. Man- dibule fimbria et mola carentes. Palpi filiformes, articulo ultimo acuminato. Stipites mazillares quadrati, margine ex- teriore repando. Tibie antice imtra oblique canaliculatz. Calcaria brevissima. LAMIINI. 1. Cove antice globose ; trochantinis obtectis. Femora petio- lata, clavata. Prothorax spinosus. Tibie intermediz tuber- culate. Antenne anuulatee. A. Pedes inzequales, sensim crescentes. Tarsi postici articulo ; =u ? primo longiore quam secundo. a. Coxe antice distantes. Frons planiuscula. #. Tarsi postici articulo tertio scopulifero. Antenne inermes. * Antenne longissime. Lingua profunde incisa. Astynomvs, Dej. (A. edilis, L., m. fr.; A. griseus, Fabr., r.; A. costatus, Fabr., r.) ** Antenne product. Lingua emarginata. Liorvs, Serv. (L. nebulosus, L., fr.) B. Tarsi postici articulis prioribus tribus scopuliferis. * Antenne pilis volatilibus. Lingua profunde incisa. Elytra apice truncata. ACANTHODERES, Serv. (A. varius, Fabr., r.) b. Coxee anticve contiguee. * Frons convexa. Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo attenuato. Antenne pilis volatilibus. Lingua emarginata. Exocrntrvs, Meg. (E. balteus, L., m. fr.) B. Pedes equales. Tarsi postici articulo primo et secundo zequalibus. * Coxe antice distantes. Antenne pilis volatilibus. Frons planiuscula. Lingua vix emarginata. Pa/lpi articulo ultimo attenuato. PoconocHERus, Meg. (P. fasciculatus, Fabr., r.; P. hispidus, Faby., m. fr. ; P. pilosus, Fabr., fr.) 208 Prof. J.C. Schjodte on the Classification of Cerambyces, 2. Cove autice conic, trochantinis detectis. A. Prothoraz spinosus. Tibie intermediz tuberculate. a. Antenne inermes. Femora fusiformia. * Antenne crass, corpore breviores, foveolate, sericate, infra arearum sensilium duplici serie impresse. Lingua cornea, crassa, truncata. Frons convexiuscula. Tibie postice crassee, tuberculate. Lamia, Fabr. (L. textor, L., fr.) ** Antenne producte, infra arearum sensilium duplici serie impress, maris granulose, foemine sericeo-annulate. Lingua apice retusa, laciniis acutis. Frons planiuscula. Tibie posticee crassie, apice tomentosze. Monocuamvs, Latr. (M. sutor, L.,r.; M. sartor, Fabr., r.) 6. Antenne pilis volatilibus. * Femora petiolato-clavata. Lingua emarginata. Lerarcus, Schjédte. (L. fennicus, Payk., r.) B. Prothorax inermis. Femora fusiformia. . - 263 in the summer of 1863. Mr. Macalister availed himself of the opportunity, and has laid before the Royal Irish Academy such results of his dissections as seemed to him most worthy of record. My own attention was directed especially to the investigation of the muscular mechanism of the leg of the Ostrich, which I have long regarded as one of the most interesting pieces of mechanism in the animal kingdom. I was fortunate enough to discover, in the digastric rectus femoris muscle, what I believe to be the key to the explanation of the complicated muscular apparatus of the Ostrich’s leg. The leg of the Ostrich is to be regarded as a long rod bent at four distinct points, which attains its greatest amount of shorten- ing or bending at the moment the foot touches the ground, and which is suddenly straightened or elongated by the simultaneous contraction of all the muscles. The effect of the sudden elonga- tion of the leg is to throw the whole body of the bird forward, as if from a catapult, from the point of support of the foot; and while the body of the animal is thus projected through the air, the antagonist muscles that flex the several joints come into - play, and are assisted in their action by some very remarkable contrivances in the heel-joint, which I shall describe and figure. It is necessary to the perfection of the mechanism that the greatest possible amount of muscular force shall be expended in straightening or unbending the legs, alternately projecting the animal from foot to foot along the ground, the leg being at its maximum of flexure at the moment of touching the ground, and at its maximum of elongation at the moment of leaving it; and also that the minimum possible amount of force shall be ex- pended in flexing each leg preparatory to its next spring, which must take place on its next touching the ground. I shall show that the leg of the Ostrich fulfils these two con- ditions of perfect mechanism; but, before doing so, I shall de- scribe in detail the muscles employed by the Ostrich in the act of running. Part I. Description of the Muscles. 1. A muscle, which must be regarded as a combined tensor vaginee femoris, gluteus maximus, and agitator caudz, takes its origin from the whole length of the posterior edge of the ilrum (and first two caudal vertebrae) forwards to the commencement of the symphysis iliaca (Pl. VI. fig. I.), and is imserted as fol- lows :—(a) The tensor vagine portion is inserted into a broad tendon, passing over the outer side of the knee, this tendon forming also one of the origins of the gastrocnemius. (b) The gluteal portion of the muscle is inserted partly like (a), and 264 Rev. 8S. Haughton on the Muscular Mechanism partly by a muscular slip into the middle of the vastus externus, (c) The caudal portion of this muscle is inserted into the pos- terior border of the tendon (a), near the knee. The weight of the whole muscle is 462 oz. 2. The gluteus medius has the origin marked in fig. L., on the surface of the ilium, and is inserted in the small pit on ‘the outside of the head of the femur (Pl. VII. fig. IT.), and rather behind. Its weight is 131 oz. 3. The gluteus minimus in the Ostrich is correctly so named, for it is a very small muscle ; it arises from a thin line on the ilium, 12 inch in length, shown in fig. I., just behind the origin of the iliaeus, and is inserted, with the opponens quadra ato femoris, below the great trochanter, on the front of the femur (fig. II.). Its weight is 1 oz. 4. The biceps femoris has a bony origin below that of the glutzeus maximus on the ilium, and hes along the entire surface of the bone, between that muscle and the semimembranosus (fig. I.) ; it is mserted into the tubercle in the middle of the fibula (fig. V.). Its weight is 414 oz. 5. The semitendinosus takes its origin from the bony promi- nence of the posterior extremity of the ilium, from the tuber ischii and the membrane that joins these two points (fig. I.), and is inserted into the inner margin of the upper and _ posterior surface of the tibia. Its weight is 14 oz. A remarkable accessory muscle arises from the insertion of the adductor magnus (fig. II.) in the femur, and is fastened into the tendon of the semitendinosus near its msertion into the tibia; this accessory muscle weighs ] oz., and runs nearly at right angles to the tendon of the semitendinosus. Its action is to lift and guide the tendon, so as to increase the force of the semitendinosus in propelling the body forwards when the foot is fixed. The mechanical use of this muscle is similar to that of the accessorius flexori digitorum longo in the sole of the human foot. ; 6. The semimembranosus has its origin on the ilinm, below the biceps, as shown in fig. I., and it is mserted in a line com- mencing at the top of the linea aspera of the femur (figs. II., II1.), and extending to the fascia of the thigh down as far as the inner side of the knee. Its weight is 17 oz. The similarity of its use to that of the gluteus (1) is shown by the circumstance that it sends a slip (14 oz.) backwards to the sides of the first two or three caudal vertebrae, which must be regarded as an additional agitator caude. 7,8. The vastus externus is composed of two parts :—(1) having an inverted T-shaped origin from the great trochanter, between the insertions of the gluteus medius and minimus (fig. IT.) ; itis of the Leg of the Ostrich. rN 265 inserted on the outer side of the capsule of the knee-joint.. Its weight is 254 oz. Its action is to the outside of the plane that coincides with the greatest diameter of the highly elliptical cross section of the femur. (2) arises from the whole outer surface of the femur (fig. II.) ; it has an insertion similar to that of (1). Its weight is 5 oz. 9, 10. The vastus internus, like the preceding, is composed of two parts, whose origins are shown in fig. III. (1) arises from the upper and inner surface of the femur, and is inserted into the inner side of the head of the tibia, into the inner edge of the patella and of the ligamentum patella. Its weight is 131 oz. (2) arises from the lower portion of the inner surface of the femur, and is inserted into the tendon of the former, (1). Its weight is 32 oz. The resultant plane of these two muscles lies as much to the inside of the plane of maximum strength of the femur as that of the vasti externi lies to the outer side of the same plane, 1]. M. crureus. Its origin, which les altogether on the inner side of the femur, is shown im fig. III. It is inserted, with- out a tendon, into the patella. Its weight is 74 0z. Its plane of moment coincides very nearly with that of the vasti interni just described; and it is almost impossible to avoid coming to the conclusion that the peculiar elliptical cross section of the femur and its longitudinal plane of maximum strength are contrived with reference to the strains of these muscles, so as to enable the slight and delicate structure of the femur (peculiar to all birds) to resist the action of the forces brought to bear upon it, and which exceed in magnitude those acting on the limbs of most quadrupeds. 12, The rectus femoris muscle is not correctly described in any book that I have seen; and its true nature and connexion with the muscles of the calf were discovered by me quite acci- dentally. I had taken it for granted that the rectus femoris terminated in the patella; but, as there were two patellas, I wished to know in which of them the muscle terminated. On dissection, to my surprise I found that, instead of ending in either patella, its tendon passed in a groove over and between them both, and, turning outwards and backwards into the calf of the leg, became provided with a second muscular belly, which formed one of. the portions of the flexor magnus digitorum, the conjoined tendon of which passed under the heel and termi- nated in the plantar surface of the toe. The rectus femoris, with its tendon, is therefore truly a di- gastric muscle, upwards of 5 feet in length (fig. IV.), and has its origin in the anterior bony prominence of the ilium (fig. L.), which is well marked on every pelvis of the Ostrich that I have 266 Rev. 8. Haughton on the Muscular Mechanism seen.. The weight of the fleshy belly of the rectus femoris pro- per is 7+ 02. 13. M. sartorius. This important and remarkable muscle arises from the anterior portion of the ilium (fig. I.), and from some of the spines of the lumbar vertebre, and, passing in the usual manner across the inner aspect of the thigh, is inserted into the inner side of the ligamentum patelle and into the top of the tibia. Its weight is 18 oz. 14, M. iliacus has a lozenge-shaped origin on the anterior portion of the illum, between the opponens quadrato femoris and gluteus minimus (fig. I.). Its insertion into the femur is shown in fig. IIT., at a point which must be supposed to represent the lesser trochanter. Its weight is 12 oz. 15. M. gracilis arises, like the semitendinosus, from the tuber ischii and from the lower half of the ligament joining it to the posterior spine of the ilium, and is inserted into the fascia of the inner side of the knee-joint. Its weight is 44 oz. 16. M. adductor magnus arises from the anterior half of the ischial line (fig. I.), and is inserted into the upper margin of the condyloid pit at the back and inner side of the femur (fig. IL.). Its weight is 43 0z. Its fibres were pale and fatty in the speci- men dissected by me. 17. M. pectinzeus arises from the pectineal point (fig. L.), is inserted into the tibia on the inner side of the knee, and is intimately connected by muscular fibres with the vastus internus (2). Its weight is 40z. The blending of the fibres of this muscle with those of the vastus internus, a portion of which, like this muscle, terminates directly in the tibia, is not to be forgotten in considering the mechanical action of the muscles on the hip- and knee-joints. 18. M. quadratus femoris has an origin on the ischial line just below that of the adductor magnus, and an insertion, of a linear shape, in the back of the upper portion of the femur, shown in fig. II. Its weight is 23 oz 19. M. opponens quadrato femoris. This muscle I have so named because it is met with in many animals as the direct opponent of the quadratus femoris. In the muscular systems of the Ostrich and Lion this antagonism between the muscles is very striking. It is found occasionally in human subjects, and is described by Harrison under the name of M. ilio-capsularis. While we had the Ostrich in the dissecting-room of Trinity College, a human subject was brought in, which had the ilio- capsular muscle fully developed ; and my attention was called to it by Dr. Bennett. In the Ostrich the M. opponens has an origin on the anterior surface of the ilium, between those of the Mm. sartorius, rectus, of the Leg of the Ostrich, 267 iliacus, and gluteus medius, as shown in fig. I., and is inserted in the anterior ridge at the base of the great trochanter, with the M. gluteus minimus (fig. IT.), with the fibres of which it is connected. It weighs 13 oz. 20. M. obturator. In the Ostrich, as in most birds, the internal and external obturator muscles are united, arising from both the inside and the outside of the bony circumference of the obturator foramen, and from both sides of the obturator mem- brane ; their common tendon passes through the lesser ischiadie notch, which forms a pulley, changing the direction of the force through 90°, and receives, on emerging from the notch, the fibres of the little gemelli (fig. I.), placed at each side, anterior and posterior, to guide the obturator tendon to its insertion (fig. IT.) on the outer part of the top of the femur. It weighs 174 oz. 21, 22. MM. gemelli weigh + oz. 23. M. coraco-clavicularis. In the wing of the Ostrich there is a very remarkable muscle, which arises from the bony margin of the coraco-clavicular foramen. This foramen corresponds, in the upper extremity, with the ischiado-pubic or obturator foramen of the lower extremity ; and this muscle, passing under a strap- ligament on the shoulder, to be inserted in the outer part of the great tuberosity of the humerus, corresponds with the obturator muscle of the leg. I consider this muscle to be the second pectoral of ordinary birds, and to be the proper levator humeri. It is usually placed between the first and third pectorals, on the sternum, and lifts the wing by means of a pulley which changes its direction through 135°. This contrivance is necessary in birds of flight, in which it is of as much importance to stow the weight aft as it is in ships to place the fore mast well forward; but as the Ostrich is a running bird, the Divine Contriver has left his second pectoral to lift the humerus by a direct pull, without expending any ingenuity on pulleys to change its direction, as is absolutely necessary in birds of powerful flight, such as the Fal- con, in which the pulley of the second pectoral is as remarkable a contrivance as the pulley of the obturator muscle in the Ostrich. In fact, throughout the whole range of the muscular mechanism of various animals, every pulley changing the direction of an original force presents a problem to be solved, and tells of a Contriving Mind, which has deviated, for some purpose discover- able by us, from the simple contrivance of muscular fibres pull- ing directly from their origin to their insertion. 24. M. gastrocnemido-soleus. This great muscle has four distinct heads :—(a) from the outer side of the patella and of the ligamentum patelle; (b) from the external condyle of the femur (fig. II.) ; (c) from the condyloid pit of the inner condyle, 268 ‘Rey. S. Haughton on the Muscular Mechanism between the adductor magnus and flexor digitorum (fig. IT.) ; (d) from the tubercle of the tibia, at both sides, and from the surface of the lower patella, and, by means of a fascia, to the upper part of the fibula. Altogether it weighs 1154 oz. This enormous mass of muscles represents the gastrocnemius and solzus, intimately connected in their fleshy portion, but distinct both in origin and insertion. It is inserted, as shown in fig. V., by means of two powerful tendons, into the upper and back part of the metatarsus, the tendon of the soleus bemg a little above that of the gastrocnemius. It may be regarded as acting from the circumference of a ring placed all round the knee-joint, to the tendo Achillis; and its resultant pull is nearly in the axis of the leg. 25. MM. flexores digitorum. These important muscles may, in the Ostrich, be divided into two distinct groups. ibralis antics 3... foc, aetna cle » | [B45 4, Extensor digitorum communis...... 5°25 14:00 * If we knew the weight of the Ostrich, and the length to which it can spring in a single maximum stride, we could easily calculate the work done in a single effort by a given weight of Ostrich-muscle. I do not know how far an Ostrich in a state of nature can spring, nor how high, and am therefore unable to make the required calculation; but I give here two corresponding problems for man, which may be interesting to the physio- logist. ‘Problem 1. A cricket-ball, weighing 53 oz., is thrown a distance of 91 yards; find the work done by the muscles. The thrower, by practice, finds the angle of maximum range, or 45°; and as R=2hsin 2e for the maximum range, h, the height due to the velocity of projection, is found to be 136°5 feet. This is the height to which 53 oz. are raised ; and therefore the work done is found to be 46°92 lbs. lifted through 1 foot. Problem 2, A young man, weighing 120 lbs., leaps horizontally 20 feet ; what is the work done? By the same method of calculating, we find the work done, in this case, to be 1200 lbs. lifted through 1 foot. This large amount of work is not given out in a single spring ; for it represents the sum-total of the single spring and of the velocity acquired in running up to the point of starting; and the whole art of long jumps resolves itself into jumping vertically with a velocity equal to the acquired horizontal velocity, and making both quantities a maximum. of the Leg of the Ostrich. 271 From this it would appear that the moments of the muscles flexing the joints of the limb during the spring are represented by 33°75 oz. This is a small amount of force compared with that employed in extension and in propelling the body forwards ; but the flexor muscles are aided by inertia and by a special contrivance in the heel-joint that remains to be described. The articulating surfaces of the bottom of the tibia and top of the metatarsus or cannon bone are so formed that it is easier to flex the joint forwards than backwards; and this natural dis- position of the joint is further aided by two admirably con- trived check ligaments, shown in figs. VI., VII., which render the motion forwards much easier than that backwards. In fig. VI. I have shown the tendons of M. gastrocnemius and M. soleus, and in fig. VII. the tendons of the flexores digitorum communes, passing under and through the tendon of M. gastro- enemius. In fig. VI. are also shown the tendons of M. tibialis anticus and M. extensor digitorum communis passing through a common “ dead-eye”’ bolt at A—a contrivance necessary to keep them in their place on the flexure of the heel-joint, and corresponding with the annular ligament of the human foot. In consequence of the arrangements just described, the foot of the Ostrich is jerked forward suddenly, after passing a position of unstable equilibrium, or “dead-point,” as it is called by mechanical engineers, and is slowly drawn backwards beyond that point by the action of the powerful extensors of the joint when they are employed in making a spring. Any observer who examines the gait of the Ostrich, Kmu, Cassowary, or Rhea, in confinement, cannot fail to be struck with the ungainly effect produced, on the appearance of the animal, when walking slowly, by the abrupt and odd-looking lifting of the foot, caused by the structure of the heel-joint, giving an effect like that of “string-halt” in horses; but this unpleasing impression would be rapidly converted into admira- tion if he could see the bird in rapid motion over rough ground, springing from foot to foot, and bending with the rapidity of lightning the foot as it left the ground, avoiding skilfully and without an apparent effort the dangers of the rough soil. I have been informed by eye-witnesses that, under such circum- stances, the Ostrich in South Africa almost touches the ground with its body alternately on each side, in every successive spring, and leaps with ease over rocks and shrubs of moderate dimen- sions that lie in its onward path. I have shown, in the preceding part of this paper, that the force expended in propelling the body of the Ostrich forward is 272 On the Muscular Mechanism of the Leg of the Ostrich. ten times the force employed in restoring the legs of the animal preparatory to its next spring—more exactly, as 335°5 to 33°75, This enormous force acts on bony supports which are required, by the necessities of a bird’s existence, to be as delicate and light as possible; and it is, moreover, exerted almost instanta- neously, so as to give the fullest effect to the bird’s spring. The question naturally arises, How is this force to be suddenly applied, without breaking or dislocating the animal’s leg? The answer to this question is to be found in the peculiar structure of the rectus femoris muscle, which binds down the patellee, straps up the heel, and brings the whole machine into harmony at the moment that the spring is about to take place. The admirable mechanical economy of the leg of the Ostrich — may be illustrated by the parallel case of the Cornish pumping- engine. Let us suppose a 100-inch cylinder engine about to commence its downward stroke, and to lift the pump-rods, weighing many tons, by means of a force of steam which com- mences at a maximum and is gradually let off by expansion to a safe and manageable quantity. It has been found by experi- ence that it is necessary to cause a minute vibration of the beam before letting on the full force of the steam, such vibration shaking all the nuts and pins into their proper positions before the great and sudden action of all the parts takes place; and if such a precaution were to be omitted, it is well known that the sudden impulse of the steam would break the engine. In the leg of the Ostrich the rectus femoris muscle supplies the place of the preliminary vibration ; it acts before the extensor muscles come into full play; it binds down the two patella, braces up the heel-joint, and gives the signal for the gastrocne- mido-soleeus and other associated muscles to contract, and thus produces what may be regarded as one of the most striking phenomena in nature—viz. that the delicate bones and liga- ments of a bird’s leg, acted on by muscles equal to those influ- encing the hind leg of a horse, shall remain uninjured under the sudden action of forces the slightest error in the appli- cation of which would break to pieces the machine on which they act. I can admire, though I do not envy, the reasoning powers of those naturalists who can believe that a mechanism such as this grew out of preexisting forms, without the direct interposition of an Intelligent Mind; and for myself I must declare that I could as easily believe that the modern Cornish engine had developed itself from its clumsy predecessors by the way of Natural Law, and without the interposition of intelligent engineers, as that the leg of the Ostrich was produced by Natural Selection from the common-place legs of its less perfect ancestors, ‘Mr. P. M. Duncan on the Corals of the Maltese Miocene. 273 XXX.—On the Corals of the Maltese Miocene. By P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., Sec. Geol. Soc. [Plate XI.] Tue Corals discovered in the strata in the island of Malta are generally badly preserved. Hither they are found as casts or are so filled with a ferruginous mineral as to be indeterminable. The few which are well preserved offer some points of interest, and add to the palzontological data upon which the geological age of the whole serics of strata is determined. MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime have described two species from the island, but have not mentioned the bed whence they were derived—the Acanthocyathus Hastingsia, Kd.& Haime, and the Heliastrea Prevostana, Ed. & Haime*. The second species is founded on a badly preserved coral of the genus Astrea (now termed Heliastrea by those able zoophytologists) ; and its specific characters are not sufficiently given to be com- prehended. But it is not amongst the collection about to be described. Following Dr. Adams’s+ last classification of the Maltese strata, and arranging the Corals under their respective beds, the species are thus distributed :— 1, The Coralline Limestone (uppermost stratum). Astrea (Heliastrea) Ellisiana, Defrance. Other localities, Miocene of Dax, Turin, Crete, &c. Astrea (Heliastrea) Forbesi, sp.nov. Allied to the Miocene A. Barbadensis, nobis. 2. The Yellow Sand. Stephanophyllia imperialis, Michelin. Astesan Tertiaries. Flabellum extensum, Michelin. Miocene of Turin, Villeneuve- lez-Avignon, Antwerp. Ceenocyathus Adamsi, sp. nov. Allied to recent species in the Mediterranean. Acanthocyathus Hastingsie, Ed. & Haime. (?) 3. The Clay-bed. Stephanophyllia imperialis, Michelin. 4. The Calcareous Sandstone. Caenocyathus, sp. * Hist. Nat. des Corall. vol. ii. pp. 22 & 478. T See various papers by Drs. Wright and Adams on the Echinodermata of these strata in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., and by Prof, R. Jones and my- self in Geol. Mag. No. 3, 1864. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv, 18 274. “Mr. P. M. Duncan on the Corals of the Maltese Miocene. 5. The hard Cherty Limestone. Stylocenia lobatorotundata, Michelin, sp. Miocene of Rivalba, ~ Turin, Verona, Antiguan chert. Dendrophyllia irregularis, Blainville. Miocene of Dax. Porites incrustans, Defrance, sp. Miocene of Turin, Dax, Tri- nidad, San Domingo. Astrea (Heliastrea), sp., in large casts. Clearly a Miocene form. The specimens were sent to me by Dr. Leith Adams, having been marked with the number of the beds whence they were derived. Doubtless many other species will be found. Canocyathus Adamsi, n.sp. Pl. XI. fig. 1 A corallite broken off from the parent corallum presents an ovoid mark of fracture, which is larger than the cylindrical pedicel immediately above it. The corallite is tall, nearly straight, and cylindrico-conical. The calice is not quite circular, is very open, shallow, and characterized by the prominent trans- versely ridged columella. The wall is stout, is marked by faint costal projections for a short distance from the calice, but is, with these, covered by a finely granular epitheca, which is marked by some aborted buds. The septa in six systems of four cycles; the primary and secondary are equal, and extend to the columella, but the primary are the most exsert; the tertiary are larger than those of the fourth cycle. The lamine are stoutest at the wall, are arched, and some become wavy near the columella; they are marked by sparse rows of granules. The pali, which are on the primary and secondary septa, are very small and indistinct. Height of corallite 1 inch; width of calice ~% inch. This species is determined by the great development of the columella and the smallness of the pali; and it has but a very remote affinity with C. costulatus, Reuss (Oligocene). The recent species, which are all ‘Mediterranean, are equally remote. Locality, Bed 2 (Adams), Malta. Coll. Geol. Soe. Astrea (Heliastrea) Forbesi, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 2. The corallum is large, often covers a large space, and presents a very uneven calicular surface. The growth of the corallites appears to have been more or less intermittent in some specimens, where the ccoenenchyma exists at certain heights alone. The corallites in the larger specimens are nearly parallel and nearly cylindrical, and they vary in size somewhat; usually they are close, but not crowded ; and in certain spots on luxuriant speci- mens they are evidently separated by some ccenenchyma. The calices are circular in outline, are slightly and irregularly ele- Mr. P. M. Duncan on the Corals of the Maltese Miocene. 275° vated above the intercalicular spaces, and are well open. The wall is well developed; its calicular margin is blunt, and it is. marked externally by fine and distinct cost. The calicular fossa is not deep; but the shallow fossze of worn specimens are deceptive. The septa, in six systems of three cycles, are very delicate, not crowded, thin, slightly exsert, dentate, and un- equal; the primary (the largest) extend to the columella; they: nave a small paliform tooth, and they are slightly thicker at the wall than elsewhere (in many specimens, owing to the form of fossilization, they are stout and are largest at the columella and wall). The secondary septa are smaller than the primary, but larger than the tertiary; they are thinner, and do not reach the columella ; the tertiary project from the wall, and now and then curve towards the secondary. All are perforated occasionally, and are very fragile and granular. The coste are slightly in- clined at the calice, faintly dentate, and subequal, there not being that difference between them which there is between the septa ; on the wall they project as thin lamine with an irregular margin, and usually touch those of other corallites. The colu- mella is feebly developed, and, in some corallites, barely exists; but, as a rule, it is small, distinct, and projects at the bottom of the fossa: it is parietal. The endotheca is very scanty. The exotheca is sparely developed. The coenenchyma exists in some spots, and is cellular; but it is by no means strongly developed. _ Height of corallites ;8;-1% inch; width of calices {5-2 inch. This Coral presents several varieties. Var. 1, with deeper calices than the type. ae? ae the ast costz larger than those of the type. » 0, with smaller calices » 4, with wider-apart osticos f than these of the type, _ The calcareous fossilization of this species alters the appear- ance of many specimens; in general, all the hard textures are thicker than those of the type, consequently the septa, wall, and costze are larger, moreover their details are worn off. The _ best specimens are often intermingled with portions containing easts; and when this is the case, the interspaces are solid; but the original sclerenchyma has been destroyed, leaving vacant spaces, __ The species is more closely allied to Astrea (Heliastrea) Bar- _ badensis, nobis*, and to Astrea (Heliastrea) annularis, Ellis and Solander, sp., than to any others. The first is from the Bar- _badian marl; and the last is a recent species, probably from Oceania. The wide-apart calices and well-developed columella of Astrea (Heliastrea) Raulinit, Ed. & Haime, form a specific _ * Duncan, “ West Indian Fossil Corals,” Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. | t Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, Hist. Nat. des sei i. p. 474. 276 Dr. F. Miller on a new Genus of Amphipod Crustacea. distinction ; and the new species cannot be the Astrea (Heli- astrea) Prevostana, Kd. & Haime*, which only differs from A. Raulini by its closer calices, thicker walls, and less developed cost. The columella is well developed in this last species, if it be like A. Raulint. MM. Milne-Edwards and J. Haime do not figure or positively describe their “unique échantillon” “en assez mauvais état.” Locality, Bed No. 1 (Adams), Malta. Coll. Geol. Soe. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Fig. 1. a, corallite of Canocyathus Adamsi; 6, its calice, magnified 2 diameters. Fig. 2. a, corallum of Heliastrea Forbesi, natural size ; b, usual appearance of badly preserved specimens; ¢, calices, natural size; d, calices, magnified 4 diameters; e, monstrous calice with seven systems, magnified 4 diameters; /, calice without a columella, magnified 4 diameters. _XXXI.—Description of a new Genus of Amphipod Crustacea, By Dr. Frirz Mutter. [Plate X. ] Barwa, nov. gen. ~ Antenne simple. Coxe of the first pair of gnathopoda rudi- mentary, those of the second pair of gnathopoda and the first two pairs of perciopoda largely developed. Coxze of the second pair of pereiopoda deeply excavated upon the upper part of the posterior margin. First pair of gnathopoda rudimentary, con- sisting of coxa and basis only; second pair of gnathopoda sub- chelate. Mandibles having an articulated appendage. Manxilli- peds having a squamiform plate on both the basis and ischium joints. Fourth and fifth pairs of pleopoda with styliform rami, sixth pair with subfoliaceous rami. ‘Telson single, deeply cleft. Species Batea catharinensis, F. M. I will here add some remarks on the sexual differences of this interesting species. The pereion is somewhat longer and higher in the female; the antennz of the same are shorter. The first joint of the peduncle of the upper antenne has three, the second | four, fasciculi of hairs on the inferior side in the male; they are — wanting in the female. The long sete at the extremity of the al- ternate articles of the flagellum of the first antenne are directed downwards in the female, backwards in the male. The third and fourth joints of the peduncle of the lower antenne have fasciculi _ * Op. cit. vol. ii. p. 475. Mr. H. J. Carter on English and Indian Rhizopoda. 277 of short hairs on their upper sides in the male, which are wanting in the female. (The eyes are larger in the male.) The flagellum of the lower antennze has long upward-directed setz at the ex- tremities of alternate joints in the female, which do not exist in the male. ‘The first pair of gnathopoda are shorter in the male, with but few hairs near the top; they are as long as the basis of the second pair of gnathopoda in the female, slender, flexible, with long hairs on the anterior margin, and shorter eurved hairs at the distal extremity. The coxe of the second pair of gnathopoda are much higher in the female. The first two pairs of pereiopoda have the carpus and propodos fringed with long hairs at the posterior margin ; these hairs are wanting in the female. Desterro, Brazil, Oct. 10, 1864. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Tig. 1. Batea catharinensis, male: 6, superior antennz; g, maxilliped ; h, first gnathopod; h', coxa; h?, basis; 7, second gnathopod ; g, second pleopod; r, third ditto; s, fourth ditto; ¢, fifth ditto ; v, posterior pleopod; z, telson. XXXII.—On the Fresh- and Salt-water Rlizopoda of England and India. By Il. J. Carren, F.R.S. &e. [Continued from vol. xiii. p. 36.] [Plate XII.] In my last communication on the Rhizopoda of England bc India, I ended with the mention of the new genus and species Acanthocystis turfacea (Annals, vol. xu. p. 263), the magnified view of the spine of which (vol. xiii. pl. 2. fig. 25 2) should not be tapering in the shaft, as therein represented, but of the same size throughout as at the bifid extremity. (See those round the entire figure.) Will the reader be pleased to make the correc- tion ? Just preceding the mention of Acanthocystis allusion is made to Actinophrys oculata as having been in company with 4. Bichhornii in“ fresh water.” This is also a mistake ; for I find by my notes that this species was found in another basin, and one which contained salt water. Further, I intimated my intention to write more on A. oculata hereafter ; so we will now return to it. Actinophrys oculata, Stein. (Die Infus. tab. v. & Pritchard’s Hist. of Infus. pl. 23.) Pl. XII. figs. 1, 2, 3. I have only seen specimens of this species once, viz. in July 278 . Mr.H.J. Carter on the Fresh- and Salt-water 1859, and these abounded in a basin containing water from the main drain of Bombay, which is flooded by the sea at each tide. It is alike remarkable for the eye-like appearance imparted to it by the nucleus, from which its specific name has been derived, and for its gregarious habits. Stein considered that the whole of the light-coloured granular zone, with its contents, constituted the nucleus and nucleolus respectively. Iam not certain that the light-coloured zone may not be outside the nucleus, when the inner circle and its contents would become the nucleus and nucleolus respectively. Both appear to consist of fine granular plasma. Stein, however, represents the whole together isolated (/.c.) as the nucleus of A. oculata, calling the light granular zone the “ Marksubstanz.” If the latter be within the nucleus, which I think likely, then the nucleus in this state seems to indicate a step towards generative development; but in what the rest of the process may consist, even if this be the case, remains for future observation to show. _ The other peculiarity of this species, viz. its gregarious habits, allies it to Spongilla, which is but an aggregation of amcebous cells held together by a fine plasma. That of 4. oculata appears to be derived from the more subtle parts of their ectosare, since the Actinophryans thus aggregated are not in zygosis, as my figures and Stein’s will show, but merely held together in the way described (figs. 1 & 26); while stomachal cavities are extemporized in this ectosare (¢ ¢ c), in which fragments of nutritious matter are enclosed, apparently for the use of the whole community. This, too, seems to strengthen the view taken that the nucleus is in a generative stage, when it may be advantageous for the Actinophrys to have its interior freed from all extraneous matter. Be this as it may, there are also other cavities in the ectosare, which contain large, smooth, subrotund, and nearly colourless masses, apparently different in nature from the fragments of crude food mentioned, being more like amylaceous concretions than the latter; but whether these have been incepted, are the remains of crude food, or what their real composition may be, I am ignorant. They also equally characterize Stein’s and my own figures of this Actinophrys (figs. 1-3 ddd). I did not observe any specimens with contracting vesicles or any other kind of vacuoles in a chain, round the Actinophryans respectively, or in the uniting sarcode, as figured by Stein; but the margins of the Actinophryans were defined by a strongly marked crenulated line, indicating a corrugated superficial layer. Nor have I in any of my sketches represented fragments | of crude food within the Actinophryaus themselves. Rhizopoda of England and India. 279 * With A. oculata were associated groups of A. Sol, mihi (fig. 8), differing only from those of A. oculata in the absence of ‘the nucleus and the strongly marked crenulated outline round the Actinophryans, with less appearance of uniting sarcode, but more of actual zygosis. Their internal contents, too, consisted almost wholly of the characteristic granular sarcode of Actino- phrys, with complete absence of all vacuoles, even to the con- tracting vesicle itsel’—a condition most favourable for seeing the nucleus, if it had been present; but none was detected, A complete disappearance of the nucleus (termed its “ solu- tion”) and its reconstruction are not uncommon. . It would seem to occur in duplicative division of the cells of Spirogyra nitida, &e. (A. Braun, Bot. and Phys. Memoirs, Ray Society, 1853, p. 241; and Nageli, foot-note, p. 248); also, under similar circumstances, in the addition of new to the old tubular root- cells of Chara verticillata (Annals, vol. xix. p. 13); and latterly its disappearance las been demonstrated and explained in some of the freshwater Rhizopoda themselves, as in all probability connected with impregnative generation (Annals, vol. xix. p. 13). Hence this form of Actinophrys may represent a stage in the generative developinent of A. oculata. But, whether or not, it was abundantly present with 4. oculata, and will be seen by the figure to be so like it in grouping that I think it may reason- ably be assumed to be only another form of this species. In- deed, according to Claparéde and Lachmann (Etudes sur les Rhizopodes, p. 45, &c.), these distinguished authors could never see the nucleus in’ A. Sol with certainty, and they add,— * Stein’s A. oculata is a marine form; but we have observed in the North Sea myriads of an Actinophrys that we did not know how to distinguish clearly from A. Sol of the fresh water, and which coincides altogether with the figure given by Stein of his A. oculata.” It is not quite evident here how A. Sol can “coincide” altogether with Stein’s A. oculata, if a nucleus could not be seen in the former. But the authors’ meaning is plain, viz. that they thought 4. Sol of the North Sea and A. oculata to belong to the same species, which harmonizes with what I have just stated respecting this question, and what my figures illustrate. In the representations which I have given of A. oculata, fig. 1 is shaded, while fig. 2 is only an outline of nine individuals in aggregation, with two vacuoles containing each the remains of a rotatory animalcule, and the other the apparently amylaceous body to which I have alluded. In fig. 1 all the tentacles bore drop-like masses of ectosare along their shafts respectively ; but these have only been inserted in those of the Actinophryan a, 280 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Fresh- and Salt-water for the purpose of lessening the trouble of engraving and to avoid confusion in the plate. In the group, fig. 3, the tentacles were smooth, and bore no superfluous portions of sarcode; but it will presently be seen, as it has already been shown in the Actinophryans figured in my last plate (/.c.), and as it will be seen in others in the one illustrating this paper, that the pre- sence of these additional portions of ectosare (which may assume various forms and positions along the shaft of the tentacle and at its extremity) are but contingencies, and therefore of no spe- cific value, while they strongly evidence the existence of an axial support within. The Actinophryans grouped together were not all of the same size, having varied a little in diameter below the zioth part of an inch. In fig. 4, which represents three separate Actinophryans sketched on a previous occasion (probably from fresh water), each was surrounded by a peripheral layer of vacuoles (which in the focal disk assumes the form of a chain only), but neither presented any trace of a nucleus in the interior. In a@ the va- cuoles of this layer were uniformly small; in d they were uni- formly large; and in ¢ some were large and others small, while the tentacles of the latter only bore the drop-hke masses of ectosare just described. These Actinophryans were each about =tsth ofan inch in diameter; they were sketched in January 1855, but there is no record of the kind of w ater, whether salt or fresh, from which they were obtained, although the following speci- men (fig. 5), which was =4,th of an inch in diameter, and found in fresh water, is so identical in appearance with the last men- tioned, that in all probability, as just stated, the whole came from fresh water. Fig. 5 is chiefly introduced to show that the ectosarc existed on the extremities of the tentacles in little spherical masses, as well as in ovoid ones along their shafts. In its interior some Diatoms were observed, which had been incepted for food, but no nucleus. It was from observing the last mentioned Actinophryans and others like them, that I was led to make the following remarks in my “ Notes on the Organization of the Infusoria” (Annals, vol. xvii. p. 129, 1856), and which I see have beon quoted, but not exactly understood, in the last edition of Pritchard’s ‘ Hist. of Infusoria,’ p. 250, as follows :—Actinophrys Sol, Bhyr., is sur- rounded by a peripheral layer of vesicles, which, when fully dilated, appear to be all of the same size, to have the means of commu- nicating with each other, and each, individually, to contract and discharge its contents externally, as occasion may require, al- though “generally one only appears and disappears in the same place.”. From this J infer thatI must have seen these “ vesi- Rhizopoda of England and India. 281 cles” or vacuoles burst and discharge themselves like the ordi- nary contracting vesicle. Now, from Stein’s having figured a chain of vacuoles round his Actinophrys oculata, and my figures of this species being, with this exception, identical with his—while the group fig. 3, although assuming the form of A. Sol, has been assumed to be but another form of A. oculata, and figs. 4 and 5, which I con- sidered at the time they were sketched, and do now, as A. Sol, present a marginal chain of vacuoles similar to those in Stein’s figure of A. oculata,—it seems to follow, that if all these Actino- phryans are not different phases of the same species, the peri- pheral layer of vacuoles at least is of no specific value, any more than the presence or absence of the drop-like masses of sarcode about the tentacula. I have already quoted a passage from Claparéde and Lachmann, in which they identify a species of Actinophrys which they found in the North Sea at once with A. Sol of the fresh, and Stein’s A. oculata of the salt water. With these end the descriptions and figures of all the Actimo- phryans which came under my notice, from time to time, at Bombay, that seem to me worth publishing. Let us now briefly turn our attention to those which I have found in England. Plentiful as A. Hichhornii seems to be in England, I only met with two large specimens of it in Bombay; and when these were delineated for my last plate on the freshwater Rhizopoda, which was published in January 1864, I had not had an oppor- tunity of studying this species in England. Just afterwards, however (in December 1863), I accidentally obtained a large supply of it from a pool of fresh water in the neighbourhood of this place (Budleigh-Salterton), and took advantage of the occasion to make the observations and sketches which have enabled me to compile the fragment of the disk represented in Pl. XII. fig. 6. This, for comparison, has been drawn upon the same scale as the other Actinophryans, by which it will be observed that while the diameter of the latter is but half an inch, that of the former is 8 inches, or sixteen times as much, the real diameter of the smaller Actimophryans varying from ;1;th to =1,th of an inch, and that of the largest specimens of A. Hichhornit bemg full 5th of an inch. All have been drawn upon the scale of -1,th to =,,;th of an inch. Thus we are enabled more easily to appreciate their relative dif- ferences in point of size. The fragment, by mistake, was at first drawn upon a radius of eight, instead of one of four inches; but as the error was only in the circle, the latter has been reduced to its proper size, which is all that is required. All the otlicr detail, with the ex- 282 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Fresh- and Salt-water ception of the trifling discrepancies in the general outline of the fragment, is correct. To have cut the latter down to an exact segment of a four-inch radius would have destroyed the uni- formity of the plate, while the reader can easily do this for him- self, if necessary. My object in giving such an enlarged view of a portion of A, Hichhornii has not been so much to compare its size or structure with that of the other Actinophryans as to bring into view certain spherical bodies which are situated and ap- parently developed in the intervacuolar sarcode, since it seems to me that these are as much “reproductive cells” of Actino- phrys as those which I have figured and called attention to, from time to time, since 1856 up to the present day, in Spon- gille, Amebe, Euglyphe, Difflugie, and, among the Foramini- fera, in the living species Operculina arabica, and in fossil Num- mulites, Orbitoides, &e. So little attention appears to have been paid to these bodies in Actinophrys Hichhornii, that, although Kolliker is frequently and justly quoted as an authority on the structure of this spe- cies, in the last edition of Pritchard’s ‘ Infusoria’ no allusion is made to them beyond that at page 252, where this eminent physiologist is stated to have enumerated among the general contents of the body of Actinophrys “some separable nuclear cells ;” but whether these be the ones in question or not, the context does not enable me to decide. Latterly, however, Dr. Wallich has undoubtedly described and figured them in his ex- cellent representations of A. Eichhorni (Annals, vol. xi. p. 450, pl. 10. figs. 1 & 2 nn, 1863), and observes respecting them— “These multiple nuclei are distributed here and there through the protoplasm, each occupying a spherical cavity, which is completely filled up by the granular matter, and quite distinct in outward appearance from the polygonal soap-bubble-like mass of which the rest of the body is constituted.” Any one at all conversant with the subject will, with this description, immediately recognize these bodies in my illustration ; but whe- ther they be derived from a subdivision of the nucleus, as Dr. Wallich seems to conjecture, or not, is a question to which I shall have to return presently. . With the large specimens were others of all sizes, down to =1,th part of an inch in diameter (fig. 7), and, I dare say, still smaller, if I had had more time to look for them; but all below a certain diameter failed to present the “ reproductive cells’? mentioned. For a structural description I shall take one of the largest specimens, and, to avoid all tedious repetition of what has pro- bably been better stated before, confine myself briefly to a sum- Rhizopoda of England and India. 283 mary of my own observations, chiefly with reference to a more particular account of the supposed “ reproductive cells.” Actinophrys Eichhornii, Khr., mihi. (Pl. XII. fig. 6: 5th of an inch in diameter.) Primary form globular, but slightly altering this according to circumstances. Length and size of tentacles also vari- able. Body vacuolar in structure; the interstices of the peri- phery are so much larger than those of the interior that they form a distinct layer over the latter; and this is so defined that the former may be viewed as the ectosare (a aaa), and the in- ternal portion as the endosare (¢ c ¢c). “Granules,” like those observed in Amebe, &c., are contained in the vacuoles (e), where they have a quivering motion exactly like that presented by similar bodies in the endoplasm of Spirogyra, in which this movement appears to be owing to the “irritability” of the plasma in which they are suspended. Indeed, to my knowledge, there are no two plasmata more alike in this respect than those of Actinophrys and Spirogyra; they are even more so than that of Actinophrys and that of the Desmidex. The vacuoles, for the most part, collapse under the effect of iodine, leaving a granular plasma in their place. Tentacula composed of a granular plasma extended outwards from the inner portion or endosare (k &) and receiving a more subtle covering from the ectosarc (2 7); the former is well seen under the action of iodine, when the tenta- cula become wavy and contracted. Spaces between the inter- stices of the endosarc presenting spherical bodies imbedded in the intervacuolar sarcode, the larger ones about +,,th of an inch in diameter (ddd), each filled with a thick plasma contain- ing a group of granules in its centre, and the whole enclosed in a transparent spherical cell (e). Below this diameter they ap- pear to vary to a mere point, and the granules and external cell not to be developed until they approach in size that above men- tioned (g 7). Sometimes there are two of the full size in one cell, as if the original one had undergone duplicative division (f). Iodine colours their fine contents of a light, and the granules of a deep amber-colour, which again, on the addition of a little dilute sulphuric acid, presents a pink tinge. In a specimen of this Actinophrys measuring -',th of an inch in diameter, I cal- culated, after the vacuoles had been broken down by iodine, that there were between three and four hundred of the full-sized spherules or spherical bodies. Sometimes they are seen on their way through the ectosare or cortical portion, and occasionally attached only to the margin by a thin film of the latter, spread over the spherule, and contracted to a delicate pedicel where it is in connexion with the parent. How far this may have been 284 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Fresh- and Salt-water natural, or induced by pressure of the glass cover, I have not yet been able to decide. In one instance, after a matured spherule had been forced out of the parent, I observed that the transparent cell, which does not exceed it much in size, contained a fine delicate plasma, in the midst of which there was a single vacuole; and I could not help also seeing im this specimen the same elementary composition as that of an th of an inch in diameter accompanying the larger ones just mentioned, but in which neither nucleus nor reproductive bodies were observed. England, fresh water. Fig. 8.. Actinophrys 2 specimen 544th of an inch in diameter; ecto- sare surrounded by a wrinkled surface, as in A. oculata, and differentiated from the granular and more clouded endosare by a more translucent and finer material; endosare presenting a well- defined nucleus. Found with the foregoing, in fresh water. Fig. 9. Podophrya fixa, Ehr.: a, parent half, ;yth of an inch in diameter, undergoing duplicative division, tentaculated, but without cilia; b, daughter half, elongated and becoming separate, presenting vibratile cilia and a few short tentacles; c, d, another instance, in which the separated and elongated portion, c, with vibratile cilia and a few short tentacles, has passed into the spherical form, d, without vibratile cilia and with long tentacles; e, conical capsule of this variety, presenting fourteen coste. India, fresh water. Fig. 10. The same (?): a, parent half, —,st of an inch in diameter; | 6, daughter half nearly separated, presenting vibratile cilia, &c.; | c, stalked condition; d, spherical capsule of this variety, pre-— senting eighteen costz; e, instance where the Podophrya has - nearly left its first capsule, and has formed another around itself — on the top of the original one. India, salt water. In almost all those here figured, the contracting vesicle and the nucleus, which appeared to be globular, were observed. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Big. 13. Fig. 14. Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 298 Acineta tuberosa, Ehr., embryo of, showing, in series, the changes which it undergoes from the active state on its exit from the parent, to its passive, tentaculated, and spherical form: a, active state on issuing from the parent, when it is provided with a circlet of vibratile cilia; 6, its globular form, assumed on becoming com- paratively passive and stationary, +,';>th of an inch in diameter, the cilia passive and curved from the centripetal force occasioned by the rotatory motion which they originally communicated to the young Acineta in its active state; c, the cilia regaining their straightness, and becoming shorter; d, the cilia disappearing, and short tentacles projected; e, the cilia gone and the tentacles increased in number and elongated. India, fresh water. Collodictyon triciliatum, n.sp. Length -+,st of an inch: a, pos- terior (?) view, showing bifid extremity, three cilia, central line and nucleus, cellular structure and granules; 8, lateral view ; ce, presenting a digestive space containing an incepted Proto- coccus in the 8-cell division; d, ditto containing a Crumenula texta nearly as large as itself; e, outline of another but common form of this Rhizopod; f, ditto of a globular form; g, one en- closing the central portion of a filament of Oscillatoria, while the two ends are outside the animalcule; h, length on the same seale as the Actinophryans; 2, length on the same scale as that of the testaceous Rhizopoda, figs. 13d and 14g. India, fresh water. Euglypha spinosa, n. sp.; specimen +t st of an inch long and zisth of an inch broad; animal retracted within a diaphragm, and passive : a, view of broad side of test; a’, ditto of narrow side, or lateral view; 4, scales on test; ¢ ¢ ¢ c, moveable spines on fixed tubercles; c’, more magnified view of the spine; d, dotted out- line of test on a scale of 4th to ~4,th of an inch, for comparison with other figures of testaceous Rhizopoda, 1. c.; e, diaphragm ; Ff, portion of sarcode containing fragments of food; g, ditto charged with granules; h, nucleus. England, fresh water. Huglypha globosa, n. sp.; specimens ;4,th of an inch in diameter: a, empty test covered with circular scales hexagonally arranged, also showing the broad side of the neck and open aperture; b, ditto, showing the narrow side (or lateral view) of the neck and closed aperture, also ¢ c, supernumerary scales; d, test contain- ing the animal, passive, with closed aperture; e, sarcode contain- ing fragments of food ; f, nucleus in posterior and granular por- tion of sarcode. England, fresh water. XXXII.— Contribution towards the Knowledge of the Rhyncho- prion penetrans. By Hermann Karsren*, [Plates VIII. & IX.] [In this paper Professor Karsten remarks upon the imperfect knowledge which we still possess of this curious parasite—the Nigua, Chigoe, Jigger, or Sand-Flea of tropical America,—not- withstanding that the first European visitors to the New World * Translated from a separate copy of the paper in the ‘ Bulletin’ of the Society of Naturalists of Moscow, communicated by the author, 294 Prof. H, Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans.. seem to have experienced its attacks. Its generic synonymy is given by Professor Karsten as follows :— Pulex, Linn. 1767. ; Rhynchoprion, Oken (not Hermann), 1815, Sarcophaga, Guilding, MS., Westwood. Dermatophilus, Guérin, 1836.’ Sarcopsylla, Westwood, 1837. Professor Karsten commences his memoir with a series of extracts from the various writers who have mentioned the Nigua, the references to which will be found in the accompanying list. The results of his own investigations are then commu- nicated in the following words. | * Oviedo, Cronica de las Indias, 1547, fol. xxi. Hans Staden, Wahrhaftige History, &c., 1557, cap. 33. Abbeville, quoted by Sloane, p. 256. Jean de Lery, Voyage du Brésil, 1585, p. 168. R. Hakluyt, The Principal Navigations, &c., London, 1598-1600, p. 449. ' J. de Laet, Beschrywinghe van West Indien, 1630, p. 6. Marcgrav Piso, Historia rerum naturalium Brasilia, 1648, p. 249. R. Ligon, History of Barbadoes, 1657, p. 109. Du Tertre, Histoire des Antilles, 1667, vol. ii. p. 353, § 12. Rochefort, Histoire Naturelle des Antilles, 1668, cap. xxiv. art. vi. p. 272. Hans Sloane, Voyage and Natural History of Jamaica, 1707-1725, i. p. exxiv and u. p. 191. Frezier, Reise nach der Siidsee, &e., 1718, p. 310. Gumilla, Historia del Orenoko, 1745. *Ulloa, Relacion Historica del viaje a la America meridional, 1748, libro i. cap. vill. p. 88. Catesby, Natural History of Carolina, &c., 1743, vol. ii. Appendix, p. 10. fig. 3. Barrére, Nouvelle Relation de la France équinoxiale, 1743, p. 63. Patrick Brown, Natural History of Jamaica, 1756, 1. p. 418. Linné, Systema Nature, ed. 12, 1767, p. 1021. Bancroft, Natural History of Guiana, 1769, p. 245. Hartsinck, Guyana, 1770, i. p. 105. Chappe d’ Auteroche, Voyage en Californie, 1772, p. 20. Molina, Saggio sulla storia naturale de Chili, 1782, p. 214. t=} * Dobrizhoffer, Historia de Abiponibus, 1784. The first educated naturalist who described the Nigua from personal examination was *O. Swartz, Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl., Stockholm, 1788, tom. ix. p- 46 (Pulex penetrans). * Rodschied, Medicinische und Chirurgische Bemerkungen tiber das Clima, &e., von Essequibo, 1796, p. 307. Azara, Voyages dans Amérique méridionale, 1809. ‘Southey, History of Brazil, 1810, 1. p. 326. Von Sack, Reise nach Surinam, 1821, p. 239. Oken, Naturgeschichte, 1815, Bd. iii. Th. i. p. 402 (‘‘ Rhynchoprion ” referred to the Acari). a + The more important references are marked with an asterisk. Prof. H,. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 295 Humboldt, Voyage du Nouveau Continent, 1820-1822, tom. vii. cap. 19. p- 250, and cap. 20, p. 129. _Duméril, Considérations générales, 1823, pl. 54, figs. 4, 5. Latreille, Régne Animal, 1829, iy. p. 351. Kirby and Spence, Introduction, 1828, vol. i. p. 102. *Pohl, Reise in Brasilien, 1832, i. p. 106. Aug. St.-Hilaire, Voyage dans Rio Janeiro, 1830, i, p, 35, and Voyage du Brésil, 1833, 1. p. 228. *Rengger, Reise nach Paraguay, 1835, p. 274. Waterton, Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History, 1836. *Duges, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 2 sér. tome vi. 1836, p. 129. *Guérin-Méneville, Iconographie du Régne Animal, Insectes, p. 12 (Der- matophilus). *W. Sells, Transactions of the Entomological Society, vol, ii. p. 195, *J. O. Westwood, Ibid. p. 199 (Sarcopsylla penetrans), *Tschudi, Peru-Reiseskizzen, 1846, i. p. 310. R. Schomburgk, History of Barbadoes, 1847, p. 652. * Burmeister, Reise nach Brasilien, 1853, p. 284. All these descriptions originate in tropical and subtropical America, in the region which has always been regarded as the sole country of Rhynchoprion penetrans; the insect does not occur in other parts of the world. Adanson, indeed, in his ‘ Voyage to the Senegal’ (1757), men- tions a kindof verysmall Flea, which resides in extraordinary quan- tities in the sand of the huts, for which reason it has received the name of the Sand-flea; but, from his further statements, it appears that he does not refer to the Pulex penetrans, Linn.; for he says, “ Fortunately its puncture is not very painful, and it consequently produces so intolerable an itching only because it attacks the body in such great numbers. The most remarkable circumstance,” adds Adanson, “is that the imsect usually does not creep or leap to a greater height than three inches.” The latter peculiarity, like the name, reminds us of R. penetrans ; but, if it had been this species, Adanson would certainly have given us a fuller account of it. The most southern habitat of Rhynchoprion is that given by Dobrizhoffer and Azara, namely, Paraguay, under the 29th de- gree of south latitude. According to Auteroche, it is very abundant in Vera Cruz, in 20° N. lat.; and from the same au- thority, as also from John Smith (cited by Sloane), the insect appears to occur up to the latitude of Virginia, about 30° N, Everywhere the insect, which affects warm and dry places, is met with in the vicinity of human habitations, either occupied or deserted. All the accounts of the occurrence of this animal in fields, woods, and plantations are due to confusion with spe- cies of Ixodes, except when these statements refer to the leaf- huts made by field-labourers or travellers to give them shelter for a night or for a short time. Such huts or leafy roofs, when deserted by human inhabitants, usually become the -dwelling- 296 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. place of rats, mice, and similar animals, which seek shelter there from the rains, so long as the roof offers it to them; and these animals then serve for the preservation and increase of any pro- geny of the Nigua that may have been left behind by the travellers; hence it is that such places often particularly abound in Niguas, which attack new-comers in great numbers, as I know from personal experience. The same thing occurs, as indeed Rengger relates, in the deserted houses of planters, in the rooms of which the Niguas developed from the eggs left behind at first collect in extraordinary numbers, but afterwards diminish again, and finally disappear entirely, no doubt because these places are not so convenient for the access and long residence even of the smaller mammalia, so that the Fleas cannot increase, and con- sequently at last die out. Rengger’s statement that animals living in a wild state are not attacked by the Nigua is consequently not correct, and has already been refuted by several travellers. In Schmarda’s rich collection I found a Field-mouse from Cuenga, the tail and foot = which harboured a great quantity of Niguas* (Pl. VIII. wl). eae Rengger, Humboldt, and other travellers report that strangers are particularly attacked by the Sand-flea on their arrival in America. It is true that new comers, to whom the inconspicuous insect is unknown, have usually to suffer more from it than others. During my residence in Venezuela I was myself much plagued by it at first, whilst in the latter years of my tropical travels in New Granada I was scarcely ever attacked by a Nigua, although the Creoles at the same places complained much of them. ‘This, however, is favourable neither to Hum- boldt’s hypothesis of the delicate discrimination of the Nigua between European and Creole blood, nor to Rengger’s notion that the human body loses some property which attracts the Nigua. The fact that in newly arrived foreigners the Niguas collect in greater numbers, acquire a larger growth within the skin, and consequently cause more violent symptoms, admits of this simple explanation :—The strangers do not notice the slight tickling produced by the penetration of the animal into the skin, as they do not understand the meaning of this shght pain; and the animal, after it has taken its place, causes no further incon- venience, if the slightly inflamed spot of skin which it inhabits * Of these Niguas I removed two from the skin, in order to examine their specitic characters. I could find no perceptible difference from the other individuals examined ; but I noticed the very remarkable fact, inex- plicable by me, that in both of them all the legs were wanting up to th trochanters, Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 297 is not pressed or scratched. The particular state of the skin as regards irritability will also have its influence, as also the greater or less activity of the skin. It is true that the inhabitants of Caracas have also remarked that, of newly arrived colonists, the French, like the negroes, suffer particularly from the parasitic flea. The Nigua is a parasite only during one period of its life; for the impregnated female alone bores into the skin of warm- blooded animals: the unfecundated females and the males do not live parasitically. The dark brown colour of the contents of the stomach in the animals which are found running about indicates that, like the allied Fleas, they live on blood. The true colour of the body of the free-living Niguas (leaving out of consideration the dark colour of the contents of the stomach) is yellowish; I have never seen a brown or black R. penetrans, such as are mentioned by Ulloa, Auteroche, and many others. The dilated bodies of the Niguas which had established themselves under my own toe-nails, and more rarely on other parts of the skin, as also of those which I observed on other people and on animals, were of a more or less pure white co- lour; those derived from the skins of negroes appeared grey— probably only influenced by the pigment existing there. No differences of form could be detected. From its light colour, the size of the Nigua has been greatly underrated by most describers ; for it measures, on the average, 1 millim. (half, or more than half, the size of the common Flea). The males and females are at first of the same size, and it is only during the endoparasitic life of the fecundated female that its body enlarges to the extraordinary diameter of 5 millim. As long as the pregnant female remains in the skin undis- turbed by pressure or rubbing, it produces, as far as my expe- rience goes, no further perceptible inconvenience ; it grows to the size above mentioned, and in this condition remains long without alteration. The inconsiderable inflammation, exciting a slight tickling sensation, which is produced in the skin by the assimilating animal, is greatly increased by any irritation of the part affected, and might probably, in bad constitutions, give rise to those destructive efiects which have been cited by various writers, and which I have also heard spoken of. I have fre- quently seen young negroes with purulent feet destitute of toes, limping about upon their heels, who indicated the Niguas as the cause of their suffermgs. Consequently it is possible that there may be some truth in the narrative of Walton, cited by Kirby and Spence, of the capuchin who had to pay with his foot for his desire to make this animal known in Europe. There is no doubt that negroes are often attacked by tetanus 298 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans, when they wet their feet with water after the extraction of a Nigua; but this is no peculiar effect of the Nigua. The swelling of the inguinal glands, observed by Ulloa and Jussieu, which led them to conclude that a second species existed, occurred once in my own person in La Guayra. Whether this phenomenon is the specific effect of a peculiar species of animal, or to be referred to the same category with the similar con- sequences of other slight mjuries to the lymphatics of the foot, which is my own opinion, must be left to the future to decide. Spix and Martius also mention swellings of the inguinal glands in consequence of the penetration of Niguas. I cannot from my own observations confirm the opinion that there are two different species of Niguas, a malignant and an innocuous kind, of which the latter, according to Ulloa, is of a dark colour. The inflation of the abdomen in the Flea, when imbedded in the skin, takes place very rapidly, as has been remarked by all observers. Ulloa’s statement that the animal enlarges to a diameter of two lines in four or five days, according to the indi- vidual nature of the insect and of the subject attacked by it, may be regarded as nearly correct. The animal imbedded in the skin, usually under the toe-nails, when it has become quiescent in its new dwelling-place (that is to say, when it has got so far under the epidermis that its anus, ~ lying at the same level, closes the orifice formed in the epi- dermis) produces scarcely any inflammation or sensation of pain, unless, as already stated, the affected spot is injured or irritated by pressure or friction, in which case both these symptoms make their appearance, just as in a frozen limb. The increased heat and softness of the skin, in consequence of the inflamma- tion, attract other Niguas, and facilitate their penetration m the vicinity of the first one. This is the cause of the juxtaposition of several Niguas, described by various authors, and which, in- deed, is not unusual—and not, as stated by all writers since the time of Oviedo, the exclusion of the larve from the eggs in the wound or in the uninjured body of the mother. Even Pohl and Kollar, probably misled and rendered doubtful of the correct- ness of their own observations by the statements of their pre- decessors, adopt this notion of Oviedo’s, although they rightly understood the conditions of development and the deposition of the eggs. As is so frequently the case, the simplest and most natural state of things is the last to be recognized as the true one, after all sorts of by-paths have been tried (I need only refer to the theories of the origin and metamorphosis of the organic cell); and the same thing has occurred here, Prof. H, Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 299; For we may easily be convinced that eggs alone, and never larvee, are contained in the female flea, and that the most perfect of these lie nearest to the cloaca; and any one who has frequently had to remove the dilated female from the skin will have re- marked the projection of a perfectly mature egg from the body of the mother on the slightest pressure being applied to the latter with the needle, &. The very numerous ovicells which occur in the cylindrical tubes of the simply furcate ovary are gradually developed in such a manner that the most mature egg is always situated next to the issue, and is driven forth by the pres- sure of the other growing ova before the process of segmentation or any other commencement of embryonal development has taken place. In this way the parent animal remains within the skin without any further enlargement until all the eggs are developed and deposited, after which, no doubt, the evacuated and shrivelled body is finally thrown off with the epidermis during the advanc- ing development of the skin—an opinion which might perhaps be fortified by the statements of Rengger (p. 110) and Burmei- ster (p. 126). Rengger’s statement that the mature egg-sac separates from the organism which has furnished it with nutriment, and that then, in a few days, a number of larvee creep out of it, is refuted at once by the mode of lodgment and the constant enclosure of the body of the Flea in the skin. The extraction of the parasite from the skin is, as stated by Gumilla, far more easily effected at a later period than in the first hours and during the penetration, because then the animal, which is working briskly, only increases its efforts by the aid of its mandibles, which are peculiarly adapted for the purpose, and, indeed, fastens these so firmly in the skin that they are not un- frequently torn away from the body of the Flea, and remain sticking in the skin, when the animal is removed with violence. As early as the next day the voluntary activity of the animal is much diminished, and then, but with still more certainty after the lapse of a few days, with a little care the epidermis may readily be pushed aside with a blunt knife or a needle, all round the Flea without injuring the latter, and thus the globular animal may be so far exposed that these instruments or a fine pair of forceps may be got under its body, and it may then be removed without much resistance and by slight pressure, with all the buccal organs, which project far into the true skin (the rootlets or filaments of Sloane, Ulloa, and Schwartz). But if, in removing the dilated and delicate body which adheres more or less closely to the surrounding cellular tissue of the skin, we proceed so clumsily as to tear it, so that a portion of it, with the plercing-apparatus imbedded in the corium, is left behind in the 300 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. skin, lymph flows continually from the wound, and a purulent. condition soon setting in converts the originally small wound into a more or less extensive sore. The opinion expressed even by the first writers on this para- sitic animal, and repeated by various later authors, that there are two species of its genus, is founded by them partly on the difference of coloration already referred to, and partly on the length of the buccal organs. In all the animals examined by me, however, the latter were at the utmost about one sixth longer than in the common Flea, attaining scarcely half the length of the body of the free animal; whilst Linnzeus and his successors characterize this species by the piercing-apparatus being equal in Jength to the whole body. From my own obser- vations, I should have been the more inclined to regard this statement as erroneous, because I do not find it noticed by any of the predecessors of Linnzeus with whose works I am acquainted (I have been unable to find Rolander’s statement with regard to this insect, cited by Linnzus), if Westwood did not expressly con- firm the Linnean diagnosis. Westwood examined the specimens brought by Sells from Jamaica. Swartz also observed the animal in that island, but he figures the mandibles as only of the length observed by me. Is it possible that the limits of distribution of two species of this genus of Fleas may coincide in the Antilles, —namely, a long-beaked North American species and a South American one with shorter buccal organs*? West- wood’s figures of this animal, imperfect as they are, are favour- able neither to this hypothesis nor to the accuracy of his inves- tigations, as they also represent the mandibles of the usual length. We are therefore at present with certainty acquainted only with one species of Nigua; the existence of a second species has still to be demonstrated, although Westwood has already given it a name by anticipation, calling it Sarcopsylla Canis from the supposition that it especially inhabits dogs, notwithstanding that the Nigua taken from a dog, and fully described by Pohl and Kollar, is regarded as belonging to the Linnean species. For the earliest account of the different organs of which the piercing-apparatus of R. penetrans is composed, as also of their form, we are indebted to Dugés, who detected the maxille with their palpi, the median piercing-organ, the structure of the man- dibles, and the presence of the labium. More recent observers have not completed these statements; on the contrary, the * Besides the above-mentioned specimens of Rhynchoprion, brought by _ Schmarda trom Cuenga, and those which I observed in Venezuela and New Granada, I have examined others brought by Dr. Carl Martin from San Paulo, in Brazil, and entrusted to me for this purpose. Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 301 maxille have not again been detected, although they are pre- sent, and nearly of the form figured by Dugés. These maxillee (Pl. IX. figs. 3, 4, & 13) are so broad that they cover the base of the mandibles with their anterior margins, which do not pro- ject beyond the cheeks, but are fringed with several rows of fine sete directed downwards. They are flat, almost triangular, lie close together, and bear on their outer surface, near the upper margin, the four-jointed paipi (Pl. VIII. figs. 3 & 8, and PI. IX. figs. 1 & 13), which are roughly setose above, and of which the lowest, longest joint is bent inwards at its base, and furnished on the outer surface of the curvature with a circular orifice, or, rather, membranaceous spot. The length of the first three joints of these palpi varies remark- ably in different mdividuals: sometimes these are all of equal length ; sometimes the third is the largest ; sometimes the second exceeds the other two. The comparative length of these joints furnishes no certain and constant character. The mandibles (Pl. IX. figs. 12 & 13) are about one-fourth longer than these maxillary palpi, and remarkably similar both in form and size to those of Pulex wrritans, Linn.: their form is that of linear, shallow channels ; on the margin and external sur- faces along the margin they are nodosely notched and striated ; in the median line of the organ these striz are separated from each other by a smooth surface. At the base, which is covered by the maxillee, the striation is lost at the upper margin, and is only indicated by some acute denticles standing singly on the margin. At the apex itself (Pl. IX. fig. 12), where the nodose strie of the lateral surfaces are much diminished, and only in- dicated by a few knots, there is, in each mandible, at the extre- mity of the smooth median surface, a small hook, curved out- wards and attached by an enlarged base, which is no doubt partly the cause of the difficulty of extracting the animal when still capable of quick motion and engaged in boring into the skin. In the cavity of parabolic section which these two channeled bodies enclose between them is situated the median piercing- organ (Pl. EX. figs. 13 & 14), the analogue of the epipharynx of the Diptera, the much-dilated base of which les under the vertex, above the eyes, and forms the commencement of the cesophagus. This organ also is a channeled body, the hollow side of which is turned downwards (figs. 10 & 11). Although at the first glance this organ resembles a two-edged linear lamina, it is nevertheless prismatic in form, as its lateral walls diverge more or less rectangularly. The dorsal surface forms a sharply projecting cutting-edge, furnished at the anterior extre- mity with three distant teeth, of which the last one, nearest the 302 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans, apex, is directed backwards, and the two others forwards. (These teeth occur in Pulex irritans im greater number, and along the whole length of the organ.) Internally each of the two. delicate lateral walls of the channel is furnished with a thickened ridge, very finely transversely striated ; by these ridges a nearly closed tube is formed at the base of the channel. At the anterior, open end of this tube, which is open longitudinally above, a strong spine is attached on each side, the apex of which projects a little beyond the body of the channel. Near these two larger spines there are also on each side four (in P. irritans three) somewhat weaker acicular points, which appear to be the extre- mities of very delicate lamellze attached in a longitudinal position to the base of the channel. Of these, one is even a little broader than the lateral walls of the channel, so that it is seen project- ing beyond these when the organ is lying on its side; this lamella (which is probably double) is somewhat chitinized, or at least of a yellowish colour, at its anterior extremity, which forms a strongly projecting tooth, whilst the others are so delicate and transparent that they are visible only with very favourable illu- mination, and nothing can be ascertained with certainty as to their form and mode of attachment. In Pulez irritans, Linn., the organ, which is very little smaller, has nearly the same structure ; but this is recognizable with dif- ficulty in both species on account of the great delicacy and trans- parency of the individual parts. This piercing- and sucking- organ is not covered by an upper lip, as in the Diptera; in this, as in the allied Pulices, the labrum is wanting. The labium, on the contrary (PI. IX. figs. 3, 4, 7, 8, & 18), is just as completely developed as in the latter; it is as long as the mandibles, which it embraces from beneath, and more or less completely surrounds. The labium is divided, as in P. zritans, into three regions: the lowest part, which is gibbous beneath, is inserted upon the mentum (f, figs. 3 & 4), and is prolonged into an unjointed channel of nearly the same length, open above and anteriorly somewhat cleft. On each of the two short terminal pieces, which are truncated and greatly emarginate an- teriorly, there is seated, as the third part of the labium, a linear- lanceolate, somewhat concave lamella, of the length of the two preceding regions taken together, or even somewhat longer ; but this is neither jointed nor beset with bristles as in P. irritans. As these two palpiform appendages are attached by a narrow base to the truncated extremities of the body of the labium, they are readily broken off (Pl. IX. fig. 47), for which reason they were not observed by Dugés and Guerin. This organ is of the same form and size both in males and females ; nor does the external form of the rest of the body pre- Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 303 sent any sexual variations, with the exception of differences in the form of the external generative organs. The feet (which were correctly described by Dugés) and the head and thorax are very similar in form in the two sexes. The head is somewhat flattened on the vertex, which borders the perpendicular, almost triangular forehead, and is separated from the forehead and cheeks by a somewhat prominent ridge, having a row of small, straight, strong bristles. The occiput, which is arched and covered with very delicate hairs, comes down upon the flat, nearly concave, and likewise finely haired yertex in the form of a median ridge, which is completely obli- - terated at the frontal margin. The large oval eyes are simple in both sexes, the cornea covering them exhibiting no facets. The very large optic nerves, which, like cerebral hemispheres, occupy a great part of the head, nevertheless show very distinctly on their surface the ends of the numerous nervous filaments of which they are composed. Behind the eyes, sunk in a pit of the cheeks, are the large three-jointed antennz, the oval terminal joint of which is covered with fine sete, and appears to be pierced on the upper and pos- terior side by a row of six oval attenuated spots, each of which is circumscribed by a thick rig. At its obtuse end this oval organ is attached by means of a long cylindrical stalk to the middle joint, which is of nearly the same size and of a clubbed hammer-shape ; and this stalk is inserted in a circular orifice in the latter, within which it can be retracted. The delicate mem- branes above mentioned as closing the apparent orifices in the free oval terminal joint are protected from contact from without by means of long sete curving over them, which spring from the hammer-like projection of the middle joint near the orifice already described. ‘The very small ellipsoidal basal joint is in- serted at one end into the upper posterior angle of the anten- nary pit, and at the other simply articulated to the second joint el. VIII. fig. 2). The three narrow but free thoracic segments, of which the posterior is partially concealed by thé hinder margin of the pre- ceding one, are somewhat dilated below, where they are pierced by a stigma which leads into a narrow trachea; with their low- est extremities they border the three immoveable epimera into which the coxee are articulated. The third or hindmost of these coxz terminates below and anteriorly in the large and striking spinous process, to the dis- covery of which Guérin attributed great importance. The very powerful femur, which is united to this large posterior coxa by means of the trochanter, bears a series of strong bristles along the middle line of its outer surface. The first tarsal joint 304 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. of the posterior feet is fringed or pectinated at its lower edge with strong sete; the broad cox and femora, which are sharp above and in front, are furnished with an emargination at the extremities of the side of flexion; from this the elastic tissue by means of which the projection of the animal is effected, pro- jects in the form of a pad or cushion. (The form and garniture of the legs are shown in the figures of the animal in Plates VIII. and IX.). In running, the two hind legs, which are then perfectly in- active, are drawn along; and only the four anterior feet move, in alternate pairs. In leaping, the animals only rise a few mches. To the third or hindmost thoracic segment a pair of large, nearly triangular, wing-like plates, lying close to the body, are immoveably attached ; in their broadest part, which occurs in the median line of the body, they attains nearly half the length of the abdomen. Like the segments of the body, they are uni- formly chitinous. Between these two wing-like plates the middle of the first long but narrow dorsal half-segment is left uncovered. No so-called second pair of wings is present, although there is a narrow lateral plate, which, like the wing, by which it is completely concealed, is attached to the posterior thoracic seg- ment, and applies its upper and lower extremities to the mar- gins of the narrow first dorsal and ventral half-segments. (This organ, with its stigma, is shown shining through the wing-lamina in Pl. VIII. fig. 8, and Pl. IX. fig. 1.) I cannot regard these organs as a second pair of wings, both on account of their im- moveable attachment, with the first pair, to the third thoracic segment, and also on account of the occurrence of a stigma in their upper extremities, by which they show themselves to be- long directly to the integument of the body. Each of the two wing-like appendages of the third thoracic segment bears on its upper portion two rather distant, strong bristles, which are bent backwards. On some individuals I found exceptionally only one of these bristles. A similar bristle springs on each side from each of the eight dorsal half-segments of the abdomen, of which the first, which is narrow, is not a complete half-segment ; but the others, with the corresponding overlapping ventral half-segments, completely surround the abdomen. Besides these complete chitinous half-segments, which are united by a delicate folded membrane, and overlap each other at the margins like the thoracic segments, there is, at the posterior extremity of the body, a number of plates more or less cleft and converted into variously formed appendages of the generative organs, according to the sex of the individual. In the males the stigmata occur in the vicinity of the bristles, Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 305 a little before and underneath the latter. On the first seven abdominal segments these stigmata are narrow circular orifices, like those of Pulex irritans, which lead into equally narrow trachee, and are surrounded by a narrow six-celled margin (Pl. VIII. fig. 7). On the eighth or last complete half-segment there is a stigma, of six times the width of the others, opening into the cloaca, and surrounded by a circle of bristles, which converge over it and close the orifice (Pl. IX. figs. 1 & 2). The trachea of this stigma is about twice the diameter of the others, with which it unites on each side of the body to form a common longitudinal stem, from which branches are given off to the organs. The trachez of the female are essentially different, both in number and arrangement, from those of the male; for in them, besides the great cloacal stigma with its very wide trachea (almost three times as large as the corresponding organ in the male), there are only three very wide trachez in the seventh, sixth, and fifth dorsal half-segments, with proportionately wide stigmata, which are very similar to the great cloacal stigma. The large spines which converge over these wide stigmata of the female, as also over the cloacal stigma of the male, and protect the trachez from the intrusion of solid bodies, spring from the last tracheal annulus, the peritrema (Pl. VIII. figs. 3 & 6); whilst from the annuli of the lung-sac or dilatation of the neigh- bouring ends of tracheze, similar spines, standing obliquely erect and reaching as far as the median line (such as are known to occur in Lampyris), appear to assist in the attamment of this object. The three next abdominal segments forwards have no stig- mata in the females; but the short first dorsal half-segment attached to the third thoracic segment is furnished on each side with a small stigma analogous to those of the male, and the lateral plates described as lying under the wings are also, as already mentioned, provided with a similar stigma at the supe- rior extremity. In the female the three large lateral stigmata, like the seven narrow ones of the male, are situated so near the basal margins of the dorsal plates that they are covered by the posterior mar- gins of the next plates, and are only recognizable by trans- mitted light, when they shimmer through the plate lyingoverthem. The four very wide cylindrical main tracheal stems on each side of the abdomen in the female divide each into two branches, one of which unites with the rest to form a stem running along the side of the abdomen, from which smaller branches are given off to the internal organs, which also receive ramifications of the second branch of the main stems. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xv. 20 306 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. It is remarkable that, during the parasitic existence of the. female, its trachez entirely lose their peculiar spiral structure, and acquire considerably thickened walls; these changes take place first in the finer ramifications, and subsequently in the branches and stems, which, before the thickening becomes per- fectly uniform, sometimes acquire a porous aspect. The cause of this extraordinary phenomenon, connected as it is with para- sitic existence, is probably to be sought partly in the altered mode of nourishment and partly in the residence of the animal within the tissue, more or less permeated by fluids, of the living organism which furnishes the nutriment. On the one hand, by continual sucking, an extraordinary amount of fluid is taken up (if we may judge from the constant issue of lymph after unsuccessful operations, as already mentioned); and on the other hand, the evaporating surface of the animal is reduced to aminimum. The greater part of the integument of the para- site is entirely prevented from taking part in transpiration ; those segments which contain the last stigmata transpire more or less incompletely, as even these segments have only a very small part directly exposed to the atmosphere. Perhaps this may be the cause of the considerable thickening both of the true air- passages themselves and also of these last abdominal segments; whilst the anterior and larger segments of the abdomen lose their chitinous plates by stretching them into very delicate membranes. As I found no air in these altered and thickened trachezx, it would almost appear as if these air-canals had suspended their normal functions during the parasitism of the insect—as if the tissue forming them vegetated on in an altered form mdepen- dently of the developmental laws otherwise governing them, whilst the ovicells assimilated the unaltered lymph of the nutritive organism, which is continually brought to them by means of the sucking-apparatus acting by capillarity and adhesion. For the entire tractus intestinalis appears, as in chrysalides, to be sub- jected to a retrogressive metamorphosis ; and the life of the animal during its parasitism, like that of many other endoparasites, seems to become purely vegetative. Do the aériferous tracheze change their function in such a manner, during the residence of the animal in the tissues of the skin, that they are filled with lymph, instead of air, through the stigmata, and in consequence become thickened? ‘This hypo- thesis, improbable enough in itself, is contradicted by the cir- cumstances, that the last stigma of each side, which opens into the cloaca, is always freely exposed to the air, and that the stig- mata concealed by the dermal tissues are not in the corium, but applied to the dry, horny epidermis (at least, the three pairs of Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 307 wide stigmata), and so closely that apparently neither air nor fluid can find its way into them ; and, further, that in animals which had lived for some time in the skin I could find no fine tracheal ramifications of the ordinary spiral structure, whilst these must at least have remained in connexion with the cloacal stigma in case the want of access of air or the penetration of fluid had induced the alteration of structure in the anterior tracheze. In the animal in a free state, the alimentary canal shows the same complicated structure as in the Pulices. Whilst parti- cular sections of it exhibit a greater delicacy, a greater develop- ment of the glandular appendages occurs; so that it would appear that the chylification of the food is rather effected chemically, whilst in Pu/ew mechanical arrangements assist in the operation. The latter applies especially to the nearly globular proventri- culus, which, in Pulex irritans, is horny, folded, and internally almost spinose, whilst in Rhynchoprion it is simply membranous, and internally papillarly glandular. Similar papillar glands occur in the large membranous true stomach of both species, especially in the vicinity of the anterior orifice. Before the crop, there is in RAynchoprion a long muscular cesophagus, which appears to assist the passage of the inhausted nourishment into the stomach by powerful peristaltic movements ; for it is always found constricted into a number of globular sections. At the commencement of the cesophagus there are two tufts of cylin- drical salivary glands, each inserted by a common efferent duct; and instead of the small pedunculate pyriform glands, which in Pulex open into the intestine, as Malpighian vessels, in the vicinity of the pylorus, there are, in Rhynchoprion, two very long glandular tubes, which pour their contents by a common efferent duct into a region of the intestine which I cannot exactly par- ticularize, as I never succeeded in observing these .organs in connexion. Of all these organs forming the tractus intestinalis, I could not with certainty detect anything in the dilated parasitic female— or, at least, I could recognize nothing with certamty—as any parts of the stomach and intestine that might have been pre- sent were so much softened as to lose all connexion during preparation. That the ova, which now alone fill the much-dilated abdomen, and which have grown to an extraordinary size, are not, as stated by all previous observers, hatched in the body of the parent, is shown not only by the fact that fecundated ova are never found in the parasite, but also by the period of fecundation neces- sitated by the anatomical conditions. The large ova, which grow to about half the length of the 20% 308 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. unimpregnated animal (Pl. VIII. fig. 5), and in the outer per- gamentaceous capsule of which there is at each end a group of small pores (the so-called micropyles), lie in the part of the ovary nearest to the vagina (Pl. VIII. fig. 12 v), and close to its efferent duct (fig. 12), without exhibiting the least sign of fecundation. This efferent duct, which is common to the two ovarian tubes, opens into the fecundation-sac (fig. 12 6), formed of a delicate elastic membrane, into which the long afferent canal from the large seminal receptacle opens; the latter is filled with long filiform spermatozoids, which are not free in this receptacle, but each of them is rolled up singly in a spiral, and cemented into a small ellipsoidal corpuscle by a substance which is soluble in water. The pyriform seminal receptacle is composed of an elastic tissue, and is coated externally with striated muscular fibres and cellular tissue. If the seminal receptacle, taken from a recently killed animal, be torn under water, the small ellipsoidal sperma- tophores (fig. 10) with which it is filled break up, and from each of them is evolved a long seminal filament (fig. 11), which moves for some time in water. It was found impossible to observe a mature ovum in the fecundation-sac ; for, as soon as the operation of extracting a pregnant female from the skin is commenced, a large egg is usually projected from the cloaca, no doubt in consequence of the pressure exerted upon the insect. The fecundation-sac is therefore always found empty and collapsed (as here figured). The natural process, in my opinion, is as follows :—The ripest ovum, impelled into the fecundation-sac by the pressure of the increasing ova behind it, meets there with some spermatozoids, which have previously been set free and migrated from the seminal receptacle; these fecundate it, excite in it the process of cell-formation, and induce the development of the embryo. In consequence of these processes, the egg begins to enlarge and to expand the elastic fecundation-sac, and it is finally expelled through the vagina in consequence of the pressure applied to it by the sac. If the development of the larva in the one fecundated egg took place in the fecundation-sac or the oviduct, there would always, as in the Pupipara, be only one larva in the parasite; but the penetration of this larva into the nutritive body, asso- ciated as it would be with perforation of the walls of the mother, would prevent the natural development of all the other ova. For the position of the cloaca in the orifice of the epidermis produced by the penetration of the parasite, and immediately at the surface, would render it necessary, in order that the ex- cluded larva might reach the mucous membrane, that it should Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 309 _penetrate through the epidermis, upon which it must first of all get (which can hardly be regarded as probable); or else we must assume (as indeed is done by the majority of writers on this subject) that several larve are developed simultaneously in the ovary, and that these then break through the integuments of the mother and thus reach the inner parts of the skin. The anatomical characters above described do not accord with this assumption of viviparity. The external sexual organs of the female consist of the cleft terminal abdominal segment, forming apparently two pairs, which preserve their form unchanged during the parasitic life of the animal, and surround the cloaca, which lies parallel to. the surface of the skin, standing perpendicularly upwards. In the male also (Pl. IX. figs. 1,2,&9) the last segments of the body are cleft, and of very peculiar form. Even in the still undivided seventh half-segment, the ventral lamina, which in general is somewhat less than the dorsal, is considerably smaller and almost canaliform (figs. 1, 2, & 6). Then follow two pairs of valvular or scale-like organs (fig. 6 a, 6), each of which should probably be regarded as a cleft and metamorphosed dorsal or ventral plate. These lamine serve as the coverings of the external organs of the generative apparatus (fig. 6; fig. 5, seen from above). Beneath the upper external valve (a) on each side a long-stalked forceps-like organ (4) is concealed, which evidently serves the male as an organ of support and adhesion during copulation. The branches of the forceps are shovel- shaped ; the lower one moves upon the upper one by a broad two-armed hinge, and both are fringed round the anterior mar- gin with long stiff bristles. The inferior pair of valves (0), which are longer than the upper, and clothed with short bristly hairs, cover the base of two long tubuliform channeled organs (z), open above throughout nearly their whole length. These have their inner margin recurved inwardly and notched, and by means of this are connected with another, central channeled organ (z) open beneath,—the lateral walls of this organ, which are like- wise recurved inwardly at the middle part, being interlocked with them, whilst posteriorly they are rolled inwards and form two tubes for the reception of the two seminal canals (v). Two long narrow lamine (y), with the upper margin undivided and the lower one emarginate in the middle, conceal this organ from above. During copulation, these lamine bend downwards almost at a right angle from their narrow middle part (e), and thus no doubt serve to attach the two individuals to each other. The central channel (z), which is open below, has, on the lower sur- face of its decurved apex, a fine orifice, which evidently serves for the passage of the extremity of the long, round, filiform, but 310 Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. tubular penis (y), which has its apex bent downwards. I found this organ once protruded from the rest of the generative appa- ratus in the manner shown in fig. 6, in a male engaged im the act of copulation ; in another individual, in which it was likewise protruded, I found the apex broken off. This central channeled organ (fig. 6 z), which immediately encloses the penis, is en- gaged at its base in another channel open beneath, enclosed in the abdominal cavity of the animal, and the lateral walls of which are dilated anteriorly into broad, nearly rhombic lamine (p), which can be drawn towards the anterior walls of the abdo- minal cavity by means of broad muscles (m). In the bottom of this channel, turned towards the back of the animal, and between these two plates, is attached the long, slender, linear stem of a stirrup-shaped or two-armed and almost sledge-shaped body (s), directed towards the lower and anterior region of the body, upon which a muscle, attached to the poste- rior extremity of the abdominal cavity, is inserted. By means of these two muscles the entire sexual apparatus can be pro- truded and retracted. The margins of the slender stem-like part (fig. 6 ¢) of this channeled chitinous organ are bent upwards, and thus again form on the inferiorly open channel a narrower channel open above on each side, in which the two multifariously twisted se- minal cords (figs. 5 & 6 v) probably lie; these convey the long filiform spermatozoids produced in the testis (g) into the central channeled organ (z) in which the penis is concealed. When the sexual apparatus is retracted, the canal of the semi- nal cords (c) forms with the sheath of the penis (2) an angle of 45°, turned upwards; the laminar extremity is situated in that region of the abdomen which is covered by the wing-plates. (It is shown through the integument in Pl. IX. fig. 1.) In fig. 6, to save room, it is shown in an oblique position, although truly,in the protruded condition of the external generative organs here delineated, the organs ¢ and 2 form a still more obtuse angle. Hale the form of the male sexual apparatus it follows that in copulation the female is not borne by the male, as in Pulew wri- tans, but that the female carries the male. Besides this peculiarity, the different formation of the respi- ratory organs consequent on the parasitic mode of life, the different form of the maxillze, and also the form of the palpiform appendages of the cleft labium are the chief characters which warrant the separation of this insect from the genus Pulea, as the type of a peculiar generic group. The labrum of Pulex is indeed equally deeply cleft; but its sections are not jointed asin our animal, but only pseudo-articulated by the chitinization of — Prof. H. Karsten on Rhynchoprion penetrans. 311 different parts, whilst the long moveable terminal joint of each half of the labium in Rhynchoprion is not chitinous, and exhibits no division into joints. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. (The magnifying power is indicated near the number of each figure.) Puate VIII. Fig. 1. A posterior leg and a portion of the tail of a Field-mouse, with ; several imbedded individuals of Rhynchoprion, brought by Schmarda from Peru. Fig. 2. Au antenna. Fig. 3. A female animal before its parasitism: at w the entrance into the fecundation-sac is shown, and under the large wing-like organ the smaller lateral plate pierced by a stigma. Fig. 4. A female after it has been imbedded in the skin for some days. Fig. 5. A mature egg from the ovary, under the same power as the female in fig. 3: m, the micropyle. Fig. 6. One of the large stigmata of the posterior dorsal half-segments of the female, with the neighbouring tracheal terminations. Fig. 7. A stigma of the male, with a short trachea; magnifying power the same as for fig. 6. Fig. 8. Head of the female (fig. 4), seen in front. Fig. 9. A female that has attained its full development in the skin, seen in front. Fig. 10. Spermatophora. Fig. 11. The spermatozoids evolved therefrom, both taken out of Fig. 12. The seminal receptacle, the efferent duct of which opens into the fecundation-sac (4), which is prolonged, on the one hand, into the efferent canal (a) of the ovary, and on the other into the vagina (v), with its mouth (wu). Fig. 13. A portion of a greatly thickened trachea of the parasitic female. Fig. 14. Another greatly thickened tracheal branch, of which the inner originally spiral portion, which is now uniformly thickened, lies in the tenacious internal enveloping membrane. PuaTeE IX. Fig. 1. A male Rhynchoprion ; the internal chitinous parts of the sexual apparatus indicated as shming through. Fig. 2. The abdomen of an individual in which the sexual organs were protruded. Fig. 3. A maxilla (mz), with the maxillary palpi (¢), the mandible (md), the labium (/), and the mentum (x), drawn from the inside. Fig. 4. The same, from the outside. Fig. 5. The external parts of the sexual apparatus, seen from beneath, after the individual parts had been somewhat separated by a gentle pressure. ‘ Fig. 6. The same parts, with the organs situated within the abdominal cavity, seen from the side (see p. 309). Fig. 7. The labium, seen from beneath. Fig. 8. Its lower part, seen from above. Fig. 9. A male animal, seen from above. 312 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi, Fig. 10. The anterior extremity of the median piercing-organ, seen from’ below. Fig. 11. The same, seen from the side. Fig. 12. The apex of a mandible, seen from the outside. Fig. 13. The organs of the mouth separated by pressure, in connexion with the oesophagus (0) and one of the salivary glands opening into it (g), the proventriculus (p), the stomach (s), and the intes- tine (d). Fig. 14. The median piercing-organ, seen from the side. XXXIV.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BurKs- Ley, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. [Plates XIII.-XVII.] [Continued from vol. vii. p. 458.] Ir will appear from the present notices that the Fungi of the British Isles are by no means exhausted, even as regards the more noble species. The Rev. G. H. Sawyer has opened out quite a new field in the neighbourhood of Ascot, where he has detected two important genera, Sparassis and Rhizina, together with several species not hitherto detected in Great Britain, besides rediscovering the long-lost Helvella pannosa of Sowerby. Mr. F. Currey has moreover detected a true Nidularia. Scot- land, Wales, the West of England, and Warwickshire have also afforded such a good harvest as greatly to encourage further research, especially in those districts which have not hitherto been explored. Meanwhile the importance of this tribe of plants in an economical and nosological point of view is daily more generally recognized ; so that we may consider the study rather in the ascendant, and may hope for new labourers in the field, in which we are glad to hail Mr. M. C. Cooke as a recent and valuable colleague. 986. Agaricus (Amanita) spissus, Fr. Ep. p. 9; Currey, in Linn. Tr. vol. xxiv. p. 151. Combe Place, Lewes, F’. Currey. *A. (Lepiota) melcayris, Sow. t. 171. This species came up abundantly in a hothouse at Coed Coch, Denbighshire, amongst spent tan, both in 1861 and during August of the present year, and is certainly a Lepiota closely allied to A. clypeolarius. Two forms occur which run into each other, the less typical of which has a campanulate obtuse pileus, and is of a darker tint when dry. bites at first ovate or hemispherical, very obtuse, fawn- coloured, minutely tomentose and warty, then expanded, sub- campanulate, about 2 inches across, dotted with minute brown scales; stem at first fusiform, then nearly equal, of the same Mev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C.K. Broome on British Fungi. 318 colour, here and there tinged with yellow, most minutely squamulose, stuffed with cottony threads; ring soon ruptured, very fugacious; gills remote, distant, rounded behind, some- times connected, white. _ The whole plant changes in drying, or when cut, to a beautiful red. In the variety the gills are sometimes lemon-coloured. 987. A. (Clitocybe) giganteus, Fr. Ep. p.67. Pileo infundibuli- formi nec umbonato, adglutinato-flocculoso, albo, opaco ; stipite gequali obeso ; lamellis ex albo flaventibus, breviter decurrentbus. an very rainy weather, on a grassy bank, Aboyne, Aberdeen- shire, Aug. 15, 1862. Pileus slightly viscid when moist, broadly infundibuliform, without any trace of an umbo, 9 inches across, white, opake ; margin incurved, at length sulcate ; stem 24 inches high, an inch thick, equal, obtuse, minutely flocculose ; gills at first very narrow, forked behind, decurrent, at length slightly rounded, white, then yellowish. This is clearly the plant of Fries, and is, as he says, not very closely allied to A. infundibuliformis; whereas Sowerby’s plant is so closely allied that it is difficult to separate the two. This moreover grows in more open places, whereas Sowerby’s plant has occurred to us only in shady woods and plantations. *A, (Clitocybe) maaimus, Fr. Ep. p. 67; Fl. Wett. p. 329; Sow. t. 244. 988. A. (Mycena) marginellus, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. i. p. 118. On fir-trunks, amongst Hypnum cupressiforme. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, Aug. 11, 1862. Pileus 3 lines across, conical, striate, pallid grey, darker in the centre, minutely rivulose ; margin subcrenulate ; stem short, slightly curved, shining, quite smooth, minutely fistulose ; gills distant, slightly adnexed, white, with a purple margin. Under a high magnifying power, the pileus (especially the edge) and stem appear clothed with minute glandular particles similar to those which colour the edge of the gills. 989. A. (Mycena) flavo-albus, Fr. Ep. p. 103. A. pumilus, Bull. t. 260. On moss at the base of trunks of trees. Common. This was formerly mixed up by Fries with A. lacteus, which is very common in fir-woods amongst fallen leaves. The de- scription in ‘ English Flora’ belongs to A. flavo-albus. 990. A. (Mycena) rugosus, Fr. Ep. p. 106; Bull. t.518. K, M. On a prostrate oak. Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Sept. 2, 1862. Pileus at first campanulate, then convex, sulcate up to the umbo, cinereous, as well as the short compressed stem, which is glabrous above; gills distant, cinereous, uncinato-adnate, con- nected by veins. 314 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 991. A. (Mycena) hematopus, Pers. Obs. ii. p. 56. On old dead trunks. Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Sept. 2, 1863. Tufted. Pileus moist, campanulate, then expanded, reddish, with a tinge of purple, $—-1 inch or more across, striate, very minutely rivulose; stem pale, rufous flesh-coloured, at first thickened at the base, then nearly equal, farimaceous; gills dis- tant, adnato-subdecurrent, white; edge red; interstices even. Everywhere distilling, when broken, a dark-red juice. Far larger than any form of A. sanguinolentus or A. cruentus. 992. A. (Mycena) cruentus, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. 1. p. 149. On fir-cones, Bodelwyddan, Bodryddan, Flintshire. Pileus conic, obtuse, striate; margin inflexed, entire; sub- stance at first rather thick in proportion. Stem rigid, smooth, full of red juice, strigose at the base. Gulls obtuse in front, shortly adnate, white; margin of the same colour. We are very glad to give this a certain place im our list, as the plant quoted by Fries from Sowerby is very doubtful. 998. A. (Mycena) hiemalis, Osbeck, Fr. Ep. p. 119. On trunks of trees. Apethorpe, Norths., Nov. 23, 18638. Badminton, Gloucestershire. A more delicate species than A. corticola. 994. A. (Omphalia) affricatus, Fr. Ep. p. 123. On Sphagnum. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, at the top of the Queen Hill, Aug. 9, 1862. Pileus 2 inch across, infundibuliform or deeply umbilicate, hygrophanous, brown, then mouse-coloured, minutely virgate. Stem compressed, tomentose at the base. Gills distinct, dis- tant, ending abruptly, decurrent. 995. A. (Pleurotus) corticatus, Fr. Mon. Hym. Suec. p. 236. On an old prostrate elm. Belvoir Castle, Oct. 24, 1861. A jarge and noble Agaric, perhaps too closely allied to A. dryinus. Pileus excentric, 7 inches across, expanded, swollen in the centre; disk, especially in the centre, broken up into brownish- grey silky scales, which are more minute towards the thin strongly involute margin; veil woven, adhering slightly to the stem and margin. Stem 3 inches high, 14 inch thick, pitted and silky below the evanescent ring, firm and tough, mottled. Gills rather broad, pure white, very decurrent, anastomosing behind, sometimes forked ; edge entire. Smell rather strong. 996. A. (Pleurotus) lignatilis, Pers. Syn. p. 868; Fl. Dan. tel7O7. On beech-trees. Burnham Beeches, abundant in 1863. First discovered by the Rev. G. H. Sawyer. The specimens agree precisely with the Flora Danica figure. Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 315 997. A. (Pleurotus) serotinus, Schrad. Spic. p. 140. On trunks of trees. Jedburgh, A. Jerdon. Bowood, on beech, C. E. Broome. . 998. A. (Entoloma) majalis, Fr. Syst. Myce. p. 205. Coed Coch, Denbighshire, Mrs. Wynne. 999. A. (Entoloma) ameides, n.s. Pileo irregulari, late cam- panulato gibbo, centro polito; margine albo-flocculento, demum glabro, sericeo-nitente, undulato: stipite farecto, compresso, basi albo villoso, sursum striato fibrilloso, apice flocculento: lamellis distantibus leviter adnexis rugosis. In pastures. Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Sept. 1863. Pileus 1+24 inches across, varying from hemispherical in smaller specimens to campanulate, thin, pale reddish grey; spores rose-coloured, irregular. Large specimens, at first sight, closely resemble Hygrophorus ovinus. Smell peculiar, resem- bling a mixture of orange-flower water and starch. The whole plant acquires a reddish tint in drying. We can find no record of anything at all near it. . 1000. A. (Clitopilus) wndatus, Fr. Ep. t. 149. In open downs. Batheaston, &c., C. E. Broome, Oct. 1863. 1001. A. (Kecilia) carneo-griseus, n. sp. Pileo umbilicato carneo-griseo striato subtiliter punctato, margine particulis obscuris miculato; stipite gracili concolori nitido glabro, basi albo tomentoso, sursum fibroso-cavo; lamellis distantibus ad- nato-decurrentibus subundulatis roseis, margine irregulari ob- scuriore. Amongst fir-leaves. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, Aug. 8, 1862. A true Eccilia. Spores irregular, rose-coloured. Its closest ally is A. Atrides, from which it differs in the smooth stem, delicate colour, &c. Puate XIII. fig. 1. a. A. carneo-griseus, nat. size; b. vertical section of ditto; ¢c. spore, magnified. 1002. A. (Pholiota) leochromus, Cooke, in Seemann’s Journ. of Bot. 1863, p. 65, t. 3. f. 3. On elder-stumps, near London. Mr. Cooke has indicated the points in which this and the following species differ from A. pudicus. All the three are Southern forms. It is probable that this is the tawny form b. fulvellus, Fr., figured by Bullard in the same plate with the true A. pudicus. 10038. A. (Pholiota) capistratus, Cooke, J. c. tab. 3. f. 4. On old stumps of elm, &c. Highgate. The involute margin and decurrent gills distinguish this Species from its allies; besides which it does not appear to be esculent like A. pudicus and A. leochromus. 1004. A. (Hebeloma) euthelus, n. sp. Pileo expanso fortiter 316 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. umbonato subundulato cervino sericeo-nitente subsquamuloso ; stipite subzequali pallido striatulo solido fibroso ; lamellis pal- lidis albo marginatis denticulatis adnatis. On the ground, amongst fir-leaves. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, Aug. 19, 1862. Smell farinaceous, rather disagreeable. Spores even, sub- elliptic, 00029 inch long. It differs from A. fastigiatus in the adnate gills, smooth, not rough, spores; and from A. Curreyi, with which it agrees as to, the spores, in its strongly umbonate pileus, nearly equal stem, and adnate gills. Puate XIII. fig. 2. a. A. Euthelus, nat. size; b. vertical section of do.; c. spores highly magnified. 1005. A. (Hebeloma) vatricosus, Fr. Ep. p. 177. On dead stumps. Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Sept. 2, 1863. Before the veil is ruptured, it looks like a smooth Lepiota. An excellent drawing of this species has been sent to us by Fries. . 1006. A. (Flammula) sapineus, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 2389. On fallen branches of Scotch fir, and chips and sawdust about a saw-pit. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, Aug. 1863. Our plant agrees exactly with the figure in Persoon’s Ie. et Descr. t. 4. fig. 7. The species, as Fries says, is extremely variable, especially as to the breadth and mode of attachment of the gills. It is a very interesting addition to our flora, and remarkable, like A. spectabilis, for the bright colour of the spores. 1007. A. (Naucoria) sideroides, Bull. t. 588. On the trunk of an ash-tree. Apethorpe, Norths., Nov. 23, 18638, with Agaricus hiemalis. Probably common. Much thicker than 4. hypnorum, which it somewhat resembles. 1008. A. (Galera) Sphagnorum, Pers. Syn. p. 385; Bull. t. 560. H. On Sphagnum on the borders of a pine-wood. Aboyne, Aber- deenshire, Aug. 1862. 1009. A. (Psalliota) elvensis, n.s. Czespitosus; pileo e sub- eloboso hemispheerico fibrilloso in squamas magnas fuscas dif- fracto, medio areolato, margine crasso pyramidali-verrucoso ; stipite deorsum fibrilloso, annulo amplissimo subtus areolato- verrucoso; lamellis liberis carneo-fuscis. Under oak trees. Bodelwyddan, Sept. 2, 1868. Tufted. Pileus at first subglobose, then hemispherical, 6 inches or more across, fibrillose, broken up into large persistent brown, not fusco-citrinous, scales, areolate in the centre; margin very obtuse, thick, covered with pyramidal warts; stem at first nearly Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 317 equal, at length swollen in the centre, and attenuated at the base, 4 inches high, 2 inches thick in the centre, fibrillose and areo- late below, nearly smooth within the pileus, solid, stuffed with delicate threads ; ring thick, very large, deflexed, broken here and there, areolato-verrucose beneath; gills + inch broad, free, of a brownish flesh-colour. Flesh of pileus ? inch thick in centre, turning red when cut. Taste and smell excellent. _ Nearly allied to A. augustus, but differing in colour, its stuffed areolate stem, warty margin, &c. It is one of the most magnificent fungi. The specific name refers to the district bordering on the river Elwy, in which it was so magnificently developed. *A. (Hypholoma) velutinus, Pers. Syn. p. 409; b. leio- cephalus. . Pileus hygrophanous, rugged, smooth except at the margin, where it is fibrillose, pallid asis the stem, whose apex is farinose. On old stumps at Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Sept. 2, 1863. Densely czespitose ; much smaller than the common form, but apparently a mere variety, though a very striking one, from its smooth but very rugged disk. 1010. A. (Psathyra) pennatus, Fr. Syst. vol. 1. p. 297. On naked soil in gardens. King’s Cliffe occasionally, but never in any abundance. 1011. Coprinus similis,n.s. Pileo ovato-campanulato lineato- striato pallido, centro obscuriore hygrophano, verrucis acutis apice fuscis secedentibus vestito ; stipite cavo, albo, basi latiore ; lamellis adnatis, postice attenuatis, sublinearibus, prope mar- ginem brunneolis. On trunks of dead trees. Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Sept. 2, 1862. Resembling C. aphthorus, but differing in the striate pileus, &c. 1012. Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) fulgens, Fr. Ep. p. 267. Bathford Down, Sept. 1863, C. E. Broome. 1013. Hygrophorus arbustivus, Fr. Ep. p. 328. Wiltshire, Dec. 1864, C. E. Broome. 1014. Russula chameleontina, Fr. Obs. i. no. 89. In woods, King’s Cliffe, Sept. 30, 1863. 1015. Lactarius pubescens, Schrad. Spic. p.122. Var. mar- gine tomentoso. In pastures. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, Aug. 1862. Pileus 2 inches across, depressed, clothed with fine matted down; margin involute, tomentose; flesh firm; stem nearly equal, 11 inch high, about 5 lines thick, smooth, pale flesh- coloured ; gills thin, scarcely branched; milk extremely acrid, white, not changeable; odour pungent. 318 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. B. Broome on British Fungi. We have little hesitation in referring this to ZL. pubescens, though the margin is tomentose rather than fibrillose—a circum- stance scarcely sufficient to justify us in considering it as an undescribed species. It seems to be just what Krombholz figures at tab. 13. figs. 1, 2. 1016. L. cyathula, Fr. Syst. Mye. p. 66. In woods. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, Aug. 1862. Pileus plane, at length depressed or infundibuliform, 14-2 inches across, opake, slightly viscid, obtuse or obscurely um- bonate, somewhat zoned, of a pallid flesh-colour; stem spongy, stuffed, 1$-2 inches high, } inch thick, nearly equal, at length compressed, shining with a silky aspect ; gills narrow, crowded, of a yellowish flesh-colour, subdecurrent ; milk white, not changing colour, at length acrid; smell somewhat like that of bugs. *Cantharellus cinereus, Fr. Syst. Mye. p. 820. Burnham Beeches, Rev. G. H. Sawyer. Hampshire, Mrs, Wynne. In both cases abundantly. Not gathered before im England since the time of Bolton. 1017. Marasmius languidus, Fy. Kp. p. 379. (Pers. Myce. Eur. il. p. 110, t. 26. fig. 6.) Coed Coch, Denbighshire. On dead leaves of grass. The specimens agree very closely with A. grossulus, Pers., quoted above, the gills being more decurrent than in the typi- cal form. Persoon, in the text, quotes fig. 2, not fig. 6; but it is clearly a slip of the pen. 1018. M. angulatus (A. angulatus, Pers. Myc. Eur. ii. p. 155, tab. 26. f. 3, 4). On grass. Cefn, Denbighshire, just above the Bone-cave. Very different from M. Vaillanti, to which Fries refers it. 1019. Lentinus fimbriatus, Curr. 1. c. p. 151, tab. 25. f. 2. On a stump ina pond. Lewes, F. Currey. 1020. Boletus variecolor, n.s. Pileo convexo subtomentoso olivaceo, margine involuto; carne sub cute atro-purpureo ; sti- pite bulboso sursum attenuato apice reticulato, deorsum lute- scente, sursum rufescente subtiliter pubescente; tubulis minutis liberis luteis. Deeside, Aberdeenshire, Aug. 11, 1862. The flesh of the pileus and stem is pale, here and there im- clining to yellow, and partially marbled. This species is just intermediate between the sections Subto- mentost and Calopodes of Fries, approaching B. subtomentosus im habit, but with the bulbous reticulated stem of the latter. PuateE XIII. fig. 3. a. B. variecolor, nat. size; b. section of ditto. *B. cyanescens, Bull. t. 369. Mr. Cooke has lately met with this interesting species on the — | ——— Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 319. road leading from Nealishead to Irstead, Norfolk, Sept. 26, 1864. Its claims to a place in the British Flora rested previously on the authority of Sibthorpe alone. 1021. Polyporus (Resupinati) violaceus, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. i. Boru. : On prostrate fir poles. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire. Allied to Merulius, for which a young specimen might easily be taken. The figure of P. purpureus in Rostkovius is an excel- lent representation of our plant; but that species turns quite pale when dry, as in an authentic specimen from Fries. 1022. P. (Resupinati) subfuscus-flavidus, Rostk. in Sturm, no. 27. tab. 11. On oak planks in the roof of King’s Cliffe Church. The pores appear, when viewed one way, of a greyish brown, and the other white. The species appears to be the same with ‘one received from Lindblad, marked “ Pol. n.s.”’; and if we had not a supreme dislike to alter names, we should propose the name of P. Lindbladi instead of the barbarous name given above from Rostkovius. *P. (Resupinati) hybridus, B. & B., Outl. British Fungi, p- Xvil. This species does not, as Fries supposes, belong to Anodermezt; much less is it identical with P. fragilis. *P, (Resupinati) vaporarius, Fr. Var. secernibilis, candidus, exsiccatus melleus. A very remarkable variety of this (if it may be called a variety) occurred with Hydnum niveum, at Ascot, creeping over fir-leayes and heath-twigs quite shaded from the light, and differing from -the common form in being of a pure white when fresh, changing, when dry, to honey-yellow. The subiculum is filmy and se- parable; but we find states of P. vaporarius which approach it so closely in this respect that we cannot detect any good dis- tinctive character. 1023. P. (Resupinati) Gordoniensis, n. sp. Effusus, super- ficialis, membranaceus, tenuissimus sed secernibilis, persistenter candidus, margine breviter fimbriato; poris mmutis inequali- bus angulatis, dissepimentis tenuissimis fimbriato-dentatis. On fir poles. Aboyne Castle, Aberdeenshire. An extremely delicate species, and not in the slightest degree Innate. The margin remains snow-white, and the pores them- selves change colour only very slightly in drying. 1024. Hydnum fragile, Fr. Mon. Hym. Suee. vol. ii. p. 274; Bergeret, vol. i. t. 13, p. 97. Amongst heath, Ascot, where it was pointed out to us by the Rev. G. H. Sawyer, mixed with enormous specimens of Hydnum imbricatum. 320 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. This fine species, which attains a diameter of several inches,. was included, in the ‘Syst. Myc.,’ under H. levigatum, from which it is now very properly separated. We have fine speci- mens of the true plant from Italy. 1025. Hydnum tomentosum, L. Suec. 1259. Ascot, in fir-woods. Abundant, Rev. G. H. Sawyer. Our specimens exactly resemble one from Fries, marked H. tomentosum, var. They have a strong scent of melilot, but differ from H. graveolens nm the strongly zoned pileus, more coriaceous substance, and in the white (not grey) spines. The white spores are thrown down in abundance on any subjacent objects. *H, zonatum, Fr., Batsch, El. f. 229. Ascot, Rev. G. H. Sawyer. A small variety ; remarkable for an appearance in the spines like that of shot silk. Spores ferruginous. 1026. H. argutum, Fr. Syst. Myce. vol. i. p. 424. Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Sept. 1863. Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam, on a willow, extending over a large surface. The plant from Flintshire is the more normal form. Mr. Bloxam’s plant agrees in everything with Svstotrema lawum, Pers. Myce. Eur., referred by Fries to this species, except in the teeth not being serrated. The more distinctive character, how- ever, seems to reside in the spongy subiculum, which consists of rather strong perpendicular threads. The spores are large and subglobose. *H, niveum, Pers. Syn. p. 563. Var. persistenter niveum. Ascot, running over shaded twigs of heath near the ground, in little membranaceous films. Teeth compressed. This does not become so yellow in drying as specimens from other localities; but it does not seem to differ essentially. The patches are only a few lines across. 1027. Grandinia ocellata, Fr. Kip. p. 527. On dead prostrate trunks of trees. Bodelwyddan, Flintshire; Coed Coch, Denbighshire, Aug., Sept., 1863, 1864. *Thelephora Sowerben, B. Outl. p. 266. Nivea infandibu- liformis, tandem decolorans, sursum aculeato-scabra; hymenio | esetuloso. | Mr. Sawyer has at last met with the true plant of Sowerby at | Burnham Beeches, where it has since been seen by others. When fresh, it is of a pure white; though, when exposed to the — weather, it assumes a dingy yellow tinge here and there, and therefore cannot be the same with the Cotterstock plant de- scribed below, of which we now give a figure. The hymenium | is not in the slightest degree setulose. The pileus is rough, , with radiating processes projecting from the surface. Sowerby’s : ee —s ee — ———< Oo Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 321 figure was evidently taken from discoloured specimens, but is very faithful. 1028. T. multizonata, nu.s. Pileo multiplici infundibuliformi e variis lobis stipitibusque confluentibus oriundo, sursum lete earneo-rufo multizonato, margine lobato-crenulato ; hymenio costulato pallidiore glabro. 7. Sowerbeti, Kung. Fl., in part. Forming a dense mass, of a beautiful reddish tint ; flesh and stem zoned within. . This species is perfectly distinct from Sowerby’s plant, and has not, we believe, been noticed by any continental botanist. Our figure will prevent any confusion for the future. Puate XIII. fig. 4. Thelephora multizonata, B. & B., nat. size. 1029. Corticium evolvens, Fr. El. i. p. 181. On a dead double cherry, in great abundance. King’s Cliffe, Jan. 1864. 1080. Sparassis crispa, Fr. Syst. Myce. vol. i. p. 465. Amongst heath. South-east Berkshire, between the Asylum for Criminals and the Wellington College, Rev. G. H. Sawyer. For an account of this noble addition to our list, we beg to refer to the ‘Intellectual Observer,’ No. 25, page 1 (cum icone). 1031. Clavaria formosa, Pers. Ic. et Deser. t. 3. f.6. Bath- _ ford Down, C. E. Broome. Spores buff, broadly fusiform, granulated. 1032. Calocera stricta, Fr. Ep. p. 581. On ash. Belvoir Castle, Oct. 1862. This differs from Calocera cornea in its scattered mode of growth and slender habit. Occasionally two individuals grow from the same spot ; but they are never broadly confluent at the base, as in the common species. *Melanogaster ambiguus, Tul. Fung. Hyp. tab. 2. f. 5. This species has been found near Jedburgh by Mr. Jerdon— a circumstance worth recording, as so few Hypogzous Fungi | have hitherto occurred in Scotland. 1033. Bovista ammophila, Lév. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. sér. 3. tab. 9. fig. 5. “On the side of a wood at Cefn Meiriadoch, Denbighshire, on the road leading from Pont Newydd, Sept. 1864. Exactly according with Léveillé’s figure and description. 1034. Badhamia inaurata, Curr. 1. c. p. 156, fig. 8. On Jungermanniz, Pett’s Wood, Paul’s Cray Common, Oct. 1859, F. Currey. 1035. Didymium serpula, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. i. p. 126. On dead plane-leaves. Batheaston, C. E. Broome, March 1864. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 21 322 Mr. A. Adams on some new Genera of Mollusca 1036. Cribraria argillacea, Pers. Obs. 1. p. 90; Schrad. Nov. Gen. figs. 1, 2. On decayed branches and stumps of Scotch fir. Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, 1862. Forming broad confluent patches, pouring out a large quan- tity of clay-coloured dust. The least beautiful of the genus, though, when cleared from the spores, the plant is a pretty ob- ject under the microscope. 1037. C. aurantiaca, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. i. p. 174. On decayed branches of Scotch fir, Aboyne, Aberdeenshire, with Ceratium, 1862. Far less abundant than the last, and a very pretty though minute species. (To be continued. } XXXV.—On some New Genera of Mollusca from the Seas of Japan. By Artuur Apams, F.L.S., &e. Genus Mirromorena, A. Ad. Testa elongato-fusiformis, utrinque acuminata; anfractibus planis, — transversim liratis. Apertura angusta ; columella recta, leviter trans- versim lirata; labro acuto, intus levi, postice vix sinuato. Like the Cancilla form of Mitra, but without any trace of plaits on the columella. By some it would be considered a mitriform Daphnella, which it certainly is. In shape it also — resembles the subgenus Genota, but not in texture or surface. Dibaphus and certain Cones also suggest themselves when the ~ characters of this shell are regarded. Mitromorpha lirata, A. Ad. M. testa subalbida aut pallide fusca, mitriformi, utrinque acuminata, spira aperturam equante; anfractibus normalibus 5, convexis, transversim liratis, liris subconfertis equalibus eequidistantibus ; apertura angusta, labio recto, simplici, plica unica imconspicua antice instructo; labro intus levi, margine crenulato; columella antice arcuatim truncata. Hab. Simonoseki; Seto-Utchi. The two or three nucleolar whorls are smooth, like those in M. filosa from Santa Barbara, described by Dr. Carpenter. A variety or allied species has the whorls longitudinally phieate, and some of the transverse lire corrugate or undulated. Genus CytHaropsts, A. Ad. Testa fusiformis, utrinquea cuminata, Cythare formi; anfractibus convexis, costellis longitudinalibus et liris transversis cancellatis. Apertura angusta, columella transversim sulcata ; labro extus varl-— from the Seas of Japan. 323 coso, intus valde lirato, postice leviter sinuato, canali antice subpro- ducto, acuminato, ad sinistram inclinato. Unable to refer this shell to any established genus, and my scientific friends failing to assist me, I have ventured upon giving _ itgeneric rank. It is an elegant cancellated shell, resembling in form some of the more slender species of Cythara. From all the species of that genus, however, it differs in the recurved eanaliculate aperture and in the cancellation of the surface. Cytharopsis cancellata, A. Ad. C. testa utrinque acuminata, rufescente, spira aperturam zequante ; anfractibus convexis, costellis longitudinalibus et liris transversis confertis eleganter cancellatis, anfractu ultimo antice producto et acumimato. Hab. Mino-Sima, 63 fathoms. Among the Pleurotoma tribe, this very elegant form most nearly approaches Genota ; but in that Mitra-like shell the outer lip is not variced, nor is the surface cancellated. I dredged the young of this species also in 54 fathoms’ water off the island of Quelpart ; so that it does not appear to be limited to the Sea of Japan. Genus Crossga, A. Ad. Testa turbinata, umbilicata, alba. Anfractus convexi, cancellati, simplices aut varicibus instructi. Apertura orbiculata, antice in angulum canaliculatum producta; umbilico callo funiformi coarctato et circumcincto. The singular and beautiful little shells which I have here de- dicated to the able and zealous conductor of the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ have perhaps the closest affinity with Cirso- trema, Mérch, a genus of Scalide. They also remind one of Tormia with regard to the peculiar cord-like callus which en- circles the umbilicus, and in their form and cancellation they very much resemble some of the species of Conradia. A great “peculiarity consists in the canaliculate angular projection at the fore part of the aperture. | 1. Crossea miranda, A. Ad. _C. testa elongato-turbinata, candida; anfractibus convexis, spiraliter _ liratis, interstitiis cancellatis, varicibus longitudinalibus (3-4) _ distantibus prominentibus instructis; umbilico cingulo funiformi succincto ; labro extus fimbriato-varicoso. Hab. Gotto Islands, 64 fathoms. 2. Crossea bellula, A. Ad. _C. testa depresso-turbinata, alba ; anfractibus spiraliter liratis, inter- il as 324 Bibliographical No tices. stitiis cancellatis, varicibus nullis; umbilico callo funiformi cir- cumcincto; labro extus simplici, margine acuto. Hab. Gotto Islands, 64 fathoms. Genus Laona, A. Ad. Testa semiovata, tenui, rimata, striis incrementi lamellosis rugosa ; spira celatee ; anfractu ultimo magno rotundato. Apertura ampla, obliqua, rotundato-ovalis ; labio recedente arcuato ; labro simplici. The British Bulla pruinosa belongs to the same group, which offers the peculiarity of a decussate surface. The form of the — shells also is so different from that of any other division of Bul- lidee, that I consider it desirable to point out the significance of these shells by giving them a distinctive name. The animal is unknown. Laona zonata, A. Ad. ZL. testa sordide alba, fasciis duabus transversis latis rufo-fuseis ornata, lamellis longitudinalibus confertis tenuibus crenellatis et striis concentricis decussata. | Hab. O-Sima; Yohuko. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Ootheca Wolleyana. Part I. Edited by ALFRED Newron, M.A. &e. | Van Voorst, 1864. Unper the modest title of a catalogue, or list, of the contents of ° the egg-chest of the late John Wolley, Mr. Alfred Newton has brought together and arranged a great number of valuable observa- | tions made by his late friend. 5 We need hardly remind our readers that Mr. Wolley was a most zealous and accurate ornithologist, and was especially successful in dis- covering the breeding-quarters of many of the rarest European birds. | His labours were especially directed to the exploration of the north-| eastern portion of Arctic Europe, Lapland, &c., from which he used to bring back, year by year, a store of most interesting observa-' tions and spoils to gladden the eyes of many a fellow-ornithologist, | and to enrich many collections with birds in a state of plumage) hardly known before. We rejoice to hear that the exploration of this interesting district is still being carried on by Mr. Newton, who’ seems to have inherited not only the collections, but the mantle of Wolley. Wolley was a model naturalist. To the untiring energy and) fond observation of a Waterton he added the critical exactness of a scholar ; and thus, in his short life, he probably did more for Euro- pean ornithology than any other living naturalist. Mr. Newton has found congenial employment in editing and revising (with addi- tions) the memoranda of his friend ; and we have only to say, with Royal Society :—On Kozoon Canadense. 825 regard to the present handsome volume, that it is a monument at once worthy of the naturalist whose name it bears and creditable to his literary executor, who has shown excellent judgment in his se- lection of matter, and good taste in the illustrations, of which latter it is only needful to observe that they are from the pencils of Hewit- son and Wolf. To all oologists the ‘ Ootheca’ will be indispensable. Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Collection of the Australian Museum. By Grrarp Krerrrt, Curator and Secretary. Sydney : printed by order of the Trustees. 1864. This Catalogue is prepared on the model of Dr. Gray’s ‘ List of Mammalia in the British Museum.’ Indeed it is almost a facsimile in form and appearance, with the addition of a few notes on the habits of some of the more recently discovered species, the descrip- tion of three or four which Mr. Krefft thinks had not been described before, a synopsis of the dental formula of each genus, and some short directions for the preservation of specimens. Considerable attention is paid to the local names which are given to the animals in the different districts of Australia which they inhabit. We may give the following as a specimen of the notes that it con- tains. Under Phascogale penicillata, Mr. Krefft observes—‘ The female is not provided with any visible pouch; the number of mamme is ten, and as many young are occasionally brought forth, though probably not more than four or five reach maturity.” After quoting Mr. Gould’s account of its habits, he proceeds—‘ As I have fre- quent opportunities of observing this animal, I am able to state that Mr. Gould’s charges as to its depredations are quite unfounded, as it is a truly insectivorous animal, which may, indeed, occasionally cap- ture a small bird or a mouse. When it has taken up its quarters in a store, the owner can derive benefit only from its presence, as it destroys cockroaches and other insects, and soon clears the place of smaller rodents, though it is no match for a rat” (p. 29). The collection consists of 283 species, thus divided :—Primates 45, Ferze 62, Marsupialia 59, Rodentia 57, Edentata 7, Pachydermata 7, Ruminantia 35, Cete 11. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. Dec. 15, 1864.—J. P. Gassiot, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. “On the Structure and Affinities of EHozoon Canadense.”’ Ina Letter to the President. By W. B. Carpenter, M.D., F.R.S. I cannot doubt that your attention has been drawn to the dis- covery announced by Sir Charles Lyell in his Presidential Address at the late Meeting of the British Association, of large masses of a fossil organism referable to the Foraminiferous type, near the base 326 Royal Society :— of the Laurentian series of rocks in Canada. The geological position of this fossil (almost 40,000 feet beneath the base of the Silurian system) is scarcely more remarkable than its zoological relations; for there is found in it the evidence of a most extraordinary development of that Rhizopod type of animal life which at the present time pre- sents itself only in forms of comparative insignificance—a development which enabled it to separate carbonate of lime from the ocean-waters in quantity sufficient to produce masses rivalling in bulk and solidity those of the stony corals of later epochs, and thus to furnish (as there seems good reason to believe) the materials of those calcareous strata which occur in the higher parts of the Laurentian series. Although a detailed account of this discovery, including the results of the microscopic examinations into the structure of the fossil which have been made by Dr. Dawson and myself, has been already com- municated to the Geological Society by Sir William E. Logan, I venture to believe that the Fellows of the Royal Society may be glad to be more directly made acquainted with my view of its relations to the types of Foraminifera which I have already described in the Phi- losophical Transactions. The massive skeletons of the Rhizopod to which the name Hozoon Canadense has been given, seem to have extended themselves over the surface of submarine rocks, their base frequently reaching a diameter of 12 inches, and their thickness being usually from 4 to 6 inches, — A vertical section of one of these masses exhibits a more or less regular alternation of calcareous and siliceous Jayers, these being most distinet in the basal portion. The specimens which the kindness of Sir William E. Logan has given me the opportunity of examining are composed of carbonate of lime alternating with serpentine—the cal- careous layers being formed by the original skeleton of the animal, whilst the serpentine has filled up the cavities once occupied by its sarcode-body. In other specimens the carbonate of lime is replaced by dolomite, and the serpentine by pyroxene, Loganite, or some other mineral of which silex is a principal constituent. The regular alternation of calcareous and siliceous layers which is characteristie of the basal portion of these masses, frequently gives place in the more superficial parts to a mutual interpenetration of these minerals, the green spots of the serpentine being scattered over the surface of the section, instead of being collected in continuous bands, so as to ive it a granular instead of a striated aspect. This difference we shall find to depend upon a departure from the typical plan of growth, which often occurs (as in other Foraminifera) in the later stages—the minute chambers being no longer arranged in continuous tiers, but being piled together irregularly, in a manner resembling that in which the cancelli are disposed at the extremities of a long bone. The minute structure of this organism may be determined by the microscopic examination either of thin transparent sections, or of pertions which have been submitted to the action of dilute acid, so as to remove the calcareous shell, leaving only the siliceous casts of the chambers and other cavities originally occupied by the sub- stance of the animal. Each of these modes of examination, as I have ES Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Eozoon Canadense. 327 shown on a former occasion*, has its peculiar advantages; and the combination of both, here permitted by the peculiar mode in which the Hozoon has become fossilized, gives us a most complete repre- sentation not only of the skeleton of the animal, but of its soft sarcode- body and its minute pseudopodial extensions as they existed during life. In well-preserved specimens of Hozoon, the shelly substance often retains its characters so distinctly, that the details of its structure can be even more satisfactorily made out than can those of most of the comparatively modern Nummulites. And even the hue of the original sarcode seems traceable in the canal-system ; so exactly does its aspect, as shown in transparent sections, correspond with that of similar canals in recent specimens of Polystomella, Calcarina, &c. in which the sarcode-body has been dried. This last circumstance appears to me to afford a remarkable con- firmation of the opinion formed by Mr. Sterry Hunt upon minera- logical grounds—that the siliceous infiltration of the cavities of the Eozoon was the result of changes occurring before the decomposition of the animal. And the extraordinary completeness of this infil- tration may be the result (as was suggested by Professor Milne- Edwards with regard to the infiltration of fossil bones and teeth, in the course of the discussion which took place last year on the Abbe- ville jaw) of the superiority of the process of substitution, in which the animal matter is replaced (particle by particle) by some mineral substance, over that of mere penetration. The Zozoon in its living state might be likened to an extensive range of building made up of successive tiers of chambers, the cham- bers of each tier for the most part communicating very freely with each other (like the secondary chambers of Carpenteria+), so that the segments of the sarcodic layer which occupied them were inti- mately connected, as is shown by the continuity of their siliceous models. The proper walls of these chambers are everywhere formed of a pellucid vitreous shell-substance minutely perforated with parallel tubuli, so as exactly to correspond with that of Nummulites, Cyclo- celypeus, and Operculinat; and even these minute tubuli are so pene- trated by siliceous infiltration, that when the calcareous shell has been removed by acid, the internal casts of their cavities remain, in the form of most delicate needles standing parallel to one another on the solid mould of the cavity of the chamber, over which they form a delicate filmy layer. But, between the proper walls of the successive tiers of chambers, there usually intervene layers of very variable thickness, composed of a homogeneous shell-substance ; and these layers represent the ‘“ in- termediate” or ‘supplemental’? skeleton which I have described in several of the larger ForamtnireRA, and which attains a peculiar development in Calearina §. And, as in Calcarina and other recent and fossil FoRAMINIFERA, this “‘ intermediate skeleton”’ is traversed by a “canal-system”’ || that gave passage to the prolongations of the * Memoir on Polystomella, in Phil. Trans. for 1860, pp. 538, 540. 7 Phil. Trans. 1860, p. 566. = { Ibid. 1856, p.558, and pl. xxxi. figs. 9 & 10. § Ibid. 1860, p. 553. || Ibid. p. 554, plate xx. fig. 3. 328 Royal Society :-— sarcode-body, by the agency of which the calcareous substance of this intermediate skeleton seems to have been deposited. The distribution of this canal-system, although often well displayed in transparent sections, is most beautifully shown (as in Polystomella*) by the siliceous casts which are left after the solution of the shell, these casts being the exact models of the extensions of the sarcode-body that originally occupied its passages. In those portions of the organism in which the chambers, instead of being regularly arranged in floors, are piled together in an “ acer- _ yuline ” manner, there is little trace either of ‘‘ intermediate skeleton ”’ or of “ canal-system”’; but the characteristic structure of their proper walls is still unmistakeably exhibited. Whilst, therefore, I most fully accord with Dr. Dawson in referring the Hozoon Canadense, notwithstanding its massive dimensions and its zoophytic mode of growth, to the group of Foramintrera, I am led to regard its immediate affinity as being rather with the Num- muline than with the Rotaline series—that affinity being marked by the structure of the proper wall of the chambers, which, as I have elsewhere endeavoured to show 7, is a character of primary impor- tance in this group, the plan of growth and the mode of communica- tion of the chambers being of secondary value, and the disposition of the “intermediate skeleton”? and its ‘‘canal-system’’ being of yet lower account. I cannot refrain from stopping to draw your attention to the fact that the organic structure and the zoological affinities of this body, which was at first supposed to be a product of purely physical opera- tions, are thus determinable by the microscopic examination of an area no larger than a pin-hole—and that we are thus enabled to predicate the nature of the living action by which it was produced, at a geological epoch whose remoteness in ¢ime carries us even be- yond the range of the imagination, with no less certainty than the astronomer can now, by the aid of ‘‘ spectrum analysis,” determine the chemical and physical constitution of bodies whose remoteness in space alike transcends our power to conceive. The only objections which are likely to be raised by paleeontologists to such a determination of the nature of Hozoon, would be suggested by its zoophytic mode of growth, and by its gigantic size. The first objection, however, is readily disposed of, since I have elsewhere shown{ that a minute organism long ranked as zoophytic, and de- scribed by Lamarck under the designation Millepora rubra, is really but an aberrant form of the Rotaline family of FoRAMINIFERA, its peculiarity consisting only in the mode of increase of its body, every segment of which has the characteristic structure of the Rotaline; and thus, so far from presenting a difficulty, the zoophytic character of Hozoon leads us to assign it a place in the Nummuline series exactly corresponding to that of Polytrema in the Rotaline. And the ob- jection arising from the size and massiveness of Hozoon loses all its force when we bear in mind that the increase of FORAMINIFERA * Phil. Trans. 1860, plate xviii. fig. 12. + Introduction to the Study of the Foraminifera, chap. ii. + Ibid. p. 208. Mr. L. 8. Beale on a new Microscope Object-glass. 3829 generally takes place by gemmation, and that the size which any individual may attain mainly depends (as in the Vegetable kingdom) upon the number of segments which bud continuously from the ori- ginal stock, instead of detaching themselves to form independent or- ganisms; so that there is no essential difference, save that of con- tinuity, between the largest mass of Hozoon and an equal mass made up of a multitude of Nummulites. Moreover there is other evidence that very early in the Paleeozoic age the Foraminiferous type attained a development to which we have nothing comparable at any later epoch ; for it has been shown by Mr. J. W. Salter * that the struc- ture of the supposed coral of the Silurian series to which the name Receptaculites has been given, so closely corresponds with that which I have demonstrated in certain forms of the Orditolite typet, as to leave no doubt of their intimate relationship, although the disks of Receptaculites sometimes attain a diameter of 12 inches, whilst that of the largest Orditolite I have seen does not reach 8;ths of an inch. And it is further remarkable in this instance, that the gigantic size attained by Receptaculites proceeds less from an extraordinary multiplication of segments than from such an enormous development of the individual segments as naturally to suggest grave doubts of the character of this fossil, until the exactness of its structural con- formity to its comparatively minute recent representative had been worked out. In a private communication to myself, Dr. Dawson has expressed the belief that Stromatopora and several other reputed corals of the Palzeozoic series will prove in reality to be gigantic Zoophytic Rhi- zopods, like Hozoon and Recepétaculites; and I have little doubt that further inquiry will justify this-anticipation. Should it prove correct, our ideas of the importance of the Rhizopod type in the earlier periods of geological history will undergo a vast extension ; and many questions will arise in regard to its relations to those higher types which it would seem to have anticipated. In the present state of our knowledge, however, or rather of our ignorance, I think it better to leave all such questions undiscussed, limiting myself to the special object of this communication—the ap- plication of my former Researches into the Minute Structure of the Foraminifera, to the determination of the nature and affinities of the oldest type of Organic Life yet known to the geologist. Jan. 19, 1865.—Sir Henry Holland, Bart., Vice-President, in the Chair. “Note on a New Object-glass for the Microscope, of higher magnifying power than any one hitherto made. By Lionel S. Beale, M.B., F.R.S., &c. I desire to record the completion of a new objective, with a mag- nifying power double that of the twenty-fifth. This glassis a fiftieth, and magnifies nearly three thousand diameters with the low eye- piece. Messrs. Powell and Lealand, the makers, to whom science ~* Canadian Organic Remains. Decade i. t+ Phil. Trans. 1855. 330 Royal Society. is indebted for this the highest power yet made, produced a sixteenth in the year 1840, and a twenty-sixth in 1860. The fiftieth defines even better than the twenty-fifth, which is now made instead of the twenty-sixth. Plenty of light for illu- minating the objects to be examined is obtained by the use of a condenser provided with a thin cap, having an opening not more than the ,),th of an inch in diameter. The preparation may be covered with the thinnest glass made by Messrs. Chance, of Bir- mingham, or with mica, and there is plenty of room for focusing to the lower surface of thin specimens, which can alone be examined by high powers as transparent objects. I beg to draw attention to these very high powers at this time more particularly, because the facts recently urged in favour of the doctrine of spontaneous generation lately revived may be studied with great advantage. Not only are particles, too small to be discerned by a sixteenth, well seen by a twenty-fifth or a fiftieth, but particles too transparent to be observed — by the twenty-fifth are distinctly demonstrated by the fiftieth. I feel sure that the further careful study, by the aid of these high powers, of the development and increase of some of the lowest or- ganisms, and the movements which have been seen to occur in con- nexion with certain forms of living matter (Amceba, white blood- corpuscle, young epithelial cells, &c.), will lead to most valuable results bearing upon the much debated question of vital actions. Another very great advantage resulting from the use of the highest powers occurs in minute investigations upon delicate structures which occupy different planes, as is the case in many nervous organs. In studying the distribution of the nerves in some of the peripheral organs of vertebrate animals, very fine fibres can be followed as they lie upon different planes. The most delicate constituent nerve-fibres of the plexus in the summit of the papillee of the frog’s tongue (“‘ New Observations upon the Minute Anatomy of the Papille of the Frog’s Tongue,” Phil. Trans. for 1864), can be readily traced by the aid of this power. The finest nerve-fibres thus rendered visible are so thin, that ima drawing they would be represented by fine single lines. Near the summit of the papilla there is a very intricate interlacement of nerve- fibres, which, although scarcely brought out by the twenty-fifth, is very clearly demonstrated by this power. In this object the defini- tion of the fibres, as they ramify in various planes one behind another, is remarkable; and the flat appearance of the specimen as seen by the twenty-fifth, gives place to that of considerable depth of tissue and perspective. The finest nerve-fibres ramifying in the cornea and in certain forms of connective tissue are beautifully brought out by this power, and their relation to the delicate processes from the connective-tissue corpuscles can be more satisfactorily demon- strated than with the twenty-fifth. The advantage of the fiftieth in such investigations seems mainly due to its remarkable power of penetration. ‘lhe angular aperture of this glass is 150°. Many twelfths have been made with a higher angular aperture, amounting to 170°. Zoological Society :—Dr. J. E. Gray on Urocyclus. 331 ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. May 24, 1864.—Prof. Huxley, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. On Urocycuus, A New Genus or TERRESTRIAL GASTERO- Ppopous Mo.uuvusca From ArFrRica. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., ETC. Dr. John Kirk has kindly sent to the British Museum, with some other Mollusca in spirits, a specimen of a Slug from the Zambesi. Naked Terrestrial Mollusca seem rare in that country, for Dr. Kirk says it is the only species of Slug that he observed during his journey: he thinks that the country is probably too dry for them. It was found on some floating weed near the mouth of the river Zambesi. It was not uncommon. This Slug forms a new genus, which may be thus named and described :— URocycuvs. Body elongate, attached its whole length to the upper surface of the foot. Mantle shield-like, uniformly granular ; a small and round deep pit in the middle of the hinder margin. Shell ? Sub- caudal gland very large, deep, circular, surrounded by a broad trans- versely grooved edge. ‘The respiratory aperture on the middle of the right side of the mantle; orifice of generation at the base of the right tentacles. Tentacles four, retractile ; lower small. This genus is exactly like a Limaz or an Arion in external form ; but is immediately to be distinguished from either of them by the large size of the deep glandular pit, which is situated on the upper surface of the tip of the tail, and is surrounded by a broad, smooth, raised edge, marked with numerous transverse grooves. The genus Milaz is said to have two small pores near the hinder edge of the mantle, which may be analogous to the single pores in the mantle of this genus. The genus Mi/az is certainly destitute of any subcaudal gland or pore, and is referred to the family Limacidee ; while the genus here described is peculiar for the large size and general development of the subcaudal pore. In the pores on the hinder edge of the mantle it may be allied to the Limazx noctilucus of D’Orbigny and the Phosphorazr noetilucus of Webb and Berthelot, of Teneriffe ; but this animal is so very im- perfectly described and badly figured that it is not easy to under- standit. Férussac, in the ‘Bulletin d. Sci. Nat.’ 1821, x. 300, in which it is first noticed under the name of Limaw noctilucus, only observes, “it is furnished with an aperture in the mantle similar to that in Arion eatraneus, from which escapes a phosphorescent matter.” Now Arion extraneus is evidently a Drusia; and the hole in the mantle is the space left between the reflexed edges of that organ, exhibiting part of the shell. The figure given by D’Orbigny, in Fé- russac’s ‘ Mollusca,’ p.76,t.2. f.8, exhibits the body contracted, and _ the hinder part produced into a marginal disk, which is said to be lucid green and phosphorescent in the dark. The tail is described as rounded, and no mention is made of any subcaudal gland of any kind ; so that it can scarcely be the genus here described ; for the large, 332 Zoological Society :— deep subcaudal circular pit, with its large, thick, prominent rim, could not have been overlooked on the most casual examination. I have not considered it right to cut into the single specimen which we possess of this interesting genus, either to examine the con- sistence or form of the shell, or to describe the form, structure, and disposition of the teeth—all most important particulars, which I hope the receipt of other specimens will enable me before long to supply. The pore near the hinder margin of the shield is deep and lined with membrane, which is swollen up and bladder-like at the base in the specimen in spirits, not showing any indication of a shell; and therefore it cannot be (as has been suggested by one zoologist, to whom I had showed the specimen) compared to the open space which is left on the upper surface of the shell by the edge of the mantle being only partially reflected over its outer surface, as in the genera Drusia, Girasia, Merialla, and Parmacellus in the Arionidee, and Peltelia in the Limacidee. It is probably more properly to be com- pared with the luminous gland which is said to be found, but so imperfectly and differently described as existing in the genus Phos- phorax. The mantle is rather produced and free in front and on the front part of the sides, but does not appear to be so free as in the Eu- ropean species of the genus Limaz. ’Urocycuus Kirkxtt. Pale brown, with minute square black spots on the sides, with a black streak on each side of the back; middle of the back with two darker brown streaks. The sides of the body with diverging sunken lines. The margin of the foot with a series of small black specks. Hab. Central Africa. June 28, 1864.—Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., in the Chair. On a New Genus or PepIcuLaTe FisH FROM THE SEA OF Mapeira. By Dr. Ausrert Ginruer, F.Z.S. Mr. J. Y. Johnson discovered during his last sojourn in Ma- deira, on the 24th December 1863, a fish which proves to be the type of a new genus, not only on account of its extraordinary form, but also on account of the absence of ventral fins. In the latter respect it agrees with Ceratias from the coast of Greenland, from which, however, it differs in its dentition. It must be extremely rare, as the specimen entrusted to me by Mr. Johnson for description, and presented by him to the British Museum, is the only ove which has ever come to the knowledge of naturalists. Neither the Rev. R. T. Lowe nor Mr. Johnson had heard of its existence, nor did the fishermen recognize it. It is evi- dently a deep-sea fish, inhabiting the same horizontal marine zone Dr. A. Giinther on a new Genus of Pediculate Fish. 333 as Saccopharynx and Alepidosaurus. When brought to Mr. Johnson, the belly was much distended, and contained, rolled up spirally into a ball, a Scopeline fish, which measured 73 inches in length, and 1 inch in depth. Nevertheless it was tempted to take a bait. MELANOCETUS. Head and body compressed, head very large, body small, abdo- minal cavity forming a sac suspended from the trunk. Cleft of the mouth exceedingly wide, vertical. Teeth of the jaws and palate long, pointed, unequal in size. Skin smooth. The spinous dorsal is reduced to a single filament placed on the head. The soft dorsal and anal short. Ventrals none. Slit of the gill-openings of mode- rate width, below the pectoral. MELANOCETUS JOHNSONII. Brejt4. -C. 8. Ai 4, P: 18. This singular fish is distinguished by a greater disproportion of the various parts of its body than is found in the other genera of the family to which it belongs. The head is of a tetrahedral form, and is the most extensive part of the whole animal. The gape is enormous; and although the lower jaw is vertical when the mouth is closed, it can be moved downwards at more than a right angle. The lateral extensibility of the mouth is not less than the vertical; so that the prey which can be received within the cavity of the mouth actually may exceed the size of the fish itself. This enormous head is followed by a very small trunk and tail, the length of both being less than the depth of the head. As the trunk would not offer suf- ficient room for an abdominal cavity corresponding in size to the prey swallowed, this cavity is suspended as a large sac from the lower part of the body, and floats in the water. The upper and lower jaws are armed with a series of teeth which are very unequal in length, some being very long, others small ; all are very slender, and can be depressed towards the inside of the mouth: this peculiarity of the teeth may be observed in the Lophius, in the Pike, and nu- merous other rapacious fish with long slender teeth. The vomer is armed with a transverse series of single teeth, and extends across the whole width of the roof of the mouth; the palatine and pterygoid teeth are situated at some distance behind the vomer, and form two bundles irregular in form. The pharynx and cesophagus are, as might be expected, very wide. The eye is situated high up on the side of the head ; it is very small, and covered by, but appearing through, the skin. There are no nasal openings. The opercular pieces are reduced to styliform rudiments; there are five branchiostegals. Only the three inner branchial arches bear short branchial lamelle, which are disposed in a double series on the two middle ones, and in a single one on the innermost arch. The gill-opening itself is a slit of moderate width, below and behind the pectoral fin. The upper surface of the head is concave, and in the middle of its anterior por- tion there is situated the single filament to which the anterior dorsal 334 Zoological Society :— fin is reduced ; this filament is more than half as high as the head, and dilated into a small lamella at its extremity. The second dorsal fin occupies the back of the tail, and is composed of fourteen simple rays, none of which are as high as the fin is long. The caudal fin is quite free from the dorsal and anal, and composed of eight very soft rays, which are bifid at the end, and form a convex posterior margin. Anal fin very short, composed of four rays only, which are opposed to the posterior dorsal rays. The base of the pectoral fin is fleshy and enveloped in skin, as in other Pediculati. It is com- posed of eighteen simple and feeble rays. Ventral fins none. Vent situated immediately behind the abdominal sac. The whole fish, even the inside of the mouth, of the abdominal sac, and of the sto- mach, is of a uniform deep black. Total length (mouth closed) 3,8; inches; length of intermaxillary and of mandible 1,4, inch. Nov. 8, 1864.—Prof. Huxley, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. Note oN THE CLAweED Toaps (DAcCTYLETHRA) OF AFRICA. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., etc. There has long been known a Toad that has long slender fingers to its fore feet, like the Pipe, and very large webbed hinder feet, some of the toes of which are armed with very distinct horny black claws—a peculiarity of structure that is quite an exception amongst the Batrachian animals. The specimen first observed was brought from South Africa: it was described and figured by Cuvier, in the second edition of the ‘Regne Animal’ (vol. ii. p. 107, t. 7. f. 3), under the name of Dacty- lethra. This author states that the animal had been before partially known; for it is figured, but without its claws, in the ‘ Planches Enluminées’ as the male Pipa, I suppose on account of the form of the feet. Daudin described it under the name of the Crapaud lisse (t. 30. f.1); and Merrem, in his Compilations, calls it Pipa bu- fonia. It is now generally known as the Dactylethra capensis of Cuvier. Dr. Peters, when examining a specimen of this animal which he obtained from Mozambique, discovered a very small cylindrical ap- pendage, or beard, situated on the front part of the underside of the orbit ; and described it as a new species, under the name of Dactyle- thra Miilleri, in the ‘ Monatsber. der Berlin. Acad.’ (1844, p. 37). Dr. Hallowell, having observed the same beard under the eyes of a young specimen which he had obtained from the Gaboon through Dr. H. A. Ford, gives a long description of it, under the name of Dae- tylethra Miéilleri, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences’ for 1857, p. 65. Dr. Giinther, in his excellent ‘Catalogue of Batrachia Salientia in the British Museum,’ published in 1858, admits the two species, and appears not to have observed the minute beard under the eyes in the specimens from South and West Africa, then in the Museum collection; but when we received, in 1862, the specimen Dr. J. E. Gray on the Clawed Toads of Africa. 335 from Natal collected by Mr. Ayres, he named it the D. Miilleri of Peters. Professor Auguste Duméril, in his paper on African Reptiles, published in the ‘ Archives du Muséum,’ vol. x. (1861), makes some observations on the distinction of the two species, and figures the head of D. capensis and the entire animal of D. Miilleri, showing the little beard under the eyes in the latter figure and not in the former. He also makes the head of D. capensis more produced and narrowed in front than in his figure of D. Miilleri; but I cannot see any such difference between the heads of the Cape and Western African spe- cimens in the Museum collection. I may observe that if these naturalists had examined specimens from South Africa, either near the Cape or even so far north as Natal, they would have found the same beard in the true Dactyle- thra capensis, showing that this beard, at least, is a character of the genus, and not a peculiarity of the Mozambique or West Afri- can specimens. In several of the specimens the beard under the eyes, at least when it is preserved in spirits, varies in size on the two sides of the animal; and in one specimen it is scarcely visible on one side, and well developed on the other. Dr. Peters also gives as a character of his D. Miilleri, that it has a spur at the base of the first toe; and Dr. Hallowell observes that the specimen he had from Gaboon “differs from the Dactylethra of the Cape, more especially in the presence of a sharp-pointed spur projecting from the cuneiform bone, which is not observed in Dac- tylethra capensis.” Dr. Giinther, in his ‘ Catalogue’ (p. 2), also uses this spur as part of the specific character. He says— D. levis. ‘‘ Tarsus and metatarsus without any tubercle or spur.”’ D. Miilleri. ‘A spur at the base of the first toe.” Professor Auguste Duméril, in the paper before referred to, figures the feet of D. capensis (t. 18. f. 6, 6a) for the purpose of comparing them with thefeet of the other figure (of D. Miillerz), and observes, “On peut saisir ainsi des dissemblances fort evidentes des deux espéces”’ (p. 232), showing the spur very distinct in the latter, and not visible in the former—in fact, making the figure agree with the characters assigned, as in the case of the beard under the eyes, rather than as they are in nature. On examining the specimens from the Cape of Good Hope (col- lected by Sir Andrew Smith and Mr. Hunter), from West Africa (collected by Mr. Fraser and Mr. Welwitsch), and from Natal (col- lected by the Rev. H. Callaway and Mr. T. Ayres), I find they all have exactly the same kind of spur, which is least distinctly marked in the latter specimen, from Natal, called D. Miillert by Dr. Giinther ; but the distinctness of the spur appears to depend on the whole foot being larger and more plump, and it is more distinctly developed or prominent in the smaller than in the larger specimens. The black horny claws which cover the last joint of the three outer toes and the spur of the hind foot are deciduous in spirits. 336 Zoological Society :— Hence the spur may have been overlooked in specimens which have been long in spirits; and the distinctness of the spur greatly depends on the presence or absence of this claw. These black claws are to be seen on the youngest specimens as soon as the toes are developed. The skin is scattered with small white lines dispersed in a sym- metrical manner, which, when examined by a magnifier of rather high power, display linear series of close minute perforations or glandular openings. Dr. Hallowell seems to have observed some of these; for he mentions ‘‘ the semilunar rows of longitudinal glands on the throat ;’’ but he does not seem to have seen that they are symmetrically distributed over nearly the whole of the body, and especially on the head, the back, and the sides, as well as the throat. He specially observes that the skin is smooth, and that there is no lateral line visible. Professor Auguste Duméril does not take any notice of them in his short observations; but in his figure of D. Miilleri (t. 18. f. 3) he represents the double series of them that surrounds the back like a double series of short prominences or tubercles, very unlike the sunken line of pores which they are—indeed so unlike that I should not have understood what they were intended to represent on this smooth-skinned Toad, had I not previously observed the glands, and if they were not placed exactly where the double line of pores is — situated, and where there are no such prominences on the animal as his figure seems to represent. I will now proceed to notice the distribution of the more important of these white glandular lines. There are two horizontal lines, slightly separated in the middle, at the end of the nose, under the nostril ; a line between the eye and the nostril; and a series of ob- lique lines across the swollen band which surrounds the eye on the ? Dr. J. E. Gray on the Clawed Toads of Africa. 337 edge of the orbit ; two rows of glands on the back of the neck, placed rather obliquely to each other, and some scattered ones on the outer side of them; two series of short lines from the middle of the tem- ples, continued over the shoulder, along the sides, over the base of the thigh, to the upper surface of the vent ; the upper line in these series is longitudinal, and the lower ones larger and transverse to the direction of the upper line. On the under parts there is a lunate series of arched linear glands across the throat and on each side of the body, commencing by an arched line round the back of the axilla, continued in a curved line, with the convex side of the curve down- wards, along the side of the belly, and thence to the groin. The disposition of these glands will appear to be of some import- ance in a zoological point of view when one studies the character of the genus Silurana. These glands, especially those on the under- side of the body, are much more distinct in some specimens than they are in others; but I suspect this depends on the season when the specimen has been captured, and especially on the state and manner in which the specimen has been preserved. The specimens in spirit rather vary in colour; but this may de- pend on the length of time that they have been in spirit, on the exposure to which they have been submitted, and on the strength of the spirit in which they were originally preserved. The specimens of an adult male and female from West Africa, presented by Mr. Welwitsch, are of a uniform olive-brown above and yellowish below, marbled with very distinct, unequal-sized, subsym- metrically distributed olive spots. The specimen from the Cape, presented by Sir Andrew Smith, which is in a rather soft state, is olive obscurely spotted above, pale whitish grey beneath, obscurely marked with small darker spots. The adult specimen from Natal, collected by Mr. Ayres, and the smaller specimen from West Africa are of a uniform olive-brown above and pale grey-brown beneath, without any indication of spots. Mr. R. B. N. Walker (to whom we are indebted for the best ac- count of the habits of the Gorilla, and who has brought to England some most interesting animals from Western Africa) has lately been living at Lagos, where he observed some Tadpoles that were deve- loped in abundance in a pond adjoining his residence. He put some of these in spirits, and gave them to the Free Museum at Liverpool. Mr. Moore having kindly sent me some of these specimens for exa- mination, [ was soon convinced that they had not before been ob- served, and therefore sent a short notice of them to the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for September 1864, and named them, from their resemblance to the genus Silurus, Silurana tropicalis. Some naturalists having expressed a doubt if the animals sent home by Mr. Walker were not the young of the common Dactylethra (an opinion that I entertained myself when IJ first saw them, and until I had compared them with the papers on the subject), I have been induced to reconsider the question, and to study the genus. This _ study has led me to the conclusion that the two geographic species of Dactylethra are but one, which is spread over the whole of South Ami. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xv. 22 338 Zoological Society :— and Western Africa; and also to retain the opinion that I have pub- lished, that the specimens brought by Mr. Walker from Lagos are probably of a distinct form. I will not take on myself to deny the possibility of their being the larva of Dactylethra, as the larva of that genus and the adult form of Selurana are unknown; but even if it is proved hereafter that they are only the larva of Dactylethra, I think that it is better for the present to keep them separate, until the change from one state to the other has been observed and recorded ; at all events, the description and observation of the larva is an important addition to the history of the genus. It would be a remarkable change, if the large beard that is placed at the angle of the mouth in one genus should turn into the minute beard on the lower edge of the orbit, far above and in front of the angle of the mouth, in the other ; yet I am assured by an experienced herpetologist that he believes this change does take place, and that it is only consistent with what is to be observed in the transfor- mation of other Batrachians. No such changes have occurred to me. There is no doubt that the beard at the angle of the mouth is much longer and more slender in the young larva than it is in the oldest specimen we yet possess of the genus Silurana. But while the beard diminishes in length, it increases considerably in thick- ness, showing no inclination to disappear, and does not at all alter its place in any of the specimens I have observed either in the British Museum or at Liverpool. The least-developed fish-formed specimen (fig. 1) is about 23 inches long, and has only the hinder pair of legs developed. The legs are short and weak ; and the toes are short and of nearly equal length, but with the three black claws well developed. The head is de- - pressed, very broad, and flat above, and shelving to near the back | Dr. J.B. Gray on the Clawed Toads of Africa. 339 behind. The mouth is small, with a very long slender beard on the upper lip, at the angle of the mouth. The eye is on the keel on the side of the head, considerably behind the beard, placed so as to be visible from the upper and lower surface. The body is swollen; the tail compressed; the inferior fin commences in the middle of the belly, and is extended to the end of the tail. There is a second fish-formed specimen, not more than 2 inches long and much more slender, which also has the front limbs developed, from the upper part of the sides ; these limbs are weak, and the toes are short and equal. The hinder limbs are rather more developed, their toes rather more unequal ; and the fin on the under part of the body and tail is also broad and more membranaceous. The mouth, beard, and eyes are exactly as in the former specimen. The other two specimens (fig. 2) have assumed the form of the genus Dactylethra, having both the fore and hind limbs well deve- loped, the eye on the side of the head only visible from the upper surface ; but they have a well-developed tail attached to their bodies, with a very narrow, thin inferior membrane. ‘The nose is blunt, rounded at the sides. The mouth small, the beard well developed at the angles. The eyes are far behind the angle of the mouth, and without any appearance of a small beard on the under part of the orbits. These specimens have a very distinct spur, covered with a black claw, at the inner side of the base of the hind foot. I am willing to admit that there are some facts which might in- duce one to believe that these animals may prove to be the larva of Dactylethra; and, as truth is my only object, I think it right to state them, though they may only be similarities that are common to two genera of the same family. 1. There is a small, white, round, prominent dot on the side of the nose in front, nearly on a level with the lower part of the orbit, which appears as if it might develope itself into the orbital beard of Dactylethra; and I think this much more likely to be the case, than that the beard of the angle of the mouth should become the suborbital beard. 2. There are the same double rows of glands which I have de- scribed as found in Dactylethra; but in these young animals they have a very peculiar appearance. On the forehead, rather in front of the eyes, there is a transverse groove, which is continued over the eyes, the base of the fore legs, along the side to the groin, and then bends up again, and becomes united to a similar groove on the upper surface of the body, which circumscribes an oval well-marked disk or shield that covers the back. The two rows of glands above de- scribed are placed on the margin of this shield. The glands are yvi- sible in the adult Dactylethra, but the disk is not distinguishable. The disk is not distinguishable, except as a slight thickness on the back of the base of the tail, in the two fish-shaped larvee. This shield is peculiar ; it would almost seem to show that there is a certain affinity, or analogy, between the Toads and the Chelonians, or rather the freshwater Emydians. 22% 340 Zoological Society :— DACTYLETHRID. Head depressed ; upper jaw toothed ; tongue none; eyes with an inferior lid; orbits swollen, marked with transverse oblique white lines of minute pores. The Eustachian tubes united into one pha- ryngeal orifice. Skin smooth. Head and body with white lines of minute pores, symmetrically disposed. The back with a more or less distinct dorsal shield, commencing on the temples, and conti- nued to the upper part of the base of the tail, marked by two series of short white lines of minute pores (the outer transverse and the inner longitudinal), and a more or less raised edge. The fore feet with four subequal tapering free toes. The hind feet with five elon- gated, rather unequal toes broadly webbed to the tips, the three outer toes and the spur on the outer side of the ankle furnished with black conical horny claws. 1. DACTYLETHRA. The dorsal shield indistinct, only marked by the double series of glands. Mouth large, not bearded. Orbit with a small beard on the under edge. D. capensis, Cuvier. D. levis, Giinther. D. Miilleri, Peters, Hallowell, Duméril. Hab. South and South-eastern Africa. 2. SILURANA. The dorsal shield very distinct, with a raised edge, and separated by a groove on the forehead. Mouth small, with an elongated beard on each side at the angle of the gape. Orbit without any beard. The larva fish-like; head flat, broad, truncated ; mouth small, two- bearded ; eyes in the keel of the side, shown above and below; body swollen; tail elongate, compressed; the belly and underside of the tail with a broad, membranaceous fin continued to the end of the tail. S. rropicauis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 3, vol. xiv. p. 316. Hab. Lagos (Rk. B. N. Walker, Esq.). REVISION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF CHAMZELEONIDA, © WITH THE DescripPTION OF SOME New Species. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., eve. The Chameleons form one of the most natural families of Lizards, as well as one of the most clearly defined. The distinction of the species from one another, as is almost always the case in a natural group, is difficult, and requires careful study and consideration. The species in general are well marked when the characters are elimi- nated ; but there are a few species, as Chameleon vulgaris and C. se- negalensis, which have a broad geographical distribution, that offer several variations such as, if the differences did not appear gradually Dr. J. E. Gray on the Chameleonide. 341 to pass into each other, might induce one to believe that they were specific; but they can hardly be even considered as local varieties, for the same variation seems to occur in specimens from different localities often situated far apart. There is considerable difference in the sexes, especially of the horned species which, I believe, was first established in my ‘ Mono- graph;’ but this difference does not appear to be common to all the species of the Horned Chameleons ; for while the females of C. Owenii, C. bifidus, and C. Parsonii are hornless, the expansions on the sides of the nose of C. pardalis, which are analogous to the horn in C. bifidus, are as much expanded in the adult female as in the males of that species. _ The female specimens are much more common in museums than males ; they are perhaps more easily caught when they come to the ground to deposit their eggs: and this appears more probable from the fact that females containing eggs are often to be found among those collected. In some cases, even where there is a series of specimens, they are all females; at least I have not, from the external appear- ance, been able to discover a male of C. senegalensis or C. dilepis. Dr. Hallowell (Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. vii. 99) thought at one time that the occipital lobes were peculiar to the females ; I also was once inclined to believe this might be the case, before I had seen his remark, from observing that all our specimens of C. dilepis appear to be females; but I had the same difficulty in findmg any males of C. senegalensis or other allied species; and M. A. Du- méril specially observes that ‘the cutaneous prolongation is not a character only of the female C. dilepis’’ (Arch. du Mus. x. 174). There is considerable variation in the distinctness and height of the occipital crest in the specimens of C. vulgaris and in some other species. This often arises from the animals having been kept in confinement without (or with only a very limited supply of) food, until the muscles have shrunk. This should make one careful in using the height of the crest as a character, more especially as many of the specimens in museums have been kept alive in confinement either in the country which they naturally inhabit or in some other, as collectors like to have them alive as pets. Yet the well-fed and fresh-caught specimens seem to vary con- siderably in this particular; for example, specimens of C. vulgaris from India, as a rule, seem to have the occipital crest higher and more arched than African specimens; but still there are in the Museum collection some African specimens which have quite as high crests. Little attention seems to have been paid to the coloration of the species, probably because the animal greatly changes its colour during life ; and specimens in spirits of some species, such as of C. vulgaris, offer many variations, from bright yellow to dark lead-grey. Yet in some species the distribution of the colours, at least in specimens in Spirits, seems to form permanent specific marks, as, for example, the lines or white spots or white bands on the sides of several species. The number of species has gradually increased. In my Mono- 342 Zoological Society :— graph, published in the ‘Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum,’ printed in 1845, I described eighteen species; the present revision contains thirty, distributed into fourteen genera. Since the above Monograph, Dr. Hallowell has described three or four species from West Africa, in the ‘ Journal’ and ‘ Proceedings’ of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; but unfortunately I have not been able to make any of the specimens in the Museum collection agree with his descriptions. M. A. Duméril, in the ‘ Ar- chives du Muséum,’ has described and figured two new species, and he has given figures of the heads of fifteen other species. I have referred to these figures, as they elucidate several species described in my Monograph which had not before been figured. Unfortu- nately the figures are not as accurate as they might be; and one, that of C. cucullatus, is either absolutely erroneous or is from a Chameleon that differs very considerably in the proportion of the head, and in having a dentated crest ou the chin, from the species to which M. A. Duméril has referred it, which was originally de- scribed by me from specimens in the British Museum collection— the account in the ‘ Erpétologie Générale’ having been copied from my description. Dr. Andrew Smith, in the fifth number of the ‘ South-African Quarterly Journal,’ published at the Cape of Good Hope in October 1831, describes two new species, viz. C. namaquensis and C. tenia- bronchus ; and in the Appendix to his ‘ Zoology of South Africa,’ 1849, he describes a third, under the name of C. gutturalis. I have not been able to identify the two latter. Dr. Fitzinger, in his ‘Systema Reptilium,’ published at Vienna in 1843, is the only author, as far as I know, who has attempted to divide the Chameleons into genera. He separates the family into two genera—Chameleon, with homogeneous, and Bradypodium with he- terogeneous scales. The rest of the lengthened characters which he gives for the genera are only transcripts of one another. He divides the first genus into three sections, viz. Chameleon, Triceras, and Furcifer. The genera and the sections consist of species which have very little affinity, and appear to be very incongruously associated together: for example, Furcifer consists of C. bifurcus, C. Parsonit, and C. Brookesii; and Bradypodium of C. pardalis, C. verrucosus, C. pumilus, and C. cucullatus. The species are not characterized, except by the synonyms appended. It appears that he divides C. vulgaris into four, and C. senegalensis into two species. The species have hitherto, except in the instance of Fitzinger above cited, all been referred to a single genus, in which they have been generally arranged in an artificial manner, merely to facilitate the finding of their names. The species throw themselves into groups agreeing in natural characters: these groups are quite as distinct as the groups in the other families, which are regarded as genera ; I have therefore so re- arded them. If a comparison of genera of different families is to be established, and their affinities to each other studied, the genera in the different families should be formed on the same plan. Dr J E. Gray on the Chameleonide. 343 The Chameleons are essentially confined to Africa and the islands near tothat continent. Thus, as far as we at present know, the fol- lowing species, Chameleon calyptratus, C. verrucosus, C. balteatus, Apola lateralis, Calumma cucullata, Crassonota nasuta, Sauroceras _ rhinoceratum, Dicranosaura bifurca, and D. Parsonii, are confined to Madagascar; Cyneosaura pardalis to the Isle of Bourbon; Lopho- saura tigris to the Seychelles; C. Burchelli, Pterosaura cristata, and T'riceras Owenii to Fernando Po and perhaps Old Calabar ; C. gracilis to West Africa—Liberia; C. Petersii to Mozambique ; Ensirostris Melleri to Eastern Africa; C. auratus to Arabia; C. granulosus, Brookesia superciliaris, and C. senegalensis to W. Africa ; C. levigatus to Central Africa; C. affinis to Abyssinia; Phuma- nola namaquensis to South-east Africa; Lophosaura pumila and L. ventralis to South Africa. C. dilepis is common to the west and south-east coast of Africa; while C. vulgaris is distributed over North and South Africa, Asia Minor, India, and Singapore. Fam. CHAM@&LEONIDA, Gray, Cat. Lizards Brit. Mus. 264 (1845). CHAMALEON, Gronovius, Fitz. Synopsis of the Genera. A. The nose and orbit simple, not horned. 1. Coama#iron. Back and belly with a series of compressed elon- gated scales. 2. Arona. Back-edge broad, with two series of minute scales ; belly dentated. 3. Prerosaurus. Back and tail with a high fin, supported by bony rays, smooth-edged ; belly dentated. 4. Microsaura. Back and chin crested; occiput keeled, com- pressed; sides smooth, divided into two square disks. 5. Puumanoua. Back rounded, with a series of large bony tuber- cles covered with scales. 6. Lopuosaura. Chin witha series of elongated processes covered with scales. 7. CatumMA. Orbit with large lobes, covered with scales behind ; back dentated ; belly aud chin rounded, not dentated. B. Nose simple; orbit angularly produced in front. 8. BrRooKEsiA. C. Nose and orbit with cylindrical horns, covered with a sheath. 9, TricerAs. Horns, one on the nose and one on the front of each orbit. D. Nose with one or two bony prominences covered with scales. 10. Crassonora. Nose compressed in front, with a flexible com- pressed lobe covered with scales ; back with a distant series of slender elongated scales. 344 Zoological Society :— 11. Enstrostris. Nose-horn single, bony, central, sharp-edged above ; occiput lobed behind; back with a lobed, erect fin. 12. Sauroceras. Nose-horn single, bony, central, sharp-edged below, grooved above; occiput simple behind ; back dentate. 13. DicranosauRA. Nose-horns two, produced, compressed ; back compressed ; belly and chin rounded. 14, Cynrosaura. Nose dilated, and toothed on each side in front; back, chin, and belly dentate. A. Nose of male and female simple, not dilated ; orbit simple. 1, CHAMALEON. Nose (of both sexes) simple, without any appendages or horns; the chin simple; orbit round, simple. The back, chin, and belly with a series of compressed elongated scales, forming a dentated crest. a. Occiput produced and acute behind, with raised central keel, with small scales behind the temples. Calyptrosaura. 1. CHAM&LEON CALypTRaTus, A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 21. daa The occipital ridge very high and large; scales equal, small. Hab. Madagascar (Mus. Paris.). I only know this species from the description and figure of M. A. Dumeril. 2. CHAM&/LEON VERRUCOSUS, Gray, Cat. B. M. 267; Dum. & Bib. Erp. Gen. mit..27. 1. 1. B.M. Bradypodium verrucosum, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 43. Scales unequal ; sides with several series of larger tubercles. Hab. Madagascar. Males and females similar. The series of scales on the belly and chin becomes less distinct in the older specimens. b. Occiput produced and acute behind, with a raised central keel and with a flat space edged with a series of large scales, from the apex to the sides of the temple. Chameleon. 3. CHAM&LEON vuLeGaRIs, Gray, Cat. B.M.265; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 1 (head). B.M. The occipital crest moderate, upper edge arched ; the side margin with a series of large scales, and more or less elevated ; scales equal. In spirits, brown, with two more or less interrupted pale longitu- dinal bands on each side; eyelids dark-rayed. Hab. Africa and Asia; and naturalized in Europe. Var. marmoratus. Forehead very concave; eyebrows and occi- pital crest very high. In spirits, pale brown, marbled with irregular black cross marks. Hab. Dukhun (Col. Sykes). In the British Museum there are specimens from S. Europe (P. B. Well); N. Africa, Egypt (J. Burton), Algiers and Tunis (Fraser), Dr. J. E. Gray on the Chameleonide. 345 Tripoli (Ritchie); S. Africa (Col. Denham) ; Asia Minor, Xanthus (Fellows); India, Calcutta (Hardwicke, Livesay), Dukhun (Sykes), Anamallay Mountains (Beddome), Singapore (Cantor); Japan (Zool. Soc.). ones a most careful comparison, I have not been able to discover any distinction between the African and Asiatic specimens. The Asiatic ones have the bands on the sides less marked ; indeed they are generally absent, but in some specimens they are clearly indicated. I was much tempted to separate them on this ground; but this cha- racter, and the height of the occipital crest, would not hold out after a rigorous examination and comparison. || Fitzinger, in his ‘Systema Reptilium,’ gives the names of C. coroman- delicus to the Chameleon of India, C. africanus to that from Africa, C.rimulosus to that from Egypt, and C. hispanicus to that from Spain; but these species, or presumed species, are not characterized. 4, CHAMZLEON AURATUS. B.M. The scales large; dorsal, chin, and ventral crest well developed. The occiput extended and rather pointed behind, covered above with rather convex scales. The dorsal ridge is strongly toothed. In spirits, pale yellow, with many bright yellow spots, and with- out any white spots or bands. Hab. Arabia (H. Christy). There is a second specimen, allied to this Chameleon, in the Mu- seum collection, which differs in the occipital keel being very much lower and flatter; but in other respects they are very much alike. The one with the flatter occipital keel was received from the Zoo- logical Gardens, and was said to have been sent from Mexico. c. Occiput produced and acute behind, with a distinct central keel, with large hood-like occipital flaps, from apex to side of the temple, covered with flat scales. 5. CHAMZLEON PETERSII, 0. s. B.M. C. dilepis, Peters, MS. Back compressed, with a series of large compressed scales ; fore- Chameleon Petersii. head narrow, covered with flat scales with a strong sharp edge on 346 Zoological Society :— each ; occiput contracted and short-edged behind, with a well-raised central keel arched on its upper edge ; occipital flaps broad, rounded, covered with large, flat, hexagonal scales ; scales small, equal; chin and belly dentated, covered with flat scales. In spirits, dark green, with a white spot behind the temple, and also a white streak from the axilla; forehead, temple, and side of occiput white. Hab. E. Africa, Mozambique (MacLeod, Dr. Peters). Var. Kirkii. The occipital lobes smaller. B.M. C. dilepis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864. Hab. Eastern Africa (Dr. Kirk). A female. d. Occiput produced and acute behind, with a low keel, and two large broad flaps behind, covered with large, irregular, convex shields; scales of body and limbs with larger tubercles. 6. CHAMZLEON MONACHUS. B.M. Brown (in spirits), dorsal keel and body white-speckled, upper and lower lip at the gape, and ventral crest white ; the occipital flaps large, with irregular, unequal, flat shields ; the body and limbs with low, convex, larger tubercles. C. cucullatus, A. Duméril, Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 6. f. 9 (not Gray). C. Parsonii, Cat. Mus. Zool. Soc. MS. Hab. Madagascar. The head of this species is not well figured as that of C. cucul- latus by M. A. Duméril. It is at once known from that species by the form of the occiput, and the crest on the chin and belly. It is a fine large species. We received it from the Zoological Society in 1855. e. Occiput broad and rounded behind, flat above, with a scarcely raised central line behind. + The sides of the occiput with small granular scales. Eirizia. * Chin and belly with a distinct denticulate line of white scales. 7. CHAMALEON SENEGALENSIS, Gray, Cat. B. M. 286; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 7 (fig. bad) ; Fitz. Syst. Rept.41. B.M. ? C. leptopus, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 41. Scales large; head broad and rounded behind; occiput covered above with convex scales. In spirits, brown or purplish. Hab. West Africa, Senegal (Earl of Derby). 8. CHAMELEON LEVIGATUS, Gray, P. Z.S. 1863; Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1863, xii. 248. B.M. Scales minute ; the dorsal crest very indistinct, only visible on the nape; head rhombic behind; occiput covered above with flat thin scales. Hab. Central Africa, Chartoom (Petherick). Probably only a young specimen of the preceding. Dr. J. E. Gray on the Chameleonide. 347 9. CHAMELEON GRACILIS, Hallowell, Journ. Acad. N.S. Philad. vili. 324, t. 18 (2 and eggs); Proc. Ac. N.S. Philad. 1854, 99; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. x. 173 (a note only). B.M. C. senegalensis, var., Gray, Cat. Scales large ; head broad and acute behind ; occiput covered above with convex scales. In spirits, olive, with a white spot on the shoulder, or interrupted on the upper part of the back, and with a band of white spots from the axilla. Hab. W. Africa, Senegal (4. Gerrard), Angola, Congo, Cuanga, and Pungo Adongo (Dr. Welwitsch), ° Liberia (Dr. Ford). Var. ? letocephalus. B.M. C. dilepis, Gray, Cat. Mus. Scales and colour like the former; the scales on the crown and occiput above flat, smooth, hexagonal. Hab. W. Africa, Fantee (Capt. Marryat), Ashantee (Mus. Ley- den). The figure of Dr. Hallowell is a moderately good representation of this species; but the name is not the best, as it is a stouter and stronger species than C. senegalensis. ** Chin without any white dentated ridge of scales ; belly den- tated. 10. CHAMZLEON AFFINIS, Rippell; Gray, P. Z.S. 1863; Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1863, xii. 248. C. abyssinicus, Wiegmann, Mus. Berolin.; Fitz. Syst. Rept. 43. Lead-coloured (in spirits), with two long white spots on the temple behind the eyes, upper part of back with an interrupted broad white band; scales large, subequal. Hab. Abyssinia, from Mus. Francofurt. *** Chin dentated ; middle of belly not dentated. 11. CHAMZLEON BALTEATUS, A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. 260, meet. f.2; x. 174. Back dentated ; scales subequal, brown; edge of jaws, middle of the belly, and tail, a broad oblique streak from shoulder to groin, and a streak on each side of the belly yellowish ; chin slightly dentated ; “middle of the belly not dentated”’ (Arch. Mus. x. 174). Hab. Madagascar (Mus. Paris.). A single specimen. I have not seen this species. The following species appear to belong to this division = 12. CHAMZLEON GRANULOSUS, Hallowell, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philad. 1856, 147. Grey ; belly bluish ; scales on the sides unequal, tubercular ; four 348 Zoological Society :— or five rows of flat quadrangular scales between the dorsal denticu- lations and the lateral tubercles. Hab. West Africa (Mus. Philad.). A single specimen. 13. CHAM&LEON BurcHELLI, Hallowell, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philad. 1856, 147. Greenish, with a lateral yellow stripe; scales of body unequal, tubercular, subrhomboid, interspersed with very small granules; of — sides of head, rather large, flattened. Hab. Fernando Po (Mus. Philad.). A single specimen. +t Sides of the occiput with a fleshy lobe, covered with scales from the apex of the occiput to the middle of the temple. Dilepis. 14. CHam#LeEon pviLepts, Leach; Gray, Cat. B. M. 266; A. Smith, Zool. S. Africa, App. 3; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f, 8 (not good). B.M. C. bilobus, Kuhl; Fitz. Syst. Rept. 41. Dorsal crest of a single series of short conical scales; scales of body conical, convex ; of crown and forehead flat, larger. In spirits, bluish brown, a short white streak at angle of mouth, and a white band from the axilla along the sides of the belly, and another over the shoulder. Hab. West Africa (Richardson), Gaboon (Bowdich), the type specimen described by Dr. Leach; 8. Africa, Latakoo (4. Smith), Port Natal (Rev. H. Calloway, Ayres). 2. APOLA. Nose of both sexes simple; orbit rounded. Chin and belly den- tated. Back compressed ; upper edge flat, with a series of minute — scales on each side. Occiput keeled. Scales granular, equal. 1. APOLA LATERALIS. B.M. Chameleo lateralis, Gray, Cat. B. M. 264; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 6 (head). Apola lateralis. Pale brown, with a narrow, continued pale streak on the middle of the sides ; ventral line white. Hab. Madagascar, Dr. J. E. Gray on the Chameeleonide. 349 3. PrEROSAURUS. - Nose and chin simple. Back and tail with a high crest, supported by long bony rays. Belly slightly dentated. Chin and back smooth- edged. Orbit rounded. Occiput much produced, sloping, acute behind, flat above, or rather concave, without any central ridge ; hinder sides covered with very small scales. Scales small, with scat- tered larger ones. 1, PrEROSAURUS CRISTATUS. B.M. Chameleo cristatus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 264. Sides with a series of larger circular scales. In spirits—red-brown, with numerous large, equal, roundish, white spots. Hab. Fernando Po; Old Calabar (Murray). One of the Museum specimens has two dark spots in front of the upper part of the nose over the nostrils. Is this a sexual character ? 4. MICROSAURA. The occiput much narrowed and compressed behind, flat above, with a slightly raised central keel; the side of the occiput with a smooth space, separated from the smooth temple by a central nodulous ridge (as in Lophosaura). Back and chin with a crest of small com- pressed scales. Belly not dentated. Scales of body unequal ; of legs equal, flat. 1. MicrROSAURA MELANOCEPHALA. B.M. White (in spirits), head and shoulders black, fore legs blackish ; scales of the body granular, small, convex ; with a longitudinal series of large, circular, slightly raised tubercles on the middle of each side, and witha similar series of small tubercles on the sides of the middle of the back; scales of the legs larger than those of the body, flat, equal. VHab. S. Africa, Port Natal, 1862. Head of Microsaura melanocephala. 5. PHUMANOLA. Nose and chin simple. Back witha series of large bony tubercles covered with scales. Orbit very prominent, rounded. Occiput tri- angular, with a central nodulous ridge; small convex scales. Scales uniform, convex. Forehead, crown, and back of chin and belly not toothed. Tail cylindrical, rounded above. 350 Zoological Society :— 1. PHUMANOLA NAMAQUENSIS. B.M. Chameleo namaquensis, A. Smith, Zool. Journ. 1831; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 3*. C. tuberculiferus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 267. In spirits, dark brown, paler below; sides black-spotted, with a series of irregular-shaped, black-edged, pale spots along the middle; belly with a dark-edged, central, broad longitudinal band. Hab. 8. Africa—Little Namaqua Land, near the mouth of the Gariep or Orange River (4. Smith). 6. LopHOSAURA. Nose simple, without appendages. Chin with a series of skinny lobules beneath. Occiput produced, acute behind, keeled above. Back and throat often dentated. Scales unequal. Belly not toothed. a. Back compressed, with a continuous series of large compressed scales ; scales unequal. Lophosaura. 1. LopHOSAURA PUMILA. B.M. Chameleo pumilus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 269; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 5. Bradypodium pumilum, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 43. Scales of body and limbs moderate, unequal, with one or two series of large scales on the sides ; sides of occiput and temples covered with flat scales. In spirits, bluish, with a white streak from the orbit to the shoulder, and from the temples along the sides of the back. Hab. South Africa; Cape of Good Hope. Var. Fordii. Scales larger, more acute ; tubercles on the side of © the back large, elongate, keeled ; throat-fringe elongate, covered with acute scales; scales of belly small, equal. Hab. S. Africa, on branches of underwood ; from Haslar Hospital. Trup sutchees of the Cape Colonist ; that is, ‘Tread lightly.” 2. LOPHOSAURA VENTRALIS. B.M. Chameleo ventralis, Gray, Cat. B. M. 268. C. pusillus, var.?, A. Smith, 8. A. Zool. App. 2; A. Dum./. e. 261- are Lophosaura ventralis. Seales small, with three or four series of large, flat, oval scales, with Dr. J. E. Gray on the Chameleonide. 351 convex centres, on the sides, and several series on the sides of the belly, and two series on the sides of the tail. Hab. 8S. Africa. Male and female. b. The back with a series of distant conical compressed scales ; tail and belly not crested. Archaius. 8. LopHosAuRA TiGRIs. B.M. Chameleo Tigris, Gray, Cat. B. M. 268; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. mist. 22. f. 3. Scales of temple, occiput, back, and limbs uniform, small, granular. In spirits, yellow, brown-spotted; spots sometimes confluent, form- ing short longitudinal lines. Hab. Seychelles Islands. Chameleo gutturalis, A. Smith, Append. Z. 8. A. 3. ** Back and tail surmounted with three rows of three-sided tuber- cles ; body and tail covered with small scales and subconic tubercles ; sides with two longitudinal rows of large subovate flat plates ; chin and throat fringed longitudinally with long, small, thin, narrow and pointed lobes of skin. Length 63 inches. “* Hab. S. Africa. ** Distinguished from C. pumilus by the length of the lobes of the guttural fringes, and their being smooth and destitute of granular scales.” We have no specimen of this genus which has the scaleless lobes of the chin here described. Chameleo teniabronchus, A. Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. 1831, OVE Pe Yellowish green, with two longitudinal buff stripes along each side, and four or six smooth, oblong, jet-black stripes along the sides of the throat, best seen when the animal inflates itself, or when the skin is extended laterally ; occipital casque narrow, produced, armed above with three dentated ridges, one on each side, and another along the centre; back with a ridge of short conical tubercles, inclined back- wards; chin and throat with a short, dentated longitudinal fringe ; scales of the body small and granular; temples divided longitudi- nally by a dentated ridge. * Hab. Algoa Bay. One specimen, 47 inches long.” 7. CaLUMMA. Nose and chin simple; orbits rounded. Occiput lozenge-shaped, produced behind, and shelving on the sides, with very large flaps on the hinder side edges. Back compressed, with a series of compressed conical scales. Chin and belly rounded, not dentated, without any line of conical scales (female). 1, CALUMMA CUCULLATA. B.M. Chameleo cucullatus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 267. Bradypodium cucullatum, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 43. Hab. Madagascar. A single female specimen. 352 : Zoological Society :— A. Duméril (Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 9) figured a “ C. capu- chon” with a well-marked dentated line of scales on the chin. Itisa Z LBE Sete ae VA Calumma cucullata. very distinct species. Described above (at page 346) as C. monachus. B. Nose simple ; orbit angularly produced in front. 8. BROOKESIA. Nose of both sexes simple. The eyebrows produced above into triangular horns. Scales very minute. Chin, back, and belly not toothed ; the sides of the back with a longitudinal series, and the chin with an arched series, of subulate erect scales. Tail short, compressed at the base. 1. BROOKESIA SUPERCILIARIS. B.M. Chameleo superciliaris, Kuhl. C. Brookesianus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 270; cop., A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 14. Chameleon Brookesii, Fitz. Syst. Rept. Hab. West Africa. C. Nose and orbit of male with cylindrical horns. 9. TRICERAS. Chameleon, § Triceras, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 43. The nose of the male with three horn-like processes, covered with a conical, continuous, horny sheath—one from the front of each orbit, and the other from the middle of the nose. Chin simple. Back, chin, and belly not crested. Occiput flat, with a slightly raised central line. Scales uniform, granular. 1. Triceras OwENIt. B.M. Chameleo Owenii, Gray, Cat. 269; Zool. Misc. t. 4; cop., A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 10 (head). 9. C. Bibronii, Martin. Chameleon Owenii, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 102. Dark brown in spirits, with several series of oval longitudinal spots; those on side of back forming a pale band; eyelid dark-rayed. Hab. Fernando Po (Capt. Edw. Owen). Dr. J. E. Gray on the Chameeleonide. 353 D. Nose with one or two bony processes covered with scales ; orbits simple, unarmed, 10. CRASSONOTA. The nose (of male?) compressed in front, with a flexible com- pressed lobe covered with scales. Chin simple ; orbit rounded. Back rounded, with a series of small, distant, slender, flexible, single scales. Chin and belly rounded, not dentated. Tail rounded above. Occiput flat above, produced behind, shelving on the sides, and covered with small scales. Scales equal, thin. 1. CRASSONOTA NASUTA. B.M. Chameleo nasutus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 268; A. Smith, Zool. S. Africa, App. 3; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 4 (head bad). Chameleon nasutus, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 42. Pale brown ; belly paler; head and limbs white-spotted. Hab. Madagascar. Var. “‘ With three isolated spines, each about a line in length, on ee vertebral line, about midway between the head and the base of the tail. ** Hab. Eastward of Port Natal. “Length: head and body 1 inch 10 lines; tail 1 inch 9 lines. Appears to be an adult.” (4. Smith, 1. c.) 11. ENnsrrostris. Nose (of male, at least) with a single central compressed bony horn, sharp-edged above. Orbit rounded. Chin and belly simple, not dentated. Back and tail with a high crest of roundish lobes covered with scales. Occiput keeled, acutely produced behind, shel- ving on the sides, and with a broad hood-like lobe covered with scales on each side behind; scales unequal, granular, with larger rounded scattered tubercles. 1. Ensirostris MELLERI. B.M. Stuffed, grey-brown, with whitish cross bands on the body. Hab. E. Africa, on the mountains in the interior (Dr. Meller). A single specimen, probably a male. The head and hood are somewhat like those of Calumma cucullata ; but the back-crest and the scales are very different, too different to be sexes of the same species, as I was once inclined to think they might be. 12. SAUROCERAS. Nose (of male, at least) with a single central elongated bony horn, with a deep angular channel on the upper, and a sharp edge on the lower side. Orbit rounded. Back rather compressed, with a series of compressed conical scales. Tail compressed above. Occiput keeled, acutely produced behind, shelving on the sides, with a raised edge below, covered with small scales behind. Scales unequal, gra- nular, with large interspersed tubercles. Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 23 354 2 Zoological Society. 1,. SAUROCERAS RHINOCERATUM. B.M. Chameleo rhinoceratus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 267. Hab. Madagascar. A single small specimen. 13. DicRANOSAURA. Nose of male produced on the sides into two compressed bony horns covered with scales; of female, simple, hornless. Orbit rounded. Occiput flat above, produced, broad, and rounded behind, with small scales on its hinder sides. Back compressed, keeled, some- times dentated in front. Chin and belly not toothed. Scales equal. 1. DicRANOSAURA BIFURCA. B.M. Chameleo bifurcus, Gray, Cat. B. M. 268; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 3. Chameleon Brongniartit, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 42. Nose-horns elongate ; back dentated in front. Grey (in spirits), with a broad white streak down each side of the belly ; scales equal, Square. Hab. Madagascar. Male and female. Var. crassicornis. B.M. ' One of the males, with the horns only partly developed, has them very thick and trigonal at the base, so as nearly to reach across the nose. In another young male, about the same size, they are com- pressed and far apart at the base, as in the type specimens. 2. DicRANOSAURA PARSONII. B.M. Chameleo Parsonii, Gray, Cat. B. M. 264; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 12. Chameleon Parsonii, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 42. The nose-horns erect, lobed ; back rounded, not dentated in front. Hab. Madagascar. There is only a female of this species in the Museum. 14. CYNEOSAURA. Nose of both sexes flat in front, with the sides dilated, serrated, and covered with large scales. The occiput flat, with a sharp-edged, narrow, central keel above, produced, broad, and rounded behind. Orbit simple. Back compressed, with a series of large compressed scales. Chin and belly dentated. Scales unequal. 1, CYNEOSAURA PARDALIS. B.M. _Chameleo pardalis, Gray, Cat. B. M. 266; A. Dum. Arch. du Mus. vi. t. 22. f. 11 (head). Bradypodium pardalis, Fitz. Syst. Rept. 43. . Brown in spirits, with a broad white streak down the middle of the sides. Hab, Bourbon; Madagascar. 355 MISCELLANEOUS. On the Oceurrence of Cucumaria digitata in the Firth of Forth, By Roserr O, Cunnineuam, M.D., Prestonpans, As the gigantic Sea-Cucumber (Cucumaria digitata) must be regarded as one of the rarer Echinodermata of the Firth of Forth, I may mention that I obtained a fine specimen of it in the sum- mer of 1863. It measured upwards of a foot long, was of a fine mottled purple colour, and lived for a considerable time in a state of captivity. On the Milk-dentition of the Walrus. By Professor Peters. Malmgren has stated that Wiegmann’s formula for the milk- dentition of the Walrus, namely, 341415, is incorrect, and that the true formula is $4614. He indicates that Wiegmann’s notion was 17,61 ; : founded upon a single case in which the presence of an alveolus already filled up led to the supposition that there was a fifth upper molar; but states that, after an examination of many skulls of the Walrus of various ages, he has never found any trace of this fifth molar. If, therefore, a fifth molar should occur in the great gap between the third upper molar and the fourth milk-molar, this must be regarded as an abnormal case. The Berlin Museum has received the skull of a young Walrus apparently about a year and a half old, which, besides the perma- nent teeth, 4 + +++ 2, still exhibits in the lower jaw the two outer milk-incisors, and in the upper jaw, on the right side, the fourth and fifth, and on the left side the fourth and the shallow alveolus of the fifth milk-molars. The position of these teeth is so regular on each side, not between the fourth milk-molar and the third permanent molar, but further back, and nearly on the same transverse line with the hinder margin of the maxillary zygomatic process, that they can- not well be regarded as abnormal structures, and therefore furnish new evidence of the correctness of Wiegmann’s formula. The knowledge of the milk-dentition of this animal is of the more consequence, because it is only by it that we can explain the super- numerary teeth in the mouth of the mature animal, which are to be regarded as abnormally late-developed milk-teeth. Amongst these, in the author’s opinion, are to be reckoned not only a large fourth molar in the lower jaw, which occurs in two half-grown animals and one mature one, and, singularly enough, only on the left side im all three, but also an anomalous second incisor on the right side of the upper jaw, which has the form of a mushroom, and oceurs in a skull having tusks more than half a métre in length. Wiegmann also cites an observation of Fremery’s upon the occurrence of five true upper molars, of which the two hindermost were very small, as a con- firmation of his view. With regard to the systematic position of the Walrus, it cannot be denied that the affinity between the Lutrina and Pinnipedia, indicated upon osteological grounds by ener” Sundevall, 356 Miscellaneous. is very great, and even that in many points the Walrus and the Otari@ agree more with Lutra than with the Phocina. But the author cannot find in this an uninterrupted transition from the Fer, through the Lutrina, to the Pinnipedia, but shows that, independently of the dentition, the Pinnipedia are rather allied to the Bears by other anatomical peculiarities, such as the development of a hooked pro- cess of the lower jaw and the racemose construction of the kidneys. Hence he thinks that the question of the retention or abolition of the Pinnipedia as a separate group must depend solely upon indivi- dual opinions which hardly admit of discussion.—Monatsber. der Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, December 1864, p. 685. Second Note on the Metamorphoses of Marine Crustacea. By M. Z. Grerse. Tn a second note on Phyllosoma, M. Gerbe describes the internal anatomy of the Crustaceans composing that supposed genus. The digestive apparatus consists, as in all Crustacea, of a mouth, cesophagus, stomach, and intestine, with peculiar glands attached to the latter; but the arrangement’of these parts is different from that occurring in the adult, as also in other larve. The mouth, situated about the posterior third of the cephalic shield, is circumscribed by a languette and a bifid labium, and by two mandibles. These are followed posteriorly by two pairs of maxille and three pairs of footjaws, placed upon two lateral diverging lines. The appendages representing the first pair of footjaws are reduced to scarcely perceptible tubercles, almost confounded with the base of the second maxillee; those of the third pair, on the contrary, are greatly developed and furnished with flagelliform appen- dages, and perform the function of natatory feet, which they pre- cisely resemble in organization. The cesophagus is short, cylindrical, and directed obliquely from behind forwards ; it communicates with the front of the stomach by an aperture in the form of an X, formed by a triangular lip moved by two very long and slender muscles, which are attached near the ocular peduncles. This arrangement seems to be peculiar to the Phyllosomes ; nothing of the kind has been observed in the larvee of Cancer, Maia, Porcellana, Palemon, &c. In these larvee the ceso- phagus, at its junction with the stomach, only presents a sort of constriction, which dilates and contracts by the action of circular muscles. In all these larvee, moreover, the front of the stomach nearly touches the ocular peduncles, as in the adults, and only occupies a very small portion of the cephalic region. Its general form is that of an almond; so that it is rather compressed than globular, and presents two unequal extremities, the anterior of which is the larger. In this form its structure is already very complicated, especially in the larvee of Homarus, Porcellana, and Palemon. Its double, mus- cular and mucous wall is supported by several cartilaginous pieces of extreme transparency. Two of these, forming the floor, articu- : : : | | : | | Miscellaneous. 357 lated to each other, moveable, and projecting internally, are armed with stiff bristles, regularly arranged in rows, like the hairs of a brush. Other hairs, of larger size and more flexible, spring from the roof of the organ, and from its pyloric appendages. Lastly, its cavity may be divided into two distinct compartments, viz. a short, narrow one, nearly cylindrical, immediately following the cesophagus, and a larger one, anfractuous in form, which communicates with the intes- tine by a contractile circular orifice, surrounded by projecting, ciliated, pyramidal languettes. Thus in most larvee, both of Brachyura and Macrura, the stomach agrees in structure and position with that of the adult animal. In the Phyllosomes the stomach is comparatively smaller, and more elongated and compressed. Instead of being close to the ocular peduncles, it occupies the posterior third of the cephalic buckler. From the upper lamina of this buckler it is separated only by the median or ophthalmic artery; its lateral surfaces are entirely free, and its lower surfaces rest partly upon the cesophagus, Its cavity is quite undivided ; and its walls, formed by a muscular and a mucous layer, are sustained only by extremely simple carti- laginous lamin. But it presents the stiff bristles which spring from the projecting laminze of the Zoéas, &c., and the vibratile cilia which keep the organic molecules of the animal’s food in constant rotation. It also presents the six pyramidal villous languettes sur- rounding the pyloric orifice, and projecting into the intestine. This structure of the pylorus seems to be common to the larve of Deca- oda. | The same comparative simplicity of structure is presented by the intestine of the Phyllosomes. It extends in a straight line from the pylorus to the anus; it is slender, with its walls a little thicker than those of the stomach ; it is nearly of the same size throughout, but is divided by a valvular constriction into two distinct portions, of which the anterior, which is very long, represents the duodenum, and the posterior, very short, the rectum. The latter terminates in an oblique, oblong anal orifice, furnished with two lips moved by numerous and powerful muscles, which are attached to the sides of the last segment. In the Brachyura and some Macrura, the intestine, at birth and even during the ovarian evolution of the embryo, presents, at the pyloric region and at the extremity of the duodenal portion, some small ampulle, which, by subsequent development, become the long membranous appendages of the intestine in the adult. The Phyllo- somes present nothing of the sort, and the iver is the only secretory organ of the digestive apparatus. In larvee of which the development is not far advanced, this organ consists of two simple short ceca, springing from the pyloric region at the point where the double vitellary duct of the umbilical vesicle opens, and lying upon the lateral and anterior portions of the cephalic buckler. During development these czeca soon bifurcate, and the two canals thus produced pass between the laminze of the anterior buckler. The inner canal, as it enlarges, becomes dilated into a 358 Miscellaneous. clavate form ; the outer canal undergoes more profound modifications. From its outer border a series of secondary czeca soon arises, and these elongate and become subdivided, until the whole resembles a double, hollow, palmated organ, with its trunks slightly flexuous. The organization of this primitive liver appears to be very simple ; the walls of its numerous tubes are delicate and transparent, and formed of two layers analogous to those of the intestine, which they also resemble in the faculty of contraction and dilatation. The liver of the other Crustacean larvee, however different in arrangement, has the same origin and organization ; it may be seen alternately extremely dilated and much contracted. The larve of Mysis and Porcellana are particularly remarkable in this respect. The liver, consequently, is here a diverticulum appended to the intestinal canal; and at this period the communications between the two organs are so wide, that the nutritive molecules poured by the umbilical vesicle into the cavity of the intestine pass freely from the latter into the future biliary ducts, and vice versd, as they are im- pelled by the contractions of those organs. It is difficult to say whether, at this point of organization, the liver furnishes any pro- ducts of secretion to the intestine. If such products exist either in the czeca of the gland or in the intestine, they are so scanty and colourless as to be inappreciable.—Comptes Rendus, January 9, 1865, p. 74. Note on a new Case of Reproduction by Gemmation observed in an Annelide of the Gulf of Suez. By M. L, Vatiuanr. The animal observed by the author belongs to the group of Sylli- dians, but is not further determined. It is only a little more than four millimétres in length, and presents eight segments, each having a pair of cirri, furnished with eight or ten smooth sete upon two- thirds of their length, and bristling with small verticillated spines in their terminal third. In front, upon what was apparently the dor- sal side, there was a process in the form of a rounded leaf, beneath which was a bundle of tentacles and the buccal aperture. The little animal was found in a cavity of a Sponge. The segment which bears the leaf-like process presents the most important modifications. It is much broader than the rest of the body, and forms a sort of cup or funnel, compressed from the ven- tral to the dorsal surface, so as to represent two thick lips, of which the lower is smooth and simple, whilst the upper one is covered with an immense number of buds, placed very close together, and inserted quincuncially. These buds have a very remarkable form, resembling that of some low forms of Annelides allied to Nemertes or Planaria. They have a very contractile body, nearly equal in length to that of the parent animal, flattened and obtuse at the free extremity, where they pre- sent two or four small black oculiform points. They present only an annulated integument and a few cell-nuclei in the more advanced individuals. ‘Towards the point of attachment, the body becomes Miscellaneous. 359 narrowed into an elongated peduncle ; and if this is broken, the little creature moves freely in the water by movements of its body. No vibratile apparatus could be detected. The author says that these bodies cannot be parasites, on account of the continuity of their tissues with those of the animal ; and he does not think they can be regarded as oculiferous tentacles, because great mobility of the eyes occurs only where those organs are very few in number.—Comptes Rendus, February 27, 1865, p. 441. On the Normal Occurrence of only Six Cervical Vertebre in Cholcepus Hoffmanni, Peters. By Prorressor PeTers. Asa general rule, all the Mammalia have seven cervical vertebre, the only known exceptions to this rule being found in the genera Bradypus and Trichechus, Linn. (Manatus, Cuy.). The species of the former usually have nine cervical vertebree, rarely eight* or ten. In the latter the normal number is siz. In 1858 the author described a new species of two-toed Sloth from Costa Rica, under the name of Cholepus Hoffmanni +; and he has since received perfect and imperfect skeletons of this species which present a second example of the occurrence of siz cervical vertebree among Mammalia, and at the same time furnish an additional cha- racter for the distinction of this short-toed species from the long- toed C. didactylus from the north of Brazil and Guiana, which has the normal number of seven vertebrze in the neck. The total number of vertebree is forty-six in five of the skeletons ; in a sixth, very young specimen, the last caudal vertebrae have been cut away. All of them have only six cervical vertebree. Of these skeletons, four have all the cervical vertebrze separate ; one has the second and third vertebree anchylosed together, as observed by A. Wagnert in C. didactylus ; and one presents, in addition to this, an anchylosis of the sixth cervical with the first dorsal vertebra. Four skeletons have 23 dorsal vertebre and pairs of ribs, 3 lumbar and 8 sacral vertebrz ; one has 23 dorsal, 4 lumbar, and 7 sacral vertebree ; and one exhibits 24 dorsal vertebree and pairs of ribs, only 2 lumbar vertebree (the first lumbar being reckoned as dorsal, from its having ribs), and 8 sacral vertebree. All, with the exception of the damaged | young animal, have 6 caudal vertebrae, of which the last two are anchylosed in one specimen. Throughout the Sloths there appears to be a great tendency to _ the formation and anchylosis of bones. To the observations already recorded upon this subject the author adds that sometimes in Bra- | dypus (tridactylus) the hyoid bone and its cornua are amalgamated | * This number occurs generally in Bradypus torquatus, which may be i regarded as the type of a distinct genus, on account of differences in the . form of the skull, hyoid bone, and humerus : for this, if established, Pro- _ fessor Peters proposes the name of Sceopus. , ‘+ Monatsher. Berl. Acad. 1858, p. 128. t Schreber’s ‘ Saéugethiere,’ Supplement iv. p. 155. | i 360 Miscellaneous. into a simple arch, and the zygoma may be anchylosed with the zygomatic process of the temporal bone ; and that both in Bradypus and Cholepus the two arms of the stapes are at first separate, and subsequently become converted, by the deposition of new bony mat- ter, into a plate or columella, which may be regarded as the normal form of this ossicle in these genera.—Monatsber. der Akad. der Wiss, zu Berlin, December 1864, p. 678. On the Transformation of the Ocular Peduncle into an Antenna observed in a Species of Palinurus. On the 21st of November, 1864, M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards com- municated to the Academy of Paris the following abnormal condi- tion of the eye of a Langoustian Crustacean (Palinurus penicillatus, Olivier) which had been sent to the Museum, among many other specimens of Crustacea, by M. Roget de Belloquet, from the Isle of Mauritius. On the right side all the organs were normally developed, and so on the left, except the eye, which, instead of being so, carried a long multiarticulate filament, similar in all respects to the terminal filament of an antenna. The ocular peduncle preserves its basal part in its ordinary form ; and even a rudimentary cornea is visible, from the centre of which the filamentary appendage grows. Its length is about 4 centimétres. It is finely articulated, and furnished with hairs upon the superior border of its terminal portion, disposed in a manner similar to those of the inferior filament of the true antennee.—Comptes Rendus, tom. cix. p. 851, On a new Antelope from Zambesia. By Dr. J. Kirk. NESOTRAGUS LIVINGSTONIANUS, 0. sp. Shupanga and Lupata, where it is named ‘“‘Rumsa”’ or ‘ Lumdsa.” This small Antelope is very nearly allied to N. moschatus of the island of Zanzibar, under which name it is probably mentioned in Dr. Peters’s ‘Mammalia.’ Yet it seems to me different from that of Zanzibar, of which I have seen three recently killed specimens in that island. The size of the two animals is nearly the same; the colour of that on the Zambesi lighter, and the hair softer, the ears larger aud broader, horns more closely ringed, and nostrils more narrowed. The habits of this Antelope resemble those of the Zanzibar ani- mal; it frequents dense underwood jungle; lives in pairs. On being started, it runs quickly, not unlike a hare, turning quickly, and con- cealing itself in some tuft of grass or small bush. It seems to me that between the specimen in the British Museum from Zanzibar and the head from the Zambesi there are specific dif- ferences, sufficient to justify the latter being at present regarded as a distinct species. Better specimens of both are much needed.— Proc. Zool. Soc. Dec. 13, 1864, THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [THIRD SERIES.] No. 89. MAY 1865. XXXVI.—WNotes on Prof. Steenstrup’s Views on the Obliquity of Flounders*. By Prof. Wyvittr Tuomson, LL.D., F.R.S.E., M.R.LA., F.G.S. [Plate XVIII] » Any contribution from the pen of the accomplished author of the ‘ Alternation of Generations’ must be welcome; and the present communication “On the Migration of the upper Eye of Flounders, across, through the Head, from the blind side to the eye-side,” almost vies in novelty with the author’s earlier me- moir. The original paper is in Danish, and consequently a sealed book to most English students; and many interesting points are omitted in Prof. Steenstrup’s French letter to M. Milne-Edwards. We shall therefore commence with a tolerably full abstract of the communication to the Danish Academy, reserving any remarks we may have to offer until the reader is in full possession of the author’s views. 2 The general fact of the obliquity of the Pleuronectide is well known. All Flounders have a high compressed body, whose two sides are unequally developed. This want of symmetry is universally accompanied by another peculiarity : both eyes are brought round to one side of the head, so that the fish acquires an eye side and a blind side. The former is coloured and turned upwards towards the light ; the latter is colourless or white, and turned downwards in motion or rest. The fish moves or lies * J. Japetus Sm. Steenstrup:—‘Om Skjaevheden hos Flynderne, og navnlig om Vandringen af det Ovre Oie fra Blindsiden til Oiesiden tvers igjennend Hovedet.’ Kjébenhavn, 1864. Saerskilt Aftryk af Oversigt over d. K. D. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. i Nov. 1863. * Observations sur le Développement des Pleuronectes.”” Par M. Steen- strup. (Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Novembre 1864.) Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 3. Vol. xv. 24 362 Prof. W. Thomson on Steenstrup’s views upon one side as upon a ventral surface, swimming by the un- dulation of the horizontal unpaired fins. A new system of equilibrium is established for the Flounders, in which the dorsal and ventral instead of the lateral halves become symmetrical in outline and are equipoised. In most of the Pleuronectide, e.g. in Platessa, Hippoglossus, and Solea, the left side is the blind side; but in some groups, e. g. Rhombus and the young forms termed provisionally Plagusie, the right side is blind, and the left side bears the eyes. In both of these groups, however, there occasionally occur “wrong Flounders ” —dextral Flounders in the sinistral group, and vice versd. Besides “right” and ‘‘ wrong” Flounders, we have in each group “double Flounders,” individuals in which both sides are aearly equally developed and coloured. These have the eyes placed, one in its ordinary position on the eye-side, and one on the top of the head. They approach the ordinary fish-form, and swim vertically; nevertheless they must be regarded as monsters among the Pleuronectide. The external obliquity of the Flounders is accompanied by important structural deviations. The muscular system of the blind side is much more feebly developed than that of the eye side. The fins are smaller, and, even in the unpaired fins, the lower halves of the fin-rays are weaker. The gills and gill- covers are smaller, and the skin is usually less fully developed. The anterior portion of the face is twisted round, so that the whole mouth is bent towards the blind side, while at the same time the posterior part of the face, in which the eyes are placed, is strongly pressed over to the eye side. There is added to this a remarkable removal of certain portions of the most central part of the face ; and this it.is which, in connexion with the twisting just mentioned, ultimately brings the eyes into their normal position for each species—both on the same side of the head. This latter condition is universal among Flounders, and may be regarded as essentially characteristic of this curious group. EH: To understand this clearly, we must determine accurately the — position of the eyes of a Flounder with reference to the surround- ing parts. The two eyes are not placed in a straight line one © above the other: the upper eye is either somewhat behind or © somewhat before the lower—usually behind ; before in the Soles | and the Plagusiz. The eyes are in opposite positions; their upper margins are turned towards one another, and the lower margin of the upper eye is turned upwards towards the dorsal line of the fish. Between the eyes there stretches a firm bony | partition (Mellembalk) formed of definite cranial bones. In the » on the Obliquity of Flounders. 363 bony cranium there is a single orbit, entirely surrounded by bone, containing the upper eye only; the lower eye lies outside the orbit, and is protected above by the bones which form its lower margin. These bones are always found to be the frontals and prefrontals belonging to the eye side; and as the lower eye lies under these, it is evident that it is in the usual position with reference to the forehead of its own side. The upper eye, which from its position may be regarded as having belonged to the blind side, and which will be shown to have been seated on the blind side at an earlier stage, lies within the orbit, whose lower border consists of the above-mentioned “ partition ;” its upper margin is composed of the frontal and prefrontal bones of the blind side. ‘ From this it directly follows that the eye of the blind side has come round to the (inner) side of the frontal bones of the blind side, which is turned towards the middle line, instead of lying at the outer (now upturned) side.” The partition between the eyes, instead of being formed equally from the right and left frontals and prefrontals, is formed only by those of the eye side, right or left, or at most with the addi- tion of a small plate from the frontal bone of the blind side; whilst the remainder of the bone-mass formed by the frontal and prefrontal of the blind side surrounds the lower or upturned _ margin of the eye, forming the margin of the orbit next the dorsal line. “There is thus an unmistakeable encompassing of the parts, which apparently goes beyond all rule—nay, even be- yond all analogy; for usually when parts with definite relations to one another change place, forwards or backwards, upwards or downwards, inwards or outwards, in an organism, the associated parts are moved more or less in the same direction, so that the relative position of the parts remains in the main unchanged.” To this rule the different relations which the upper eye in the Flounder bears to its frontal bones forms an exception, which ean only be accounted for by a moving round of the parts upon one another. The hitherto received explanation, that the abnor- mal position of the Flounder’s eyes is due simply to a greater or less degree of torsion of the whole head upon the axis of the body, or of a part of the head upon the axis of the head, must therefore be regarded as insufficient, since this position could not have been attained without an actual removal of parts of the head. In many forms the eyes lie close to one another, and the partition between them is quite narrow; while in others the par- tition is even twice as broad as the diameter of the eye. Some- times the upper eye lies before the lower, and sometimes behind it—in some cases so far behind it as to seem to rest on the back of the head or the nape of the neck. Notwithstanding all these varieties in position, the relations of the upper eye to the 24° 364. Prof. W. Thomson on Steenstrup’s views surrounding bones of the head remain the same in all forms: in all the orbit is excavated in the middle of the forehead, so that the frontal and prefrontal bones of the two sides enclose the eye between them, either immediately between them (as in most Flounders) or so that a narrow plate of the frontal of the blind side helps that of the eye side to circumscribe it beneath (as in the Turbots, Soles, &c.). A careful analysis of the head in the various groups of Floun- ders shows that a considerable displacement of associated parts has taken place in a definite direction, the displaced parts still maintaining their original relations in position to one another; the position of the upper eye in relation to its frontal bones (the bones of the blind side) is, however, quite an abnormal one, and cannot be explained by such a displacement or torsion in asso- ciation with the surrounding parts. Under the generally ad- mitted and correct supposition that the Flounders are not only originally symmetrical, but that they retain this character, and have an eye on each side of the head, for some time after exclu- sion from the egg, “it becomes necessary to admit that the eye of the blind side, from its original position at that side of the head, has undertaken a movement, deeper and deeper in, under the half-roof which the frontal bone of this side formed over it, and has been brought up through its vault ; so that, im order to find room for itself, it has partly separated the frontal bones from one another, partly made its way through the mass of the frontal bone itself’ In other words, the eye could not possibly have reached its final position without having passed obliquely in, and up through the head, and come out at the other side. As the nerves and muscles of the eye directly connect it with the bottom of the orbit, the eye must have first passed under the frontal bones, and then up through them. Were we to attempt to explain the new position of the eye by torsion only, the nerves and muscles must have passed over the frontal bones of the blind side, and must lie permanently in that position, which is not the case. The eye, in leaving its original site, however, has attempted to carry the frontal bone of its own side along with it; but the greater part of this bone-mass has resisted, and has remained in its place. The Flounder has thus acquired a firm bony bridge extending from the snout to the back of the head and the vertebral column, and of the utmost importance in con- nexion with its new condition of equipoise. III. The passage of the eye obliquely up through the head is finally proved by direct observations on young Flounders. Mi- on the Obliquity of Flounders. 365 nute pellucid Flounders have been described from the Medi- terranean by Rafinesque (under the name of Bothus diaphanus, Raf.), and by Risso (Rhombus candidissimus, Risso). During the last few years the University Museum of Copenhagen has received several specimens from various parts of the Atlantic, chiefly through two invaluable assistants whom Professor Steen- strup has enlisted in his service in the pursuit of knowledge, Captains Hygom and Andréa, to the former of whom the pre- sent memoir is appropriately dedicated. The Atlantic Plagusiz are about an inch long, and resemble the Mediterranean forms in having the eyes on the left side, and the unpaired fins pass- ing on to the borders of the cheeks ; but the upper eye is rather in advance of the lower, and the dorsal and abdominal unpaired fins form with the tail a continuous fringe round the posterior portion of the body. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2 C, C', left and right.) Along with these little Flounders some other small fishes were procured (fig. 2.4, A’) resembling them in all particulars save in this—that they were apparently quite symmetrical, with an eye on each side of the head. These fishes are Flounders in an earlier stage. Fig. 2 B,B' represents another form, taken along with them. At B! we have the right side of the head, with an eye in the normal place ; at B we have the left side, with, strange to say, two eyes in the ordinary position of the eyes of a Floun- der. On careful examination, however, we find that the eye on the right side is, as it were, pressed inwards into the head, that a new opening surrounded by a thickened border has been pre- pared for it on the left side, and that it is just on the pomt of breaking through in the new position, being still partly visible from both sides. If we hold the fish in a suitable position with reference to the light, we may even trace an oblique passage up through the head for the transit of the eye, through which the light passes more strongly than through the surrounding parts. A close examination of the stage figured 2 A shows us that it is not quite so symmetrical as it appeared at first sight, but that it has already undertaken many of the preliminaries towards the future Flounder form. The mouth is oblique, and the eyes are not seated at the same height, the left being lower than the right. The sides are not equally developed ; and from the right eye an oblique, more transparent path may be detected over to the opposite side, up towards a point which corresponds with the subsequent position of the eye. “More beautiful transitional steps from the symmetrical to the oblique form than those represented in fig. 2.4, B, C could not be given, nor more expressive evidence that the eye actually goes from one side up through the head over to the other side —in other words, that the symmetrical fish by degrees squints 366 Prof. W. Thomson on Steenstrup’s views its eye in and up through the head, out to the other side, and at last squints itself into a perfect Flounder.” The other specimens in the museum correspond with the stage fig. 2 A, but are not so far advanced. They have charac- ters which indicate that they belong to several species and even genera. It seems, in fact, that at least a whole group of Pleuro- nectide pass through similar early stages; and, from the strue- ture of the mature skulls, it is more than likely that this method of the production of the obliquity of the eyes is universal in the family. IV. The author analyses two direct observations which have usu- ally been supposed to support the view that the eyes acquire their final position, both on one side of the head, by a simple torsion of the anterior portion of the head in the young fish, The first of these was made by Professor Van Beneden, and was published by him in the ‘Bulletin de Académie Royale de Belgique,’ t. xx. 1853 (“Note sur la Symétrie des Poissons Pleuronectes dans leur jeune age”’). An extremely minute fish, apparently only recently extruded from the egg, was taken in a fine-meshed net along with Shrimps. The eyes were unsymmetrical—one in its ordinary position, the other higher up, on the top of the head ; the dorsal fin came down on the back of the head, but not to the eye; and Van Beneden concludes that a further twist would have brought the eye further down, and that the dorsal fin would then haye extended past it over the head. Prof. Steenstrup gives good reasons for doubting that this very young form was a Flounder at all, and is rather inclined to refer it to Gunellus, or some other of the Blenny group. At all events, admitting that it was a Pleuronectid, there is nothing in its structure by any means conclusive against the eye having | been ready to perform its migration according to Prof. Steen- strup’s view, at a later stage. The second observation is by A. Malm, Curator of the Gote-— borg Museum, published, shortly after, and independently of, Van Beneden’s paper (“ Ofversigter Kgl. Sv. Vetenskaps Acade- mien, 1854”’). A young Rhombus barbatus (Clocq.), 20 millim. long, was found swimming obliquely near the surface of the water. Its colour was nearly the same on both sides ; the lower eye was in its usual place, but the upper eye was on the top of the head. The dorsal fin ceased immediately behind the eye. Malm assumes, Ist, that he had before him an ordinary | stage in the development of the species towards its normal form; Qndly, that the right eye had reached its position at the top of | on the Obliquity of Flounders. 367 the head by a simple torsion of the head on its axis; and 3rdly, that, after the passage of the eye down upon the left side by a further torsion, the dorsal fin would have continued its progress over the head. So far as this observation goes, these are mere assumptions, according to Professor Steenstrup’s view extremely improbable; but all the structural peculiarities of Malm’s fish are most simply explicable if we suppose the young of a “ double” Rhombus to have fallen into his hands. This peculiar malformation is by no means uncommon among Flounders. Its main characters are that both sides are coloured and nearly equally developed, that the eye of the blind side is placed in the middle line at the top of the head, while the eye of the eye side is in its normal position, and that the dorsal fin is arrested immediately behind the upper eye, and sometimes somewhat arched over it. Donovan gives the first figure of this monstrosity, under the name of Pleuronectes Cyclops: he imagined it to be a permanent species. His specimen seems to have been a monstrous Brill. Schleep, in the ‘Isis’ for 1829, describes two “ double” indi- viduals of Rhombus maximus, and states that he had met with others. Several “double” Flounders are described from the British coast (Yarrell, Couch, &c.). Among the Plaice, the same monstrosity is cited by Malm and Nilsson in P. Mlesus, and by Kroyer in P. vulgaris. Even in the Soles the same peculiarity seems to be indicated by Yarrell in his notice of Solea Trevelyana. The Holibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris) seems to be the only common form in which a double variety is not described. It may seem strange that the single individual taken by Malm should have presented this somewhat unusual modification ; we must remember, however, that while the common herd of “right” and “wrong” Flounders move along the bottom, ‘“ double” Flounders come to the surface, and within range of a towing-net. v: Besides the two marked deviations in form from the normal type of each species (“ wrong” Flounders and “ double” Floun- ders), there are likewise deviations in colour—“ albinos” and “negros.” Albinos, white on both sides, but yet normal in form, are mentioned by many authors: by Kréyer in Platessa vulgaris and in P. Flesus (quoted from Gottsche) ; by Schleep in P. vulgaris : in this latter case no sexual parts could be detected. Houttuyn describes an albino; and Shaw’s Pleuronectes roseus, from the Thames, belongs to the same category. Flounders dark on both sides, without any structural malformation (negros), seem also to occur, but more doubtfully. They are mentioned 368 Prof. W. Thomson on Steenstrup’s views without reference to any malformation ; but a more or less per- fect “‘Cyclopean” position of the eye is so often associated with darkness and plumpness on both sides, that there is every reason to believe there is an essential connexion between the two pecu- liarities. ‘‘ Double flounders” have always been held in high estimation for the table. The dark side of a Flounder is always the richer; therefore two dark sides are better than a dark and a light: but the advantage seems to go even further; for both sides of a double Flounder are plumper than the best side in the ordinary type. ‘ Wrong Flounders” are met with in all species, but usually rarely. In Platessa Flesus they are so com- mon that they can scarcely be regarded as deviations from the normal form: “wrongness” seems in no way connected with structural deviation. A singular instance exists of a double monstrosity (so far as we know) universal in a species. Fabricius first describes Hippoglossus pinguis (Pl. XVIII. | fig. 3), the “ Kalleragleck ” of Greenland, a small Holibut very abundant and constantly fished in the deepest of the Greenland fiords, sometimes associated with H. vulyaris (fig. 4), but often met with alone and in great quantity, with both sides plump and symmetrical, and the eye in the middle of the head. There seem to be good reasons, from the difference in the form of the teeth, from the differences in the gill-covers and in the distribution of the lateral lines, to believe that H. pinguis is not to be regarded as the double monstrosity of H. vulgaris. If this be the case, the “right” form of H. pinguis has not yet been observed, and we know the species only from its “ double” monsters. We are still ignorant of the conditions of repro- duction of H. pinguis, which has not yet been described as having either roe or milt. In the paper of which the above is an abstract the distin- guished author has clearly made out his principal and most in- teresting point—that a simple torsion of the anterior portion of the head of a Flounder on its axis is insufficient to explain the final position of the eyes; and his direct observations on the “ Plagusiz”’ prove that the eye of the blind side actually passes from its own side of the head to the other side—at all events, under the integument and under the subcutaneous tissues which contain the rudiments of the dermal bones forming the support of the anterior border of the dorsal fin, if not actually through the head itself. The conclusion specially insisted upon by Prof. Steenstrup in the first parts of his communication—that the eye of the blind side, in crossing to the eye side, passes under the frontal bone, | | on the Obliquity of Flounders. 369 and thus actually through the vault of the cranium—is certainly very remarkable, and, as the author admits, apparently beyond all rule and analogy. We must therefore test carefully the facts which are cited in its support. Two questions naturally arise :—first, Does the eye of the blind side in the mature skull actually rest in an abnormal posi- tion with reference to its essentially associated bones? and se- condly, At the period when the migration of the eye took place, were the bones in such a position with relation to the eye as to necessitate its reaching its final position by so unusual a course? We agree with Prof. Steenstrup that the position of the eyes in relation to their associated bones is essentially the same in all the oblique heads of the Pleuronectide. We shall select the head of the Turbot (Rhombus maximus), a left-handed Flounder, as an example. Placing the head on its side (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1), in its normal position in the living fish, two strong bony beams connect the snout with the middle of the head; and between these, as Prof. Steenstrup describes, lies the large round closed orbit of the right eye. The left beam, which forms the partition between the eyes, is made up principally of the thickened, con- tracted anterior half of the left frontal bone (fig. 1 f"). This is, however, lined throughout its entire length by a strong sickle- shaped process of the right frontal bone, and this process actu- ally forms the left border of the orbit (fig. 1 f). Anteriorly and externally the partition is strengthened for about one-third of its length by an articulating process of the left prefrontal (fig. 1a’). The right beam, forming the right border of the orbit, consists almost entirely of the right prefrontal (fig. 1 a) enormously de- veloped and synchondrosed with two strong ridges of the right frontal, which, however, in this species, scarcely project in ad- vance of the posterior edge of the orbit. In the Plaice (Platessa vulgaris) they advance a considerable distance to meet the op- posing process of the prefrontal. The left eye is in its ordinary _ place beneath the outer edge of the left frontal, the left prefrontal (as usual) merely eking out the anterior extremity of the upper edge of its orbit. So far as its right frontal is concerned, the right eye is like- wise in its normal position, at the outer edge of the sickle-shaped process to which the anterior portion of the right frontal has been reduced. So far the relations of the eyes to their associated bones has not been disturbed, though an extraordinary shifting and absorp- tion has taken place, which has removed nearly the whole of the right half of the anterior portion of the right frontal bone from the path of the right eye into its new position, and reduced it to a thin crescentic plate. 370 Prof. W. Thomson on Steenstrup’s views But the right eye is in a closed orbit whose right border con- sists of the right prefrontal; and we must account for the posi- tion of the eye within this bone, if possible, without resorting to the extreme view that it passed through beneath it. It must always be remembered that the prefrontal bone has no definite relation in position to the eye, whose capsule is essentially con- nected with the bones of the frontal arch of the skull only. The prefrontal is an extremely variable bone of the face, in rela- tion with the olfactory sense-capsule, if with any. Prof. Steen- strup’s diagrams of the path of the eye from the blind to the eye side beneath the cranial bones are all taken from mature distorted skulls; but at the time of the transit of the eye the fish was symmetrical, or nearly so. The eyes were nearly sym- metrical; and it would be only natural to conclude that the bones of the head (or their potential positions) were nearly symmetrical likewise. The left border of the skull remains normal throughout, the parts occupying nearly the same relative positions which they do in the Cod; 7. e., the left eye is opposite the lower edge of its own frontal bone, the comparatively small prefrontal merely finishing the anterior edge of its orbit. It is clear that the left eye of the Turbot or either of the eyes of the Cod might migrate across the head under the skin, merely ab- sorbing or pressing before .it the frontal bone, without coming in contact with the prefrontal at all. In the Turbot the left prefrontal is nearly normal in size, and not more than half the length of that of the right side; and I think we may conclude that in the symmetrical young both bones were normal and alike, and that the right eye was placed opposite the edge of the frontal bone, which at that time formed a portion of the right edge of the skull. When the change in the position of the eye occurred, this exposed portionof the right frontal, whether po- tential or actually developed, was pushed or absorbed before the migrating eye and its nervous and muscular connexions, and reduced to the crescentic plate which, in the mature head, lines the left wall of the orbit, still retaining its original position with reference to the eye. At a subsequent stage in the development of the oblique head, the right prefrontal shot out a process backwards across the gap through which the nerves and muscles of the eye had passed, and became articulated to the frontal bone, forming the beam whose immediate relation to the new condition of equilibrium—that is to say, to the obliquity of the fish—is so aecurately pointed out by Prof. Steenstrup. From these considerations we are forced to conclude that the eye of the blind side passed to the eye side, not through the vault of the head, but under its integument, displacing in its progress the frontal bone of its own side—the space through on the Obliquity of Flounders. 371 which its nervous and vascular connexions passed being indi- cated in the mature skull by the unsymmetrical posterior half of the articulating process of the right prefrontal, the eye having maintained its normal relation to its associated bone (the right frontal) throughout. The term “ migration” of the eye is, of course, used in a somewhat metaphorical sense. The eye changes little in actual position. With the growth of the fish the associated parts are, as it were, developed past it, producing this singular obliquity. Nothing can be more startling than the effect produced by the changes in the position of the eye in these young Flounders. We were kindly introduced last summer to the charming little “ Plagusie ”’ by Prof. Steenstrup in his most instructive museum. At first symmetrical miniature “jaunes-dorées ;” next the right eye becoming depressed inwards, and a strange little button-hole appearing opposite it on the eye side, giving singularly the effect of a Flounder with three eyes; the eye slipping into the button-hole, and finally all trace of its former socket becoming gradually obliterated. Still, notwithstanding the wonderful appearance of this migration, if our view be correct, but little violence is done to the relations of the parts. The eye was always under the skin, and it merely passes in its course beneath a band of opake integument to emerge under a second “ pane” of transparent skin which has been prepared for its reception. A valuable lesson may be drawn from Prof. Steenstrup’s most interesting observations upon “ right ” and “ wrong ” Flounders, “double” Flounders, “albinos,” and “negros.” The dark side of a Turbot is infinitely the more fully developed, the richer, the fatter, the better in every way. According to modern usage, if a Turbot be put on the table, this eye side is turned down- wards; and the consequence is that usually, after the thin, meagre blind side has been discussed in the dining-room, most of the best of the fish is sent down to the servants’ hall. It may not be the cook’s interest to remedy this, but surely it is her mistress’s ; for, under the present system, no lady, at all events, can hope to reach the eye side of a Turbot. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. Fig. 1. Skull of the Turbot (Rhombus maximus): a, right prefrontal ; a', left prefrontal; f, right frontal; f’, left frontal. Fig. 2. Heads of Plagusie (left and right sides) in three stages of meta- morphosis. Fig. 3. Hippoglossus pinguis (Fabr.). Fig. 4. Hippoglossus vulgaris (Flem.). 372 Mr. F. Smith on the Species and XXXVII.—On the Species and Varieties of the Honey-Bees be- longing to the Genus Apis. By FrEepERIcK Situ. [Plate XIX.] In 1862 Dr. Gerstacker published his remarks ‘On the Geo- graphical Distribution and Varieties of the Honey-Bee, with Observations upon the Exotic Honey-Bees of the Old World” *, Having in my own possession a large amount of material, and also access to that preserved in other collections, I have devoted considerable time to an attentive study of the species. The result has been somewhat different from that arrived at by Dr. Gerstacker. I have therefore thought it might be desirable that I should publish the results of my own study of the genus. In my ‘ Catalogue of the Apide’ I enumerated fifteen species of the genus Apis: one was overlooked at that time, and four I have described since its publication, thus increasing the number to twenty species. In the paper referred to, the fifteen catalogued species, with the addition of two of those which I have subse- quently described, are reduced to four by Dr. Gerstacker: why he passed over the other two, which I described previous to those he has noticed, it is difficult to imagine; but it was pro- bably entirely an oversight. I fully concur in the necessity for the reduction of the number of species effected by this learned entomologist ; but Iam not prepared to go with him to the same extent: I must therefore endeavour to show good reasons for differing from such an authority. Our author remarks that “various races of Honey-Bees have been described as distinct species by various authors,” but that “they really present no distinctive specific characters.” This observation naturally leads to the inquiry, What are the distine- tive specific characters in the genus Apis? Before I attempt to answer that question I would offer a few remarks upon two or three distinct and extensive genera of Bees, and will endeavour to point out where, under certain conditions, distinctive charac- ters are sometimes to be found. If I were to seek m the females of many species of Bees for the distinctive characters of the species, either in difference of form: or in the sculpture of parts, I should in all probability fail to discover any that I could, by description, enable the entomologist easily to recognize; but if I had each species before me in its entirety, that 1s, both sexes of each species, my task would in all probability become a com- paratively easy one. My knowledge of the male and female of each species would place me in a position to enter upon the in- vestigation with the necessary materials before me. I should, in the first place, probably find broad and distinctive differences * Annals, ser. 3. vol. xi. p. 270. Varreties of the Honey-Bee. 373 in the males which I could not detect in the other sex; and I should then be able to determine what (however slight they might be) were the distinguishing characters of the females— differences which, under other circumstances, I might probably have regarded as mere marks of variation ; but these would then be recognized as characters of full specific value, such as a de- scription would easily point out. This position would apply admirably to many species in the genera Megachile, Osmia, and Xylocopa: the females in these genera are frequently extremely difficult to separate into species ; but when we become acquainted with each in its entirety, the difficulty is at once removed. The male sex in these genera frequently presents marked differences of form in the legs, at other times in the armature of the head with horns or spines. In the extensive genus Nomada we are frequently compelled to rely for specific distinctions upon dif- ferences in coloration, scarcely any presenting themselves in the structural characters of either sex. The remark that “ Honey-Bees really present no distinctive specific characters” would be perfectly true if applied only to worker Bees; for, with the exception of difference of size and coloration, no other very satisfactory characters are to be found: one species only would be readily separable from the rest—the Apis dorsata, it having a constant distinct difference in the neuration of the anterior wings, and also in the size and position of the ocelli. What, then, are the distinctive specific characters in the genus - Apis? These are to be found only in the entirety of the species ; and I am perfectly convinced that attempts to determine what are species, and what are races, by a study of the workers only, must result in the commission of error—little more than dif- ference of size and variety in coloration being the guides for determination. Dr. Gerstiacker’s remark must therefore be understood, in my opinion, as only applicable to the study of the working Bees— by far the least characteristic form of the species. Apis melli- fica appears to be the only species of which Dr. Gerstacker knows the undoubted male; it is true that he has assigned my species Apis lobata, established upon a solitary specimen in the national collection (and in all probability it is correctly assigned), to the Fabrician Apis florea, having received both in a collection from Ceylon. I myself possess the males of three species, and a fourth is in the British Museum: each of them is distinguished by strongly marked distinctive specific characters; so that no hesitation can possibly be felt about assigning each to a distinct species of Honey-Bee. As before observed, I enumerated fifteen species of the genus 374 Mr. F. Smith on the Species and Apis in my catalogue; but at that time, I must admit, I had very strong suspicions of several being mere climatal varieties of the others, such varieties as might be reasonably expected to be found in communities of the species ; but I felt that I had little or nothing to guide me in arriving at a more correct enumera- tion. I might have arbitrarily reduced the number, it is true; but such a mode of reduction I felt I was not warranted in making; in fact, I found that, until I became acquainted with the other sexes of these supposed varieties, it was far better to let them stand as species until more ample and necessary mate- rial presented itself to work tipon. The possession of an extensive series of examples of any spe- cies from different localities is doubtless good material for tracing out the variation in colour to which a species is hable. Apis mellifica would be an instance of this kind, pregnant in interest. But, at the same time, I must claim, for a series such as I have indicated, that it is a means whereby we may also trace the varia- tion in size to which any species is liable. Therefore, if I inves- tigate Apis mellifica in this respect, and examine a large series of examples from all parts of Europe, I include the Apis lgustica as a mere variety; and, asI have just observed, my series being extensive and from all parts of Europe, from the Cape of Good Hope, from Natal, Sierra Leone, Australia, New Zealand, from St. Domingo, the Sandwich Islands, also from distant parts of North America, when I compare all these together, I find no really perceptible difference in size in the whole series before me. In the next place I examine a very extensive series of Honey- Bees from different parts of Africa, and I at once recognize many of Apis mellifica, all agreeing as to size, but exhibiting not only the dark unicolorous Bee of northern Europe, but also an ex- tremely bright variety of Apis ligustica. I next find a large number of a bright-coloured species, closely resembling A. ligus- tica, but’ all being uniformly of a much smaller size: this is Latreille’s species, Apis Adansonii. Varieties of this Bee are described by St. Fargeau under the names A. scutellata, A. nigri- tarum, and A. Caffra. I entertain little doubt of these three supposed species being varieties of A. Adansonii; but until all the sexes of this smaller Bee are obtained, and the males are found to be identical with those of A. mellifica, I shall regard the A. Adansonii as a good and very distinct species. My investigation of the genus Apis induces me to divide it into seven species: I enumerate eight, but one is founded upon a single example of a drone: this male is from North China, whence I also obtained a worker of my own species, Apts nigro- cincta; therefore it is highly probable it may prove to be the male of that species. Varieties of the Honey-Bee. 375 Dr. Gerstiicker’s history of the geographical distribution of the Apis mellifica is extremely interesting ; but, in my opinion, he has included, as I before stated, a distinct species, the Apis Adansonii. I can add somewhat to the range of the European Bee, as our author says “it does not appear to exist in Austra- lia;” it is, however, I am informed, extremely abundant in that country, both in a domestic and also in a wild state; it has, of course, been introduced. It is found in the same way in New Zealand. In the British Museum are examples of Apis Adan- sonti from Australia. The Northern Honey-Bee abounds, in a wild state, in Texas and California; indeed Mr. Lord, who was resident in the former country for a considerable period, told me that it would be very difficult, perhaps impossible, to find a hollow tree untenanted by Apis mellifica. Dr. Gerstacker divides the genus Apis into two groups, each being characterized by different structural peculiarities. After an extensive examination of species, I find two of the characters made use of inconstant, as applied to these divisions, but very useful in the determination of species. I have omitted them in the characteristics of the groups, and will point out the use made of them in dividing the species. The first character con- sists of the number of transverse rows of short hairs or bristles which line the inside of the metatarsus of the posterior legs. In the division of the Honey-Bees into two groups, those of the first are said to have “thirteen rows of bristles on the inner side of the metatarsus.” I make the number of rows to be fourteen. I place two species in this division, and both are so characterized. In the second division, however, the character laid down, as in part distinguishing them (the “‘metatarsus of the hind legs with nine transverse rows of bristles on the inside”), cannot be re- tained. In order to ascertain correctly whether the species varied in this particular, I broke off the metatarsal jomt from a large number of my specimens, and, having removed the bristles, I was enabled to ascertain with facility the exact number of rows in all the species. The figures given in illustration of this paper show the number in each: in counting the rows, that at the apical margin is, in all instances, included. I presume, such was not the case in drawing up the characters in Dr. Gerstacker’s paper, otherwise the first division would have fourteen rows. The result of my examination of the different species of the genus Apis shows that Apis dorsata and A. zonata have each fourteen rows of bristles on the metatarsal joint; A. mellifica, A. florea, and A. indica have each ten rows; A. Adansonii has nine, and A. nigro-cincta eleven rows—a most satisfactory result, since it confirms me in my opinion, founded upon other characters, of the genus Apis consisting of more than four 376 Mr. F. Smith on the Species and species, the number given by Dr. Gerstiicker in his elaborate memoir. By reference to the plate, it will be at once seen that the form of the posterior leg of the males of the different species is so distinctively different, that this single character alone is sufficient proof of their being distinct species, although the posterior leg in the other sexes only exhibits slight modifications of form in the metatarsal joint; but these, although less marked, are constant. The rows of stiff hairs or bristles on the metatarsal joint are each situated on an elevated ridge; so that when the bristles are removed there is no difficulty in reckoning the number. Group I. Vertex distinctly narrowed by the large compound eyes, so that the posterior ocelli are more distant from each other than from the eyes. In the anterior wings the recurrent nervure issues very near the apex of the third submarginal cell. Sp. 1. Apis dorsata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 370, 9. (India.) 2Apis nigripennis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. 170, $. (Bengal.) bicolor, Klug, Mag. der Gesell. Nat. Fr. zu Berlin, (1807) p. 264, ¢. (India. ) zonata, Guér. Voy. Bélang. Ind. p.504, 8. (Coromandel.) testacea, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1. 49, $. (Borneo.) (Additional habitats known are Malacca, Ceylon, Java, Sumatra, Flores, and Timor.) Of this species I possess a good series of varieties of the worker Bees and two males; the latter sex has not been pre- viously noticed: one specimen from Bombay is reddish yellow, with the thorax above, the scape of the antenne, and the outside of the posterior tibiz and of the metatarsus black; the thorax and two basal segments of the abdomen are clothed with long pale-reddish hair, intermixed with darker hairs on the disk of the thorax ; wings colourless, and much more ample than in the worker Bee. The second male is that of the pale variety, Apis testacea, first taken in Borneo, by Mr. A. R. Wallace, and subsequently in the island of Timor; it is entirely of a pale testaceous yellowish red ; the thorax and two basal segments of the abdomen densely clothed with long pale-yellow hair; the wings clear hyaline. Except in coloration, these specimens agree in every parti- cular; the posterior legs are precisely of the same form and length. Had I not possessed the male of this variety, I should have deemed it advisable to regard A. testacea as a distinct species. The exact correspondence of the two males in their form and proportions I consider conclusive of their being mere climatal varieties. I am informed by Mr. Wallace that he cap- tured this pale variety on the wing in Timor, and that it sus- Varieties of the Honey-Bee.. 377 pends its.combs from the branches of trees, without any out- - ward protection. This, I am informed by Sir John Hearsey, is also the habit of A. dorsata in India. This species varies greatly in the coloration of the abdomen. I have seen the following varieties :— a. Head and thorax black; abdomen yellow, with the apex more or less dusky; the anterior wings brown, palest at their posterior margin. (Apis dorsata, Fabr.) b. Like the previous variety, but with the wings hyaline. India. c. Black, with only the two basal segments of the abdomen yellowish red. (Apis bicolor and A. zonata.) d. Varies in having the three basal segments of the abdomen reddish yellow, and a band of white pubescent pile at the base of the fourth and fifth segments; anterior wings brown. Timor. e. The head and thorax black, and clothed with pale pubes- cence; the abdomen and legs entirely pale testaceous ; wings hyaline. (A. ¢estacea.) Borneo and Timor. I have added a mark of doubt to the synonym A. nigripennis because I do not feel quite satisfied of its being distinct from the next species. I have seen examples of a black Bee from the Philippines which may prove to be a climatal variety of A. dor- sata: it has not the ocelli so large as the next species. Sp. 2. Apis zonata, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soc. iv. 8, ¥. (Celebes.) Apis dorsata, Gerst. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1843) xi. 344, nee Fabr. - This species is entirely black; it is the largest at present known of the genus; it is 9 lines long, whilst the A. dorsata I never found to exceed 74 lines. The abdomen, in all the speci- mens that I have seen (nineteen or twenty), is very convex above, and is adorned with a band of snow-white, short pubescent pile on the basal margins of the third, fourth, and fifth segments ; these bands are continued beneath. Dr. Gersticker considers this species as an extreme variety of A. dorsata; but in this I cannot agree. The size, colour, and convexity of the abdomen are different, in addition to which I find a difference in the form of the metatarsus; the ocelli are proportionally larger, and the face is not pubescent. These may be regarded as slight dif- ferences; but, as I have already remarked, the specific distinc- tions among the workers of the different species of Honey-Bees are always extremely slight. The capture of the other sexes will, no doubt, decide this question; but I am inclined to be- lieve that 4. zonata will prove to be a good species. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.3. Vol. xv. 25 378 Mr. F. Smith on the Species and Group II. Vertex not perceptibly narrowed; the posterior ocelli not more distant from each other than from the compound eyes. The recurrent nervure distant from the apex of the third submarginal cell. Sp. 8. Apis mellifica, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 421. no. 1697, §. (Europe.) Apis ligustica, Spin. Ins. Ligur. i. 35. 15. (Italy.) fasciata, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. vy. 171. (Egypt.) cerifera, Scop. Ann. Hist. Nat. iv. 16. (Europe.) gregaria, Geoftr. Ins. ii. 407. (France.) domestica, Ray, Hist. Ins. p. 240. (England.) Of the unicolorous form of this species I have seen specimens from nearly all parts of Europe, from most of the West-India Islands, from New York, Canada, Florida, Texas, California, and Mexico, from the Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone, Australia, and New Zealand; of the Ligurian form, examples from Italy, Switzerland, and the Cape of Good Hope. Sp. 4. Apis Adansonii, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v.172, 9. (Senegal.) Apis scutellata, St. Farg. Hym. i. 404, 3. (Africa.) nigritarum, St. Farg. Hym. i. 406. (Congo.) Caffra, St. Farg. Hym. 1. 402. (Africa.) ? unicolor, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. 168. (Madagascar.) —— mellifica, Gerst. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1863, vol. xi., nee Linn. As I have before remarked, Dr. Gerstacker regards this spe- cies, together with its varieties, as identical with Apis mellifica. My reasons for differing from him will be found in the fore- gomg remarks. I have also ascertained that the Honey-Bee is found in Zambesi: this small form I am inclined to consider a native species, widely spread over the vast expanse of Africa. The capture of the male will in all probability prove the truth of my conclusions. The Apis unicolor I have never seen ; I have therefore expressed a doubt as regards its synonymy. Sp. 5. Apis indica, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p.370, ¥. (India.) Apis Peronii, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. 173, %. (Timor.) Delessertii, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 461, §. (Pondicherry.) Perrottetii, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 461, %. (Neelgherries.) socialis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. iv. 172, 3. (India.) dorsata, St. Farg. Hym. i. 405, 8. (India.) j (To the above localities may be added Java, Sumatra, Flores, Malacca, and Borneo.) : Sp. 6. Apis nigro-cincta, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soe. v. 93, §. (Celebes.) Apis indica, Gerst. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1863, vol. xi. 343, nee Fabr. This species has also been received from Borneo and China— Varieties of the Honey-Bee. 879 several specimens from the latter locality, all found near Shane- hai. It is probable that the species described in this paper as Apis sinensis may prove to be its male: it was taken with the above-mentioned specimens. Dr. Gersticker regards this spe- cies as a variety of Apis indica, and places it among the varic- ties of that species which are characterized as having only the anterior part of the first and the basal half of the second segment yellow, the remainder blackish brown; my description is, with the abdomen entirely pale reddish yellow, and a narrow black band on the apical margin of all the segments. I consider the species distinct from A. indica for the following reasons: it is uniformly larger, and has proportionally larger ocelli, the anterior one being more advanced and forming a more acute triangle ; in front of the anterior ocellus is a strongly im- pressed channel, which passes down to the clypeus. These characters will probably be considered slight ones; but we must bear in mind that the distinctive specific characters in the genus Apis are slight in the working Bees, only one instance, as I have already observed, being known to the contrary, in A. dor- sata. Sp..7. Apis florea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 373, 3. (India.) Apis andreniformis, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soe. ii. 49, 3. (Borneo.) — lobata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Apide, ii. 416, ¢. (India.) indica, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. 169, 8. (India.) On a careful examination of A. andreniformis, I am inclined to consider it an extreme variety of 4. florea: that species has the two basal segments of the abdomen red; but I have others in which the abdomen is entirely red, the apical segment being slightly fuscous: I find that it varies in colour much more than I was aware of when I described the species. The example upon which I founded it is the only one that I have seen with the abdomen eutirely black, the second segment being narrowly rufo-fuscous at the basal margin, whilst the basal margins of the third, fourth, and fifth segments have each a narrow band of white pubescent pile. Dr. Gerstiacker has ascertained that this species is the Anthophora florea of Fabricius ; he has also received the worker Bees from Ceylon, together with specimens of my Anis lobata: for this reason A. lobata is assigned as the male ; if such prove to be the fact, it will be the first instance of such a vast discrepancy in size occurring in the genus Apis, the average size of the worker Bee being 3# lines, whilst A. lobata is 5 lines. I am, however, inclined to Dr. Gerstiacker’s opinion, since he has had an opportunity of examining combs of 4. florea, and he observes that the drone-cells are very large. 20% 380 Prof. G. Gulliver on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants. Sp. 8. Apis sinensis. Length 5 lines. This species is of the same colour and general form as the male of A. mellifica; but the neuration of the anterior wings is different; the recurrent nervure enters the third submarginal cell nearer to its apex; the difference in the form of the poste- rior tibice is also a distinctive specific character. (See Pl. XIX. fig. 4.) EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Posterior leg of the male of Apis mellifica. Fig. 2. > ” Apis dorsata. Fig. 3. 9 - Apis florea. Fig. 4. op 5 Apis sinensis. Fig. 5. Posterior leg of the Worker Bee of Apis mellifica. Fig. 6. ss ” 5 Apis Adansonii. Fig. 7. .) + + Apis zonata. Fig. 8. ) as 4 Apis dorsata. Fig. 9. is , ” Apis nigro-cincta. Fig. 10 Apis indica. bs 9 ” ” Fig. 11. Posterior metatarsus, showing the number of transverse rows of bristles to be fourteen in Apis dorsata. Fig. 12. Showing the number to be nine in Apis Adansonii. Fig. 13. "3 0 eleven in Apis nigro-cincta. Fig. 14. - 9” ten in Apis indica. Fig. 15. 5 a ten in Apis mellifica. tig. 16. A * ten in Apis florea. XXXVIII.—On Raphides and other Crystals in Plants. By Grorce Guuuiver, F.R.S. [Continued from p. 212.] Bromeliacee.—Besides the species of this order noticed in the ‘ Annals’ for May last I have examined leaves of Dasylirion fili- forme and D., acrostichum, in which are a few raphides (more abundant in the pale bases of the leaves), crystal prisms, and spheeraphides; and a leaf of Bonapartea gracilis, which affords a profusion of raphides and a few larger crystal prisms. Commelinacee.—To the former observations (‘ Annals,’ June 1864) it may be added that Tradescantia discolor is also a raphis- bearing plant: a number of small quadratic crystals, or such octahedrons as were described in Tradescantia by Schleiden, L have likewise seen in the leaves and stem of Tradescantia and Commelina. Aracee.—Of the different tribes of this order in Prof. Balfour’s ‘Manual of Botany,’ I have examined several species during last summer, and repeated and confirmed the observations given in the ‘Annals’ for May 1861, Sept. (page 228) and Noy. 1863, Prof. G. Gulliver on Raphides and other Crystals in Plants. 881 Feb., March, and June 1864. The parts examined anew of the following plants will be noted within brackets. Calla palustris: [leaf, flower-spike, spathe, and ovaries] all containing raphides. Monstera deliciosa {bits of leaves] : raphides abundant in large, hyaline, viscid cells ; also some spheraphides, especially in the petioles. Arum maculatum [leaves, berries, and tubers] and leaves and stem of A.Dracunculus: raphides abound- ing. Colocasia odora, C. antiquorum, and Caladium viviparum [leaves]: raphides plentiful in these three plants. Leaf, seape, and immature fruit of Philoderdron giganteum and leaf of P. pertusum: raphides abundant. Richardia ethiopica [leaves] : raphides abundant, and affording a good example of biforines. Diffenbachia maculata [leaves] and leaf, flower-spike, and ovaries of Orontium aquaticum: abounding in raphides. Leaf of Pothos acaulis: raphides and starch plentiful. Leaf-blade and root of Anthurium Harrisii: a few small raphides and many cells con- taining small starch-granules. Leaf of A. coriaceum: small raphides and starch-cells, both scanty ; many sphzeraphides in the petiole. Acorus Calamus [leaves and root-stock]| and leaves and flower-spike of A. gramineus: true raphides not seen in either of these plants; only (and that rarely) one or two solitary crys- tal-prisms and crystalline granules. Typha latifolia and T. an- gustifolia (leaves, stem, pith, and root-stock]: raphides rather plentiful. Sparganium ramosum and S. simplex: [leaves, stem, pith, peduncle, style, and outer green part of immature fruit] raphides in all these parts. Lemna [fronds]: all our species afford raphides, which are abundant in ZL. sninor and L. trisulca, and comparatively scanty in L. gibba and L. polyrrhiza. Thus, of all the plants yet examined of this order, Acorus is the only genus in which true raphides could not be found ; and yet I have often searched for them in A. Calamus at all scasons, and when they were always easily found in such of the other plants as were available for comparison—to wit, drum, Typha, Sparganium, and Lemna. The paucity of raphides in Anthurium appears remarkable when we consider their abundance in Pothos and Orontium. Now our native plants above mentioned stand, in Prof. Babington’s ‘Manual of British Botany,’ under the orders Typhaces, Aracee, and Lemnacez, and between the orders Alismaceze and Potamogetonacez. And while those species of the said three orders, Typhaces, Aracee, and Lemnacez, with the single exception of A. Calamus, regularly afford raphides, the English species of the two neighbouring orders, Alismaceze and Potamogetonacee, are as regularly devoid of raphides. But Prof. Lindley, in his admirable ‘School Botany,’ places Acorus in a distinct order, Acoracee, between Juncacee and Juncagi- 382 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera naceee—two orders of which the British members are also desti- tute, or nearly so, of raphides. Here, then, as far as regards the British Flora, are three orders differing, in the possession of this character of raphis- bearing, from their neighbourmg orders; while, on the other hand, as we have already shown (‘Annals,’ March 1864, p. 214, and ‘Quart. Journ. Micros. Science,’ Jan. 1864), the order Hydrocharidacez differs, in the regular want of this character, from its neighbours Trilhaceze, Dioscoreacee, and Orchidacez, three orders in which raphis- bearing i is a constant and intrinsic, plain and certain function of the cell- life, if not of every species, certainly of all that I have examined. Potamogetonacee to Characee.—We have already seen how abundant raphides are in many Endogens; but, although it is stated in some of our best and latest books of phytotomy that raphides abound in Monocotyledones generally, it is remarkable that I have never yet found true raphides in any native plant of the orders from Potamogetonacez to Characez, both inclusive, and which occupy a fifth part of the text in the ‘ Manual of British Botany.’ Thus true raphides, after either an absence from or pre- sence in several different preceding orders of Monocotyledones, are next so abundant in Typhacez, Araceze, and Lemnacez, and at Jast suddenly cease to characterize any of the following orders, from Potamogetonacee, through the rest of the class, down to and inclusive of the Cryptogamez Ductulosee. Edenbridge, April 3,.1865. [To be continued. ] XXXIX.—Contributions to an Insect Fauna of the Amazons Val- ley. Coxeorrera: Loneicornes. By H. W. Barss, Esq. [Continued from p. 225.] b. Thorax widest at the basal angles, gradually narrowed thence to the apex. 11. Colobothea pimplea, n.sp. C. minus elongata et attenuata, cinereo- vel griseo-fulva; capite fusco, vertice lineis duabus divergentibus cinereo-fulvis ; thorace vittis septem fuscis, quarum una mediana latiore; elytris griseis, fusco irroratis, cinereo-fulvo maculatis, fasciis tribus (apud suturam interruptis) fuscis, apice sinuato-truncatis, angulis interioribus prominulis, exterioribus spiniformibus. Long. 41 15 lin. 6 Q. Head dingy brown, forehead streaked with tawny, vertex with two fine tawny lines diverging on the occiput. Antenne black or reddish, fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth joints with a whitish of the Amazons Valley. 383 ring. Thorax depressed at the base, ashy or tawny, with a broad central vitta, and, on each side, three narrower vitte, purplish brown. LElytra moderately elongated, apex sinuate-truncate, with exterior angles produced into spines, and sutural angles dentiform ; surface grey, minutely speckled with dusky and sprinkled with larger tawny (most often rounded) spots: each side has three transverse-quadrate purplish-brown spots or fasciz, which do not reach the suture, the apex edged with tawny. Body beneath clothed with tawny-ashy pile; abdomen spotted on the sides with black. Legs reddish, spotted with ashy. Terminal abdominal segment rather more tapering in the female than in the male; dorsal plate notched in both sexes ; ventral plate terminating in spines in the male, angles simply acute in the female. Fore tarsi in the male moderately dilated, fringed with long hairs. Branches of felled trees: Para, Obydos, and banks of the Tapajos. Also found at Cayenne. I have seen it, in French collections, under the name of C. sealineata (Reiche, MS.)—a name which I have not adopted, as the thorax has seven lines, and not six. 12. Colobothea destituta, n. sp. C. minus elongata, obscure grisea ; capite nigro, vertice lineis duabus divergentibus griseis; thorace vittis septem nigris, quarum una mediana latiore ; elytris obscure griseis, nigro confertim irroratis, cinereo-griseo maculatis, fasciis interruptis tribus vel duabus (plus minusve obsoletis) nigris, apice sinuato-truncatis, angulis interlori- bus prominulis, exterioribus spiniformibus. Long. 43-6 lin. ¢ 2. Ilead blackish, forehead streaked with ashy-grey, vertex with two fine ashy lines diverging on the occiput. Antenne black, fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth joints with a whitish ring. Tho- rax dull grey, with seven black vittee, central one twice as thick as any of the rest. Elytra moderately elongated and tapering, apex sinuate-truncate, sutural angles dentiform, external spiniform ; surface obscure grey, thickly irrorated with blackish, and having a few larger ashy, mostly rounded spots ; each with two (and some- times an indication of a third) transverse quadrate black spots, not distinctly limited. Body beneath ashy; abdomen spotted on the sides with black. Legs black, spotted with grey. &. Terminal ventral plate sinuate-truncate, angles acute ; dorsal plate narrower, sinuate-truncate. @. Terminal abdominal segment elongated and tapering ; both plates sinuate-truncate, net spinose. On branches of dead trees, Para. 13. Colobothea seminalis, n. sp. C. minus elongata, fusco-nigra ; capitis vertice lineis duabus diver- 384: Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera gentibus ; thorace vittis sex, elytris maculis parvis partim con- fluentibus, cinereo-fulvis, his apice cano marginatis sinuato-trun- catis, angulis exterioribus spinosis. Long. 32-5 lin. 9. Head blackish, forehead streaked with ashy-tawny, vertex with two ashy-tawny lines diverging on the occiput. Antenne black or reddish, fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth joimts with a whitish ring at their bases. Thorax black, with three ashy- tawny longitudinal lines on each side; the sternum and the sides above the coxe also tawny-ashy: on the surface near the base are two distinct punctures, besides the row along the hind margin. LElytra moderately elongated and tapering, deep brownish black, covered with little oblong tawny-ashy spots, which are collected together irregularly in some places, leaving small spaces of the ground-colour; the apex has a hoary spot. Body beneath tawny-ashy ; abdomen spotted (as in the allied species) with black. Legs blackish, spotted with grey. @. Terminal ventral plate simply sinuate-truncate, angles not produced; dorsal plate narrower, emarginate at apex. Branches of dead trees, Para. 14. Colobothea paulina, n. sp. C. robustior, modice elongata, fusco-nigra; capitis vertice lineis duabus divergentibus; thorace vittis sex, elytris maculis parvis oblongis discretis, cinereo-fulvis, apice cano marginatis, sinuato- truncatis, angulis exterioribus spinosis. Long. 4-6 lin. 9. Head dusky, streaked with ashy-tawny, vertex with two ashy- tawny lines diverging on the occiput. Thorax black, with three tawny-ashy lines on each side ; the sides above the coxz and the sternum of the same colour; surface wanting the two punctures near the base which are distinctive of C. seminalis. FElytra brownish black, sprinkled with a number of small oblong tawny- ashy spots, which are so arranged as to leave black undefined spaces in the situations where lateral spots or fasciz are usually situated in the allied species; apex edged with hoary white. Body beneath ashy-tawny; abdomen spotted with black on the sides. Legs black, spotted with grey. 9. Terminal ventral plate broadly emarginated at the apex; and with a tooth in the middle of the emargination; angles produced into spines. Dorsal plate tapering, obtuse. Upper Amazons, at S. Paulo, on branches of dead trees. The species has also been found in the interior of French Guiana by M. Bar. A closely allied form is found in Venezuela; but it differs greatly in the shape of the terminal abdominal segment in the female*. * Colobothea mosaica (Deyrolle, MS.). Modice elongata, nigra, griseo maculata. Caput nigrum, orbita oculorum griseo marginata. An- of the Amazons Valley. 385 . 15. Colobothea varica, un. sp. C. modice elongata et attenuata, fusca; thorace dorso vittis duabus cinereo-fulvis, postice divaricatis, lateribus cinereo-fulvis vitta ni- gra; elytris maculis parvis cinereo-fulvis, partim discretis, partim subconfluentibus. Long. 44-5 lin. ¢ @. Head dusky, forehead streaked with tawny-ashy; two diverging lines of the same colour on the vertex. Antenne black, reddish towards the base; fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth joints with whitish rings. Thorax black on the surface, with two thickish tawny vittee diverging behind ; sides and under surface ashy, each with a black stripe. Hlytra moderately tapering, apex truncate, exterior angles spinose; surface dark brownish, sprinkled with small tawny spots, sometimes arranged in rows over the basal half, but agglomerated more or less beyond the middle, leaving clear spaces ; in other examples more irregular, apex edged with whitish. Body beneath somewhat uniformly clothed with tawny- ashy tomentum (except, as usual, the terminal segment). Legs reddish, spotted with ashy. S @. Terminal abdominal segment tapering; dorsal plate rounded at tip; ventral broadly truncate, with angles produced into short and broad spines, and middle of the truncation slightly advanced or festooned. ‘The fore tarsi in the ¢ are simple. Branches of dead trees, Ega; abundant. 16. Colobothea propinqua, n. sp. C. modice elongata et attenuata, fusca ; thorace cinereo-fulvo, vittis septem fusco-nigris, una mediana et tribus utrinque lateralibus quarum duabus postice conjunctis tertiaque inferiore tenuissima ; elytris maculis parvis cinereo-fulvis in seriebus interruptis ordi- natis. Long. 5 lin. 9. Head blackish, streaked with greyish; vertex with two di- vergent grey lines; antennze black, reddish towards the base, fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth joints ringed with white. Tho- rax ashy, with seven black vittae—namely, one in the middle, broader, two on each side converging and blending before reach- ing the base, and one below them very slender. Elytra truncate at apex, with exterior angles spiniform; surface dark brown, 6 lin. Hab.in Venezuela. Coll. Bates. 386 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera covered with distinct ashy-tawny spots, arranged partly in rows, but interrupted by oblique clear spaces near the base, at the middle, and near the apex; apex with an ashy spot on each ely- tron, much enlarged towards the suture. Body beneath clothed with tawny-ashy tomentum ; abdomen spotted with black. Legs reddish, spotted with black and ashy. ? . Terminal ventral segment strongly tapering ; ventral plate truncate, angles produced into lengthy spines; dorsal plate rounded at apex. S. Paulo, Upper Amazons. It is very closely allied to C. va- rica, but differs in the thoracic markings from all the numerous specimens which I have examined of that species. 17. Colobothea nevia, n. sp. C. elongata, nigra; thorace vittis quatuor tenuibus, elytris maculis parvis, rotundatis, dispersis, cinereis ; corpore subtus vitta laterali fulvo-cinerea tomentosa infra nigro marginata. Long. 43—-6lin. $ Q, Head black, streaked with tawny, vertex with two diverging lines of the same colour, Thorax black, with four tawny-ashy lines, the two. dorsal ones not at all divergent. Hlytra some- what more elongated than in the preceding species; apex trun- cate, outer angles spinose ; surface black, shining, and sprinkled with rounded tawny-ashy scattered spots, which sometimes leave a clear space behind the middle and near the apex ; apex mar- gined with whitish. Body beneath greyish; each side with a broad stripe of dense tawny tomentum extending from the front margin of the prothorax to the tip of the abdomen, interrupted on each segment of the latter by a black spot. Legs ashy, spotted with black. &. Terminal ventral segment elongated, flattened, tapering, very much longer than the dorsal, and deeply notched at the apex. Anterior tarsi not dilated, but fringed with long fine hairs. 9. Terminal ventral segment tapering, apex sinuate-trun- cate, angles spinose; dorsal segment obtuse at apex, slightly notched in the middle. On branches of dead trees, Ega. An abundant species. 18. Colobothea juncea, n. sp. C. gracilior, angustata, fusca; thorace cinereo-fulvo, vittis septem fuscis ; elytris pone humeros sensim, apices versus citius attenuatis, maculis parvis cinereo-fulvis plerumque confluentibus, Long. 4h ln. 9. Head blackish, streaked with ashy-tawny, vertex with two diverging tawny lines. Thorax ashy-tawny, with seven blackish vitte. Elytra slender, tapering gradually from the shoulders to of the Amazons Valley. 387 near the apical spines, thence more quickly narrowed; apex truncate, outer angles spinose; surface sprinkled with ashy- tawny specks, agglomerated here and there into irregular larger spots, and leaving a clear space near the apex; apex broadly edged with white. Body beneath reddish, clothed with ashy ‘tomentum, which is denser on the sides of the breast, and more scanty along the middle of the abdomen. Legs reddish, spotted with grey and black. ?. Terminal abdominal segment tapering and narrow; ven- tral plate sinuate-truncate, angles not prominent; dorsal plate with a shallow angular emargination. Para. 19. Colobothea securifera, n. sp. C. modice elongata, postice attenuata, fusca; thorace vittis sex cinereo-fulvis ; elytris maculis parvis cinereo-fulvis conspersis, sin- gulis spatio magno discoidali fusco maculam majorem cinereo- fulvam includente: maris segmento terminali ventrali angulis in ~ } 1} 5 lobos securiformes productis. Long. 43 lin. ¢ 2. (7 exempl.) Head reddish brown, streaked with tawny, and with two divergent tawny lines on the crown. Antennz reddish, bases of alternate joints from the sixth ashy. Thorax chestnut-brown or dark brown, with six vittee and the under surface ashy-tawny. Elytra rather short, tapering gradually and rather strongly from base to apex; apex sinuate-truncate, external angles spinose ; surface dark castaneous brown or blackish brown, the basal and apical parts dusted with irregular-sized tawny-ashy specks, leaving a broad clear middle space, in the centre of which (on each elytron) is a large irregular tawny-ashy spot ; apex with a triangular broadish ashy spot. Body beneath clothed with tawny-ashy pile. Legs reddish; tarsi and tibiz spotted with ashy and black. 6. Terminal ventral segment short and broad, each apical angle produced into a long, deflexed, horny, hatchet-shaped lobe ; dorsal segment narrowed and emarginated at the apex: fore tarsi moderately dilated, not fringed; first joint not broader than the second. 2 . Terminal ventral segment tridentated, middle tooth shorter and broader than the outer ones; dorsal segment narrow and obtuse. Para and Lower Amazons. 20. Colobothea sejuncta, n. sp. C. modice elongata, postice attenuata, fusca; thorace vittis sex - cinereo-fulyis; elytris maculis parvis cinereo-fulvis conspersis, singulis spatio magno discoidali fusco maculam majorem cinereo- 388 My. Il. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera fulvam includente: maris segmento terminali ventrali obtuso, inermi, angulis penicillatis. Long. 45 lm. ¢ Q. (3 exempl.) Head reddish brown, streaked with tawny, and with two di- vergent tawny lines on the crown. Antenne reddish, bases of — alternate joints from the fourth or sixth ashy. Thorax chestnut. brown or darker, with six vittee and the under surface ashy. tawny. JHlytra rather short and slender, gradually and rather strongly tapering from base to apex; apex sinuate-truncate, both sutural and external angles spinose, the sutural shorter ; surface dark castaneous brown, the basal and apical parts sprin- kled with irregular-sized tawny-ashy specks, leaving a broad clear space on the disk of each, in the centre of which is a larger irregular tawny-ashy spot; apex with an ashy margin of regular width. Body beneath clothed with tawny-ashy pile. Legs reddish ; tibieze and tarsi spotted with ashy and black. g. Terminal abdominal segment rather clongate, thickened before the apex ; the ventral plate with obtuse angles, from each of which proceeds a line of thick bristles ; dorsal plate simple at the apex, and closely applied to the sloping front margin of the ventral. Tore tarsi with the first joint greatly dilated. @ . Terminal abdominal segment strongly tapering and notched at the apex. Kga, Upper Amazons. The very great and striking difference in the accessory genital organs between these two closely allied species (Colobothea securi- fera and C. sejuncta) merits a few words of-especial mention. When I was separating my specimens of Colobothea into species, I placed together all the mdividuals belonging to these two as one and the same, and could not find anything in their form or markings to warrant their being treated as anything more than mere local varieties, even after I had given them a second exa- mination. A species has so often proved to exist under distinet local forms on the Upper and Lower Amazons, that I concluded this was simply another example of the rule. When I came, however, to separate the sexes previous to describing the species, I discovered the remarkable difference of structure described above, and then noticed the two or three other small points of difference in the general shape and tips of the elytra which I have noted in the descriptions. A pair of elongated horny pro- cesses, which I suppose to be the sheath of the penis, project from between the terminal abdominal segments in two out of the three males I possess; in the third they appear to be with- drawn into the abdomen. It is a remarkable circumstance, that in many families of Insects which have accessory sexual parts easy of examination, it is found that these differ very con- siderably in structure in closely allied species. It has been — of the Amazons Valley. 389 remarked that they offer some of the best characters to distin- guish species, and they have been made use of to separate species which scarcely offered any other distinguishable characters. Mr. Baly has also discovered that the horny penis concealed in the male abdomen of Phytophagous Coleoptera differs in form in closely allied species; and he has shown me a long series of specimens mounted for examination under the microscope, be- longing chiefly to the genera Chrysomela and Eumolpus, which offer a most instructive study, since by their means some forms before considered as varieties turn out to be distinct species. This class of facts seems to me of great significance, as throwing light on the segregation of varieties and their passage into true species. For if we admit that the only sound difference between allied varieties and allied species is that the former intermarry, and the latter do not, then the abrupt and great diversities of structure in those organs most directly involved in the matter must be considered as affording an explanation why many varie- ties do not intercross with the parent stock, and therefore re- main as independent forms or species. The difference in the accessory male organs of our two allied species or local forms of Colobothea is so great that no one who examines them can be- lieve both to be adapted to the corresponding organs of the females of each form. At the same time I have no doubt that, were it not for the great difference between these organs in our two forms, no entomologist would doubt their being mere local varieties of one and the same stock. Scores of other local varie- ties occur in the same countries, presenting all the successive steps of segregation, from the most partial variation to the full- formed local race. Thus we have only to admit that species disseminate them- selves over wide areas, and adjust themselves to the diversities of local conditions, or, in other words, segregate local varieties, to open the way towards an explanation of the way in which the world has become peopled by its myriads of species. The inevitable law of Natural Selection which governs the general process of the adjustment of the local races to new conditions will explain the changes of conditions of life in time; and the laws of variation, diversified in details as are the species them- selves, will explain the rest. 21. Colobothea bisignata, un. sp. C. modice elongata, fusca; thorace vittis novem cinereis; elytris maculis parvis subconfluentibus cinereis, relicto spatio medio fusco maculam magnam albam includente. Long. 5 lin. ¢ °. Head rusty brown, streaked with ashy, vertex with two ashy lines divergent towards the occiput. Antenne rusty brown, 390 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera tips of joints blackish, bases of alternate joints whitish. Thorax with nine ashy longitudinal lines, the central one the slenderest, the second (from the central one) not reaching the hind margin, and the two lateral ones on each side very oblique. Elytra moderately short and tapering, apex sinuate-truncate, external angle produced into a long tooth; dark purplish brown, sprin« kled near the base and apex with ashy dots, which unite here and there in irregular strigze ; the central space clear, and having in the middle of each elytron a large round white spot ; there is also a small white spot on the suture near the scutellum. Body beneath clothed with dingy-ashy pile; abdomen spotted with black. Legs purplish brown, ringed with ashy. S @. Terminal abdominal segment similar in form in the two sexes, longer and tapering in the female; the ventral plate in both truncated, with angles simply acute; the dorsal plate distinctly notched in the middle of its apex in the female, obtuse in the male. ‘Tarsi simple in the male. A common insect on dead branches, &c., at Ega. 22. Colobothea latevitiata, n. sp. . C. elongata, angustior ; thorace sordide fulvo-cinereo, vitta lata me diana alteraque tenui laterali fuscis; elytris postice attenuatis, humeris valde obliquis, fuscis, maculis fulvo- vel sordide cinereis plagiatim conspersis. Long. 4-5 lin. ¢ Q. Head blackish, streaked with tawny, vertex with a single tawny line extending to the occiput. Antenne long and slen- der, dusky brownish at the tips and ashy at the bases of the joints. Thorax with a small acute prominence on each side near the base; clothed with dingy tawny or ashy tomentum, leaving a broad stripe in the middle and a slender line on each side of the disk dark brown. LElytra rather slender and tapering; shoulders very oblique, apex somewhat narrow and sinuate-trun- cate, with sutural angle slightly prominent, external dentiform ; surface brown, covered with dingy ashy or tawny spots, which unite together in patches, leaving irregular brown spaces. Body beneath dingy tawny; abdomen not spotted with black on the sides. Legs rusty brown, varied with black, and ringed with ashy. ¢@. Anterior tarsi dilated and fringed. Terminal abdominal segment short, truncated; ventral plate emarginated at the apex. 9. Terminal abdominal segment greatly elongated and sub- tubular; dorsal plate slender, obtuse ; ventral truncated, angles not produced. Var. Obydensis. A female example in my collection from Obydos, on the Guiana side of the Lower Amazons, differs from of the Amazons Valley. 391 the typical form in having a distinct quadrate silky-brown spot on each elytron close to the apex, and also a distinct broad dusky stripe along the episterna of the prothorax. Taken at Carepi, near Para; found also, but sparingly, at Santarem and at Hga. 23. Colobothea styligera, un. sp. C. elongata, thorace fulvo-cinereo, vitta lata mediana alteraque tenui _ laterali velutino-nigris, lateribus infra cinereo-fusco late vittatis ; elytris postice attenuatis, cinereo-fulvo dense confluenter maculatis, relictis utrinque macula rotundata pone medium alteraque qua- drata apicali nigro-fuscis. Long. 6 lin. ¢ 9. _ Head blackish, streaked with tawny; vertex with a single tawny line. Antenne blackish, bases of fourth to sixth joints white. Thorax with the posterior angles extending laterally towards the shoulders of the elytra, above tawny fulvous, with a broad velvety-black central vitta, and a narrow lateral line of the same colour. ‘The episterna have a broad ashy-brown stripe. Elytra tapering, shoulders less oblique, densely clothed with confluent ashy-tawny spots, leaving a rounded discoidal spot on each behind the middle, and a quadrate one close to the apex, dark brown; apex sinuate-truncate, sutural angle slightly prominent, external dentiform. Body beneath ashy, varied with tawny patches ; abdo- men spotted with dusky. Legs tawny-ashy, spotted with black. 6. Anterior tarsi dilated and fringed. Terminal abdominal Segment not reaching the tip of the elytra, narrowed towards the apex; dorsal plate obtuse, ventral truncate-emarginate. _ ¢. Terminal abdominal segment tubular, prolonged con- siderably beyond the apex of the elytra; dorsal plate lanceolate, ventral truncated, angles not produced. Ega. | 24, Colobothea grallatriz, n. sp. . elongata, postice valde regulariter attenuata, nigra; thorace vittis sex cinereo-fulvis, lineolaque mediana cinerea ; elytris cinereo ful- voque dense confluenter irroratis, maculis tribus utrinque discoi- dalibus plagaque magna apicali nigris; maris pedibus longissimis validis. Long. ¢ 64, 2 44 lin. Head blackish, streaked with tawny, vertex with two tawny- ashy slightly divergent lines. Antenne robust, black, bases of alternate joints ringed with whitish. Thorax black, and having on each side three tawny-ashy vitte, and a thin grey line down the middle of the black central streak. Elytra with shoulders moderately prominent laterally and vertically, thence regularly tapering to the apex, which is truncated, with the sutural angle moderately produced, and the apical angle spiniform; the sur- face is thickly covered with confluent spots, partly grey and 392 Mr. I. W. Bates on the Longicorn Coleoptera partly fulvous, which leave, on the disk of each, three spots (one before the middle, and two, placed obliquely, after the middle) and a large square black apica! spot of a fine black colour ; apex margined with ashy. Body beneath grey; sides, from the front of the prothorax to the penultimate ventral segment, occu- pied by a broad ochreous-tawny stripe ; sides of abdomen spotted with black. Legs ashy, spotted with black. 3. Legs greatly elongated, and stouter than in the female; anterior tarsi broadly dilated and hirsute. Terminal abdominal segment short; apex both of the dorsal and ventral plates emarginated. 1 @. Terminal abdominal segment narrow and moderately elongated, obtuse, angles not produced. ga and 8. Paulo; rare. 25. Colobothea olivencia, n. sp. C. elongata, postice regulariter attenuata, nigra; thorace vittis qua- tuor cinereo-fulvis; elytris confluenter fulvo-cinereo maculatis, plaga quadrata apicali nigra. Long. 53-63 lin. 3. Head blackish, streaked with tawny, vertex with two divergent tawny-ashy lines. Antenne black, fourth, sixth, and tenth joints white at the base. Thorax black; disk with two tawny- ashy vittee continuous with the lines on the crown ofthe head, and, like them, divergent posteriorly ; besides these, there is a narrower vitta on each side at the extreme edge of the pro- notum, and scarcely visible from above. Elytra with a promi- nent black tubercle at the apex of the prominent shoulders, gradually tapering, apex truncate, sutural angles scarcely pro- minent, external spiniform ; surface sprinkled with tawny (anda few grey) spots, which are confluent, but do not leave very distinet black spaces; close to the apex, on each, is a large square black patch, the apex itself being edged with whitish. Body beneath ashy-tawny; breast, and abdomen on the sides, streaked or spotted with black. Legs varied with ashy and black. ¢. Larger and more robust than the female, both in body and limbs; anterior tarsi dilated and fringed. ‘Terminal abdo- minal segment short, apex of both the dorsal and ventral plates emarginated. @. Terminal abdominal segment elongated, and projecting beyond the apex of the elytra, but not tubular, and somewhat flattened, with the apex both of the dorsal and ventral plates truncated and notched in the middle. S. Paulo, Upper Amazons; rare. 26. Colobothea pura, un. sp. C. clongata, postice attenuata, nigra; thorace vittis quatuor elytris- of the Amazons Valley. 393 - que maculis confluentibus cinereo-fulvis, his spatio apicali nigro ; antennis robustissimis ( ¢), nigris, articulo sexto annulo lato albo, 8’° et 10™° basi cinereis. Long. 54-62 lin. ¢. Head black, with ashy lines, vertex with two divergent tawny- ashy lines. Antenne (